Trinsic Schedule 14C
SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON,
D.C. 20549
SCHEDULE
14C
(Rule
14c-101)
INFORMATION
REQUIRED IN INFORMATION STATEMENT
SCHEDULE
14C INFORMATION
Information
Statement Pursuant to Section 14(c)
of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (Amendment No.)
Check
the
appropriate box:
xPreliminary
Information Statement
oDefinitive
Information Statement
|
o
Confidential, for use of the Commission only (as permitted by Rule
14c-5(d)(2))
|
TRINSIC,
INC.
(Name
of
Registrant as Specified in its Charter)
Payment
of
Filing Fee (Check the appropriate box)
o
Fee computed on table below per Exchange Act Rules 14c-5(g) and
0-11.
(1)
|
Title
of each class of securities to which transaction
applies:
|
(2)
|
Aggregate
number of securities to which transaction
applies:
|
(3)
|
Per
unit price or other underlying value of transaction computed pursuant
to
Exchange Act Rule 0-11 (set forth the amount on which the filing
fee is
calculated and state how it was
determined):
|
(4)
|
Proposed
maximum aggregate value of
transaction:
|
o |
Fee
paid previously with preliminary
materials.
|
o |
Check
box if any part of the fee is offset as provided by Exchange Act
Rule
0-11(a)(2) and identify the filing for which the offsetting fee was
paid
previously. Identify the previous filing by registration statement
number,
or the Form or Schedule and the date of its filing.
|
(1)
|
Amount
Previously Paid:
|
(2)
|
Form,
Schedule or Registration Statement
No.:
|
TRINSIC,
INC.
601
SOUTH HARBOUR ISLAND BOULEVARD, SUITE 220
TAMPA,
FLORIDA 33602
(813)
273-6261
NOTICE
OF A SPECIAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS
TO
BE HELD ,
2007
Atmore,
Alabama
,
2007
The
Special Meeting of Stockholders (the “Special Meeting”) of Trinsic, Inc., a
Delaware corporation (“Trinsic” or the “Company”), will be held at the Company’s
Atmore, Alabama facility, 100 Brookwood Road, Atmore, Alabama 36502, on
, 2007, at 10:00
A.M. (local time) for the following purposes:
1. To
approve
an amendment to our Certificate of Incorporation to effect a 1-for-50 reverse
stock split of our Common Stock, with holders of less than 50 shares being
entitled to receive cash in lieu of any fractional shares;
2. To
approve
an amendment to the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation to effect a 50-for-1
forward stock split of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock after giving
effect to the reverse stock split (together with the reverse stock split, the
“Reverse/Forward Stock Split”). If the amendment to the Company’s Certificate of
Incorporation to effect the reverse stock split is not approved by our
stockholders, the proposal to amend the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation
to effect the forward stock split will be withdrawn; and
3. To
transact such other business as may properly come before the Special
Meeting.
All
of the
above matters are more fully discussed in the accompanying information
statement. Management is not aware of other matters that will come before the
meeting.
The
Board
of Directors has fixed the close of business on
, 2007 (the “Record
Date”) as the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of
and to vote at the Special Meeting and any adjournment or postponement
thereof.
Shares
of
Common Stock can be voted at the meeting only if the holder is present at the
meeting in person or by a valid proxy. WE
ARE NOT ASKING YOU FOR A PROXY AND YOU ARE REQUESTED NOT TO SEND US A
PROXY.
THE
BOARD OF DIRECTORS RESERVES THE RIGHT TO ABANDON THE REVERSE/FORWARD STOCK
SPLIT
PROPOSAL AND THE RELATED AMENDMENTS AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO THEIR EFFECTIVENESS
NOTWITHSTANDING AUTHORIZATION THEREOF BY TRINSIC’S
STOCKHOLDERS.
All
stockholders are cordially invited to attend the meeting.
By
Order
of the Board of Directors,
Horace
J.
Davis III
Chief
Executive Officer
TRINSIC,
INC.
601
SOUTH
HARBOUR ISLAND BOULEVARD, SUITE 220
TAMPA,
FLORIDA 33602
(813)
273-6261
Information
Statement to Stockholders
This
Information Statement is being furnished to you, as a holder of Common Stock,
par value $.01 per share (“Common Stock”), of Trinsic, Inc., a Delaware
corporation (“Trinsic” or the “Company”), in connection with the special meeting
(the “Special Meeting”) that will be held at the Company’s Atmore, Alabama
facility, 100 Brookwood Road, Atmore, Alabama 36502, on
, 2007, at 10:00
A.M. (local time). References to “we,” “us,” “our” or similar words refer to
Trinsic, Inc. and its subsidiaries. The Board of Directors has fixed the close
of business on ,
2007 (the “Record Date”) as the record date for determining the stockholders
entitled to notice of and to vote at the Special Meeting and any adjournment
or
postponement thereof.
At
the
Special Meeting, the Company’s stockholders will be asked to consider proposals
to amend the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation to effect a 1-for-50 reverse
stock split of the Company’s Common Stock followed by a forward stock split of
our Common Stock on a 50-for-1 basis (the “Reverse/Forward Stock Split”), the
forms of which are attached hereto as Annex A-1 and Annex A-2 (the
“Amendments”). If approved, holders of less than 50 shares of Common Stock will
be cashed out as a result of the Reverse/Forward Stock Split at a price of
$0.35
per share, and holders of 50 or more shares of Common Stock will continue to
own
the same number of shares after the Reverse/Forward Stock Split as before the
Reverse/Forward Stock Split.
Each
share
of Common Stock is entitled to one vote per share. We had, as of the Record
Date, shares of
Common Stock outstanding, meaning that there will be
votes eligible to be cast at the Special Meeting.
The proposals regarding the Reverse/Forward Stock Split involve amendments
to
our Certificate of Incorporation, meaning that they require the affirmative
vote
of at least a majority of the shares of outstanding stock entitled to vote
thereon, or at least affirmative votes, to be
adopted.
The
1818
Fund III, L.P. (“The 1818 Fund”), which holds approximately 14.6 million shares
of Common Stock, or approximately 79% of the outstanding stock entitled to
vote
at the Special Meeting, has advised us that it presently intends to vote in
favor of the proposal to approve the Amendments. It is anticipated, therefore,
that the proposals regarding the Reverse/Forward Stock Split will be approved,
although The 1818 Fund may determine at the meeting that it will not vote in
favor of such proposals. An abstention or “no” vote by The 1818 Fund at the
Special Meeting would mean that such proposals would be defeated. Neither The
1818 Fund nor any of its affiliated entities have provided any financial advice
to the Company with respect to such proposal.
You
are
entitled to vote at the Special Meeting if you owned shares of Common Stock
as
of the close of business on the Record Date. As noted, you will be entitled
to
cast one vote for each share of Common Stock that you owned as of that
time.
Shares
of
Common Stock can be voted at the meeting only if the holder is present at the
meeting in person or is represented by a valid proxy given to another person.
WE
ARE NOT ASKING YOU FOR A PROXY AND YOU ARE REQUESTED NOT TO SEND US A
PROXY.
This
Information Statement is dated
, 2007 and is first
being mailed to our stockholders on or about
, 2007.
THE
REVERSE/FORWARD STOCK SPLIT HAS NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION, AND
NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES
COMMISSION HAS PASSED UPON THE FAIRNESS OR MERITS OF THE REVERSE/FORWARD STOCK
SPLIT OR UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS
INFORMATION STATEMENT OR RELATED SCHEDULE 13E-3. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE
CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
Table
of Contents
Page
SUMMARY
OF TERMS
|
1
|
The
Reverse/Forward Stock Split and Proposed Amendments
|
1
|
Reasons
for the Reverse/Forward Stock Split
|
2
|
Vote
Required
|
3
|
Fairness
of the Reverse/Forward Stock Split from a Financial Point of
View
|
3
|
Material
U.S. Federal Tax Consequences of the Reverse/Forward Stock
Split
|
3
|
Appraisal
Rights of Dissenting Stockholders
|
3
|
Completion
of the Reverse/Forward Stock Split
|
4
|
SPECIAL
FACTORS
|
5
|
Purpose
of the Reverse/Forward Stock Split
|
5
|
Background
of the Reverse/Forward Stock Split
|
12
|
Fairness
of the Reverse/Forward Stock Split to Stockholders
|
15
|
Effects
of the Reverse/Forward Stock Split
|
22
|
DESCRIPTION
OF THE REVERSE/FORWARD STOCK SPLIT
|
31
|
Mechanics
of the Reverse/Forward Stock Split
|
31
|
Conversion
of Shares in the Reverse/Forward Stock Split
|
32
|
Exchange
of Certificates; Payment of Cash Consideration
|
33
|
Effective
Time of the Reverse/Forward Stock Split
|
35
|
Regulatory
Approvals
|
35
|
Vote
Required
|
35
|
Appraisal
Rights
|
35
|
FINANCING
OF THE REVERSE/FORWARD STOCK SPLIT
|
36
|
COSTS
OF THE REVERSE/FORWARD STOCK SPLIT
|
36
|
INTERESTS
OF CERTAIN PERSONS
|
36
|
CONDUCT
OF THE COMPANY’S BUSINESS AFTER THE REVERSE/FORWARD STOCK
SPLIT
|
36
|
RECOMMENDATION
OF THE BOARD WITH RESPECT TO THE AMENDMENTS AND THE REVERSE/FORWARD
STOCK
SPLIT
|
36
|
Reservation
of Rights
|
37
|
SUMMARY
FINANCIAL INFORMATION
|
37
|
SECURITY
OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
|
38
|
TRADING
MARKET AND PRICE OF OUR COMMON STOCK AND DIVIDEND POLICY
|
41
|
OTHER
MATTERS
|
41
|
AVAILABLE
INFORMATION
|
41
|
ANNEX
A-1 FORM
OF
CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
TO EFFECT REVERSE STOCK SPLIT
ANNEX
A-2 FORM
OF
CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
TO EFFECT FORWARD STOCK SPLIT
ANNEX
B
— ANNUAL
REPORT ON FORM 10-K FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER
31, 2005
ANNEX
C
— QUARTERLY
REPORT ON FORM 10-Q FOR THE QUARTERLY PERIOD
ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2006
SUMMARY
OF TERMS
The
following is a summary of the material terms of the proposed transactions as
described in this Information Statement.
This
Information Statement contains a more detailed description of the terms of
the
proposed Reverse/Forward Stock Split. We encourage you to read carefully the
entire Information Statement and each of the documents that we have attached
as
an annex.
THE
REVERSE/FORWARD STOCK SPLIT AND PROPOSED AMENDMENTS
· |
The
Board has authorized a 1-for-50 reverse stock split of our Common
Stock
followed by a forward stock split of our Common Stock on a 50-for-1
basis
(the “Reverse/Forward Stock
Split”).
|
· |
The
Reverse/Forward Stock Split will take effect on the date we file
Certificates of Amendment to our Certificate of Incorporation (one
Certificate effecting a reverse stock split, the other effecting
a forward
stock split) with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware,
or on
any later date that we may specify in such Certificates of Amendment
(the
“Effective Date”).
|
· |
On
the Effective Date, we will effect a 1-for-50 reverse stock split
of our
Common Stock, pursuant to which a holder of 50 or more shares of
Common
Stock immediately before the reverse stock split will, immediately
after
the reverse stock split, hold one share of Common Stock for each
50 shares
held prior to the reverse stock split, and a fractional share representing
former shares in excess of the nearest lower multiple of 50 former
shares
(a “Continuing Stockholder”). The forward stock split that will
immediately follow the reverse stock split will reconvert their whole
shares and fractional share interests back into the same number of
shares
of Common Stock they held immediately before the effective time of
the
transaction. As a result, the total number of shares held by such
a
stockholder will not change after completion of the
transaction.
|
· |
Any
stockholder owning fewer than 50 shares of our Common Stock immediately
before the reverse stock split will receive the right to be paid
cash in
exchange for the resulting fractional share of Common Stock and will
no
longer be a stockholder of the Company (the “Cashed Out Stockholders”). We
will pay the Cashed Out Stockholders an amount in cash equal to $0.35
per
share of Common Stock held by them immediately before the reverse
stock
split. Any stockholder owning 50 or more shares of our Common Stock
immediately before the reverse stock split will not be entitled to
receive
any cash for their fractional share interests resulting from the
reverse
stock split.
|
· |
On
the Effective Date (and after completion of the reverse stock split),
we
will effect a 50-for-1 forward stock split of our Common Stock, pursuant
to which a holder of one or more shares of Common Stock immediately
after
the reverse stock split and immediately before the forward stock
split
will, immediately after the forward stock split, hold 50 shares of
Common
Stock for each share held prior to the forward stock split. A stockholder
holding 50 or more shares of Common Stock immediately before the
Reverse/Forward Stock Split will continue to hold the same number
of
shares after the completion of the Reverse/Forward Stock Split and
will
not receive any cash payment.
|
· |
A
special committee of independent directors of the Company’s Board of
Directors (the “Special Committee”) reviewed and recommended to our Board
of Directors, and our Board of Directors has authorized, amendments
to our
Certificate of Incorporation, the forms of which are attached hereto
as
Annex A-1 and Annex A-2, that would effect a 1-for-50 reverse stock
split
of our Common Stock, followed by a forward stock split of our Common
Stock
on a 50-for-1 basis.
|
REASONS
FOR THE REVERSE/FORWARD STOCK SPLIT
· |
The
principal purpose of the Reverse/Forward Stock Split is to make the
Company a private company. In light of our current size, opportunities
and
resources, the Board does not believe that the costs of remaining
a public
company are justified. Due to the limited liquidity and low market
price
of our Common Stock, we do not realize many of the benefits normally
presumed to result from being a public company such as enhanced
stockholder value, enhanced corporate image, access to capital markets,
the ability to use stock to attract, retain and incentivize employees,
and
the ability to use stock as currency for acquisitions. The Board
believes
that it is in our best interest and the best interest of our stockholders
to eliminate the administrative, financial and additional accounting
burdens associated with being a public company by engaging in the
Reverse/Forward Stock Split and taking the Company private. See also
the
information under the captions “Special Factors—Reasons for the
Reverse/Forward Stock Split” in this Information
Statement.
|
· |
When
the Reverse/Forward Stock Split becomes effective, it is expected
that the
number of record holders of our Common Stock will be reduced below
300.
Accordingly, we will be eligible to cease filing periodic and special
reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”),
and we intend to cease public registration of our Common Stock. We
project
annual savings from deregistration of our Common Stock to be approximately
$700,000, plus a one-time savings of approximately $300,000 by not
having
to comply with the internal control over financial reporting requirements
for public companies. See also the information under the captions
“Special
Factors—Reasons for the Reverse/Forward Stock Split” in this Information
Statement.
|
· |
Our
Common Stock’s limited public float and thin trading volume prevent
minority stockholders from having any meaningful liquidity. As of
December
20, 2006, including shares of Common Stock owned by The 1818 Fund,
our
directors and executive officers beneficially owned 15,219,628 shares
of
Common Stock, or 82% of the outstanding shares. The Board believes
that it
is unlikely that our market capitalization and trading liquidity
would
increase significantly in the near
future.
|
· |
The
Board determined that the Reverse/Forward Stock Split is fair to
and in
the best interest of all of our stockholders, including both our
unaffiliated and affiliated stockholders and including those stockholders
who will no longer have an ownership interest in the Company after
the
Reverse/Forward Stock Split. The Board concluded it would be fair
to
Cashed Out Stockholders to pay a price per share of $0.35, which
represents a 30% premium to the 90-day average closing price ending
on the
day prior to public announcement of the anticipated Reverse/Forward
Stock
Split. The Board further concluded that the advantages of the
Reverse/Forward Stock Split to the stockholders outweighed the
disadvantages and that it was substantively and procedurally fair
to them,
and, therefore, that the transaction was in all of our stockholders’ best
interest. See also the information under the captions “Special
Factors—Fairness of the Reverse/Forward Stock Split to Stockholders” in
this Information Statement.
|
VOTE
REQUIRED
· |
The
1818 Fund, the members of the Board and our executive officers intend
to
vote all shares that they directly or indirectly control in favor
of the
Amendments. We had approximately 385 stockholders of record holding
an
aggregate of 18,453,983 shares of Common Stock outstanding as of
December
20, 2006. Of those shares, approximately 79%, or 14,592,428 shares,
were
controlled by The 1818 Fund. Each holder of Common Stock is entitled
to
one vote per share. Each proposed action to implement the Amendments
requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding stock
entitled to vote thereon, or at least 9,232,171 votes. The 1818 Fund,
which holds 14,592,428 shares of our Common Stock, representing
approximately 79% of the eligible votes to be cast, has informed
us that
it presently intends to vote to approve the Amendments at the Special
Meeting. Consequently, approval of the Amendments by a majority of
the
outstanding stock entitled to vote appears to be assured. See also
the
information under the caption “Description of the Reverse/Forward Stock
Split—Vote Required” in this Information
Statement.
|
FAIRNESS
OF THE REVERSE/FORWARD STOCK SPLIT FROM A FINANCIAL POINT OF
VIEW
· |
The
Board formed a special committee to assist the Board in its evaluation
of
the Reverse/Forward Stock Split (the “Special Committee”). The Special
Committee is composed of 4 independent directors who are not officers
or
employees of the Company and are not affiliated with The 1818 Fund.
See
the information under the caption “Special Factors—Fairness of the
Reverse/Forward Stock Split to Stockholders—Substantive Fairness” in this
Information Statement.
|
· |
In
determining that the Reverse/Forward Stock Split was fair to both
our
unaffiliated and affiliated stockholders, the Board considered a
variety
of factors including recommendations of the Special Committee, the
limited
liquidity available to the holders of our Common Stock, the historic
trading price of our Common Stock and the cost savings described
above.
See the information under the caption “Special Factors—Fairness of the
Reverse/Forward Stock Split” in this Information
Statement.
|
MATERIAL
U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE REVERSE/FORWARD STOCK
SPLIT
· |
The
Company’s stockholders receiving cash as a result of the Reverse/Forward
Stock Split will be subject to U.S. federal income taxes. As a result,
all
stockholders may be required to pay taxes on their respective shares
of
Common Stock that are converted into the right to receive cash from
the
Company. See also the information under the caption “Summary of
Terms—Material Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Reverse/Forward
Stock Split” in this Information Statement. You are urged to consult with
your own tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of the Reverse/Forward
Stock Split in light of your own particular
circumstances.
|
APPRAISAL
RIGHTS OF DISSENTING STOCKHOLDERS
· |
You
are not entitled to appraisal rights under our Certificate of
Incorporation or the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
See
also the information under the caption “Description of the Reverse/Forward
Stock Split—Appraisal Rights” in this Information
Statement.
|
COMPLETION
OF THE REVERSE/FORWARD STOCK SPLIT
· |
To
complete the Reverse/Forward Stock Split, we intend to use available
cash
on hand and cash generated from our operations to pay these costs.
See
also the information under the caption “Financing of the Reverse/Forward
Stock Split” in this Information
Statement.
|
· |
Upon
consummation of the Reverse/Forward Stock Split, each registered
stockholder on the effective date of the Reverse/Forward Stock Split
will
receive one share of Common Stock for every 50 shares of Common Stock
held
in his or her account immediately prior to the effective time of
the
Reverse/Forward Stock Split. Any stockholder owning fewer than 50
shares
of our Common Stock immediately before the reverse stock split will
receive the right to be paid cash $0.35 in exchange for the resulting
fractional share of Common Stock and will no longer be a stockholder
of
the Company. Any holder of 50 or more shares of Common Stock immediately
before the reverse stock split will, immediately after the reverse
stock
split, hold one share of Common Stock for each 50 shares held prior
to the
reverse stock split, and a fractional share representing former shares
in
excess of the nearest lower multiple of 50 former shares. The forward
stock split that will immediately follow the reverse stock split
will
reconvert their whole shares and fractional share interests back
into the
same number of shares of Common Stock they held immediately before
the
effective time of the transaction.
|
· |
The
Reverse/Forward Stock Split will also apply to stockholders holding
Common
Stock in street name through a nominee (such as a bank or broker).
Consequently, each beneficial holder of Common Stock on the effective
date
of the Reverse/Forward Stock Split also will receive one share of
Common
Stock for every 50 shares of Common Stock held through a nominee
for his
or her benefit immediately prior to the effective time of the
Reverse/ Forward
Stock Split. Any beneficial owner owning fewer than 50 shares of
our
Common Stock immediately before the reverse stock split will receive
the
right to be paid cash in exchange for the resulting fractional share
of
Common Stock and will no longer be a beneficial owner of the Company.
Any
beneficial owner of 50 or more shares of Common Stock immediately
before
the reverse stock split will, immediately after the reverse stock
split,
hold one share of Common Stock for each 50 shares held prior to the
reverse stock split, and a fractional share representing former shares
in
excess of the nearest lower multiple of 50 former shares. The forward
stock split that will immediately follow the reverse stock split
will
reconvert their whole shares and fractional share interests back
into the
same number of shares of Common Stock they held immediately before
the
effective time of the transaction. Nominees will be instructed to
effect
the Reverse/Forward Stock Split for their beneficial holders. However,
nominees may have different procedures, and stockholders holding
shares in
street name should contact their nominees to determine what procedures
will be used.
|
· |
As
soon as practicable after the effective date of the Reverse/Forward
Stock
Split, we will send all stockholders a letter of transmittal to be
used to
transmit Common Stock certificates to American Stock Transfer & Trust
Company, the transfer agent (“Transfer Agent”). Upon proper completion and
execution of the letter of transmittal, and the return of the letter
of
transmittal and accompanying stock certificate(s) to the Transfer
Agent,
each stockholder entitled to receive payment will receive a check
for such
stockholder’s stock. In the event we are unable to locate certain
stockholders or if a stockholder fails to properly complete, execute
and
return the letter of transmittal and accompanying stock certificate
to the
Transfer Agent, any funds payable to such holders pursuant to the
Reverse/Forward Stock Split will be held until a proper claim is
made,
subject to applicable abandoned property
laws.
|
SPECIAL
FACTORS
PURPOSE
OF
AND REASONS FOR THE REVERSE/FORWARD STOCK SPLIT
Purpose
of the Reverse/Forward Stock Split
The
purpose of the Reverse/Forward Stock Split is to enable the Company to
deregister and terminate its obligations to file special and periodic reports
and make other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).
The benefits of deregistering the Common Stock include eliminating
the costs
associated with filing documents under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
(the
“Exchange Act”) with the SEC, eliminating the costs of compliance with the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“Sarbanes-Oxley”) and related regulations, reducing
the direct and indirect costs of administering stockholder accounts and
responding to stockholder requests, and affording stockholders holding fewer
than 50 shares immediately before the transaction the opportunity to receive
cash for their shares without having to pay brokerage commissions and other
transaction costs.
By
converting the shares of the holders of fewer than 50 shares into the right
to
receive cash, we will:
· |
Reduce
the number of the Company’s stockholders of record to fewer than 300
persons, which will allow us to terminate the registration of the
Common
Stock under Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act and suspend the Company’s
duty to file periodic reports with the
SEC;
|
· |
Eliminate
the administrative burden and expense of maintaining small stockholder
accounts;
|
· |
Permit
these small stockholders to liquidate their shares of Common Stock
at a
fair price, without having to pay brokerage commissions, as we will
pay
all transaction costs in connection with the Reverse/Forward Stock
Split;
and
|
· |
Cause
minimal disruption to stockholders owning 50 or more shares of Common
Stock.
|
Reasons
for the Reverse Stock Split
We
incur
direct and indirect costs associated with compliance with the Exchange Act’s
filing and reporting requirements imposed on public companies. The cost of
compliance has increased significantly with the implementation of the provisions
of Sarbanes-Oxley Section 404. We also incur substantial indirect costs as
a
result of, among other things, the executive time expended to prepare and review
our public filings. As we have relatively few executive personnel, these
indirect costs can be substantial.
We
incur
direct and indirect costs associated with the filing and reporting requirements
imposed on SEC reporting companies. As an SEC reporting company, we are required
to prepare and file with the SEC, among other items, the following:
· |
Annual
Reports on Form 10-K;
|
· |
Quarterly
Reports on Form 10-Q;
|
· |
Proxy
statements and annual reports required by Regulation 14A under the
Exchange Act; and
|
· |
Current
Reports on Form 8-K.
|
In
addition, we pay for the costs of preparing our directors’ and officers’ Section
16(a) reports (Forms 3, 4 and 5) and Section 13(d) reports (Schedule 13D or
Schedule 13G) (for directors or officers that are 5% stockholders). The costs
associated with these reports and other filing obligations are a significant
overhead expense, including professional fees for our auditors and legal
counsel, printing and mailing costs, internal compliance costs, and transfer
agent costs. These related costs have been increasing over recent years, and
we
believe that they will continue to increase, particularly as a result
of the
additional reporting and disclosure obligations imposed on SEC reporting
companies by the recently enacted Sarbanes-Oxley.
The
executive officers and directors of the Company believe that by deregistering
the Common Stock and suspending the Company’s periodic reporting obligations,
the Company will experience an initial special annual cost savings/cost
avoidance of approximately $1,000,000, consisting of (i) $700,000 in annual
costs historically incurred and (ii) a one-time savings of approximately
$300,000 by not having to comply with the internal control over financial
reporting requirements for public companies. Such estimated annual costs are
further described in greater detail below:
Historical
Fees:
|
|
|
|
Legal
fees
|
|
$
|
100,000
|
|
Printing,
mailing, and filing costs
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
Audit
and quarterly review fees
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
Other
fees
|
|
|
200,000
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
500,000
|
|
Sarbanes-Oxley
Compliance Fees:
|
|
|
|
|
Legal
fees
|
|
$
|
50,000
|
|
Audit
fees
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
Other
fees
|
|
|
125,000
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
200,000
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
700,000
|
|
Such
estimated cost savings/cost avoidance reflect, among other things: (i) a
reduction in audit and related fees, (ii) a reduction in legal fees related
to securities law compliance, (iii) the elimination of costs associated
with filing periodic reports with the SEC, (iv) the reduction in management
time spent on compliance and disclosure matters attributable to our Exchange
Act
filings, (v) the lower risk of liability that is associated with
non-reporting (as distinguished from public reporting) company status,
(vi) the cost savings of approximately $150,000 per annum of not having to
comply with the new internal control audit requirements imposed by Section
404
of Sarbanes-Oxley, and (vii) the reduction in direct miscellaneous clerical
and other expenses.
The
cost
savings/cost avoidance figures set forth above are only estimates. The actual
cost savings/cost avoidance we realize from no longer being a public reporting
company may be higher or lower than such estimates. Estimates of the special
cost savings/cost avoidance to be realized if the Reverse/Forward Stock Split
is
consummated are based upon (i) the actual costs to us of the services and
disbursements in each of the categories listed above that were reflected in
our
recent financial statements and (ii) the allocation to each category of
management’s estimates of the portion of the expenses and disbursements in such
category believed to be solely or primarily attributable to our public reporting
company status.
It
is
important to note that in addition to the above-referenced special estimated
annual cost savings/cost avoidance, the consummation of the Reverse/Forward
Stock Split and subsequent deregistration of the Common Stock would result
in a
significant one-time cost savings/cost avoidance due
to the
Company’s not being subject to the new internal control audit requirements
imposed by Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley. Preparing the Company to comply with
Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley would require significant expenditures prior
to
that date, including costs related to computer software and hardware, fees
to
third parties for compliance planning, assessment, documentation and testing,
and costs related to internal personnel. These costs are estimated to exceed
$300,000, and are comprised of expenditures relating to the following:
(i) the preparation for Section 404 implementation, including the
development, testing, and documentation of Company policy and internal controls
for the Company and each of its subsidiaries, (ii) the Company’s Audit
Committee’s extensive review and oversight of the Section 404 implementation
process, (iii) the purchase of new computer software and hardware to more
effectively monitor and document internal controls, (iv) the training of
internal personnel and management, (v) the hiring of additional internal
personnel for areas which require additional controls, (vi) the hiring of
third-parties to provide consulting and to conduct compliance planning,
assessment, documentation, and testing, and (vii) the initial review,
audit, and attestation of the Company’s external auditors. The majority of these
expenses will be non-recurring. However, on an ongoing basis, the Company will
need to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley, and
review and update these processes and resources. The cost of annual compliance
in fiscal year 2007 and each year thereafter is estimated at $150,000 per
year.
We
expect
the actual cost savings/cost avoidance of being a non-reporting company to
be
much greater than simply eliminating the estimated historical out-of-pocket
costs. As a result of recent corporate governance scandals, the legislative
and
litigation environment resulting from those scandals, the costs of being a
public reporting company in general, and the costs of our remaining a public
reporting company in particular, are expected to continue to increase in the
near future. Moreover, new legislation, such as Sarbanes-Oxley, will likely
continue to have the effect of increasing the compliance burdens and potential
liabilities of being a public reporting company. This and other proposed
legislation will likely continue to increase audit fees and other costs of
compliance such as securities counsel fees, increase outside director fees
and
increase potential liability faced by our officers and directors.
In
some
instances, management’s cost saving/cost avoidance expectations were based on
information provided by third parties or upon verifiable assumptions. For
example, our auditors have informed us, informally, that there will be a
reduction in auditing fees if we no longer continue as a public reporting
company. In addition, the costs associated with retaining legal counsel to
assist with complying with the Exchange Act reporting requirements will be
eliminated if we no longer file reports with the SEC and are otherwise not
required to comply with the disclosure requirements that apply to public
reporting companies.
Inability
to
Realize Benefits Normally Associated with Public Reporting Company Status
An
additional reason for the Reverse/Forward Stock Split relates to the inability
of the Company to realize many of the benefits normally presumed to result
from
being a public reporting company, such as the following:
· |
A
typical advantage from being a public reporting company comes from
the
ability to use company stock, as opposed to cash or other consideration,
to effect acquisitions. The Company is not aware of, and does not
expect
to identify, an acquisition opportunity that would likely employ
the
Common Stock as acquisition consideration, or require access to public
equity markets to raise additional
capital.
|
· |
Public
companies can also obtain financing by issuing securities in a public
offering. The Company believes that a general lack of public investor
interest in non-facilities based telecommunications companies and
the
Company’s financial condition have severely limited its access to the
public capital markets in recent years and the Company does not presently
intend to do so.
|
· |
Public
companies often endeavor to use company stock to attract, retain
and
motivate employees. In recent years, due to the declining market
price of
the Common Stock, the Common Stock has not provided a meaningful
incentive
to its employees.
|
· |
An
enhanced company image often accompanies public reporting company
status.
The Company has determined that due to its size and other factors,
the
Company has not enjoyed an appreciable enhancement in company image
as a
result of its public reporting company
status.
|
In
light
of the foregoing, the Board of Directors and the Special Committee believe
the
benefits associated with maintaining our status as a public reporting company
and maintaining our small stockholder accounts are substantially outweighed
by
the costs, both financial and operational, associated therewith. The Board
of
Directors and the Special Committee believe that it is in the best interests
of
the Company to eliminate the administrative burden and costs associated with
maintaining its status as a public reporting company and its small stockholder
accounts. The Board of Directors and the Special Committee have determined
that
the Reverse/Forward Stock Split is the most expeditious and economical way
of
liquidating the holdings of small stockholders and changing our status from
that
of a public reporting company to that of a more closely-held, non-reporting
company. The Board of Directors, upon the recommendation and approval of the
Special Committee, has determined that the reverse stock split ratio should
be
1-for-50 and that the forward stock split ratio should be 50-for-1. Numerous
factors were considered in reaching its determination. For a more detailed
discussion, please see “Fairness of the Reverse/Forward Stock Split” in this
proxy statement.
Reasons
for the Forward Stock Split
Effecting
the forward stock split immediately after the reverse stock split benefits
the
Company by (i) preventing the Common Stock from having an unusually high
value per share, which tends to decrease the liquidity of shares, (ii)
eliminating the need for the Company to cash out fractional shares of Continuing
Stockholders and (iii) avoiding the need to adjust the exercise price of
any awards previously granted under the Company’s 2004 Stock Incentive Plan,
2000 Stock Incentive Plan and 1998 Equity Participation Plan (the “Stock
Incentive Plans”).
Potential
Disadvantages of the Reverse/Forward Stock Split
While
we
believe that the Reverse/Forward Stock Split will result in the benefits
described, several disadvantages should also be noted. Our working capital
and
assets will be decreased to fund the purchase of fractional shares and the
costs
of the Reverse/Forward Stock Split. The
ownership interest of stockholders holding less than 50 shares will be
terminated, and such stockholders will be unable to participate in any increased
value of shares that may be achieved. Additionally,
some stockholders will be forced to relinquish their shares in the Company
upon
the effective date of the Reverse/Forward Stock Split, rather than choosing
on
their own the time and price for disposing of their holdings of Common Stock
in
the Company. In addition, we will become a private company, and Continuing
Stockholders will not have the opportunity for a public market for our
securities unless the Company re-registers under the Exchange Act in the future,
which is not currently anticipated. After the Reverse/Forward Stock Split,
we
will terminate the registration of our Common Stock under the Exchange Act
and
we will no longer be subject to the reporting requirements under the Exchange
Act. As a result of the termination of the Company’s reporting obligations under
the Exchange Act:
· |
we
will not have the ability to raise capital in the public securities
markets;
|
· |
we
will be less likely to use shares of our Common Stock to acquire
other
companies;
|
· |
we
may have less flexibility in attracting and retaining executives
and
employees since equity-based incentives (such as stock options) tend
not
to be as attractive in a privately-held
company;
|
· |
less
information will be required to be furnished to remaining stockholders
or
to be made publicly available by the
Company;
|
· |
Continuing
Stockholders will experience reduced liquidity for their shares of
Common
Stock;
|
· |
various
provisions of the Exchange Act, such as periodic operating statements
and
proxy or information statement disclosure in connection with stockholder
meetings, will no longer apply to the Company;
and
|
· |
the
reporting requirements and restrictions of the Exchange Act, including
without limitation the reporting and short-swing profit provisions
of
Section 16, will no longer apply to our executive officers, directors
and
10% stockholders of the Company.
|
We
would
no longer be subject to the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act or the
liability provisions of the Exchange Act. Therefore, our Chief Executive Officer
and Chief Financial Officer would no longer be required to certify as to the
accuracy of our financial statements, we would no longer be required to have
an
audit committee and have a majority of the members of our Board of Directors
be
independent. Furthermore, stockholders of the Company receiving cash as a result
of the Reverse/Forward Stock Split will be subject to federal income taxes
as if
they had sold their shares. As a result, stockholders may be required to pay
taxes on their respective shares of Common Stock that are converted into the
right to receive cash from the Company. See the information under the caption
“Special Factors—Effects of the Reverse/Forward Stock Split — Material Federal
Income Tax Consequences of the Reverse/Forward Stock Split” in this Information
Statement.
The
Board
believed that the benefits of the Reverse/Forward Stock Split outweighed the
disadvantages.
Failure
to Effect Reverse/Forward Stock Split
Although
the Board of Directors believes that the Reverse/Forward Stock Split will be
consummated and that the Company will deregister, we cannot guarantee that
the
Reverse/Forward Stock Split will result in the Company deregistering the Common
Stock. Even if stockholder approval of the Reverse/Forward Stock Split is
obtained, the Board of Directors will not implement the Reverse/Forward Stock
Split if it determines that the Reverse/Forward Stock Split (i) would result
in
the number of stockholders of record remaining to be 300 or more or (ii) would
not be in the Company’s best interest. As a result, the Company would continue
to be a public reporting company and would continue to file annual and quarterly
reports on Form 10-K and Form 10-Q. The Board of Directors considered the
possibility that the Reverse/Forward Stock Split may not be implemented.
Alternatives
to the Reverse/Forward Stock Split
In
making
the determination to proceed with the Reverse/Forward Stock Split, the Board
of
Directors and the Special Committee considered the feasibility of certain other
alternative transactions, as described below:
· |
Issuer
Tender Offer.
The Board of Directors and the Special Committee also considered
the
feasibility of an issuer tender offer to repurchase the shares of
Common
Stock held by stockholders of the Company other than The 1818 Fund.
A
principal disadvantage of this type of transaction is due to the
voluntary
nature of such a transaction since the Company would have no assurance
that the transaction would result in a sufficient number of shares
being
tendered. Moreover, the tender offer rules regarding the treatment
of
stockholders, including pro-rata acceptance of offers from stockholders,
make it difficult to ensure that the Company would be able to
significantly reduce the number of record stockholders. As a result
of
these disadvantages, the Board of Directors and the Special Committee
determined not to pursue this
alternative.
|
· |
Partial
Cash-Out Merger.
The Board of Directors and the Special Committee also considered
the
feasibility of a transaction in which the Company would cash out
stockholders owning less than a specified number of shares by merging
a
newly-formed subsidiary of the Company with and into the Company.
While
the effect of this transaction would be similar to that of a reverse
stock
split, the Board and Directors and the Special Committee rejected
this
alternative because of the greater complexity of this type of transaction,
including but not limited to the formation of a new entity and the
possible need to assign or amend material contracts of the Company,
which
would likely result in significant
costs.
|
· |
Traditional
Stock Repurchase Program.
The Board of Directors and the Special Committee also considered
a plan
whereby the Company would periodically repurchase shares of the Common
Stock on the open market at then current market price. The Company
rejected such an approach. Repurchasing enough shares in this manner
to
enable the Company to deregister under the Exchange Act would likely
take
an extended period of time, have no assurance of success and be of
undeterminable cost.
|
· |
Odd-Lot
Repurchase Program.
The Board of Directors and the Special Committee also considered
the
feasibility of a transaction in which the Company would announce
to its
stockholders that it would repurchase, at a designated price per
share,
the shares of common stock held by any stockholder who holds less
than a
specified number of shares (e.g.,
fewer than 100 shares) and who offers such shares for sale pursuant
to the
terms of the program. A principal disadvantage of such an approach,
however, results from the voluntary nature of the program. Because
stockholders would not be required to participate in the program,
the
Company could not be certain at the outset whether a sufficient number
of
odd-lot stockholders would participate and thereby result in the
number of
stockholders being reduced to below 300. In terms of timing, such
a
program, especially after giving effect to any extensions of deadlines
for
tendering into the program, would likely necessitate a longer time
frame
than that of a reverse stock split. As a result of these disadvantages,
the Board of Directors and the Special Committee rejected this
alternative.
|
· |
Reverse
Stock Split Without a Forward Stock Split.
The Board of Directors and the Special Committee also considered
this
alternative, which would accomplish the objective of reducing the
number
of stockholders of the Company below the 300 threshold. In a reverse
stock
split without a subsequent forward stock split, we would acquire
not only
the interests of the cashed out stockholders, but also the fractional
share interests of those stockholders who are not cashed out (as
compared
to the proposed transaction in which only those stockholders whose
shares
are converted to fewer than one whole share after the reverse stock
split
would have their fractional interests cashed out; and all fractional
interests held by stockholders holding more than one whole share
after the
reverse stock split would be reconverted to whole shares in the forward
stock split). The Board of Directors and the Special Committee rejected
this alternative due to the higher cost involved with conducting
a reverse
stock split without a forward stock split. In addition, effecting
the
forward stock split immediately after the reverse stock split benefits
the
Company by avoiding the need to adjust the exercise price of any
awards
previously granted under the Company’s Stock Incentive
Plans.
|
· |
Maintaining
the Status Quo.
The Board of Directors and the Special Committee also considered
maintaining the status quo. In that case, the Company would continue
to
incur the expenses of being a public reporting company without enjoying
the benefits traditionally associated with having public reporting
company
status. The Board of Directors and the Special Committee believe
that
maintaining the status quo is not in the best interests of the Company
and
rejected this alternative.
|
Conditions
to the Completion of the Reverse/Forward Stock Split
The
Reverse/Forward Stock Split will not be effected unless and until our
stockholders approve the Reverse/Forward Stock Split and the Board of Directors
determines that:
· |
we
have available funds necessary to pay for the fractional shares resulting
from the Reverse/Forward Stock Split;
and
|
· |
the
transaction will substantially reduce the number of stockholders
below
300.
|
In
addition, the Board may decide to abandon the Reverse/Forward Stock Split (even
after stockholder approval) at any time prior to its consummation if the Board
believes that such action would be in our best interest and the best interest
of
our stockholders. Among the circumstances that might cause the Board to abandon
the Reverse/Forward Stock Split are the development of a significant risk of
the
Reverse/Forward Stock Split failing to achieve the overall goal of reducing
the
number of record holders to fewer than 300 or where the expense of cashing
out
the stockholders with fewer than 50 shares becomes so high that the transaction
becomes financially prohibitive. Additionally, such circumstances could include
a superior offer to our stockholders, a material change in our business or
litigation affecting our ability to proceed with the Reverse/Forward Stock
Split.
Assuming
that the above-described conditions are satisfied, the Company, as promptly
as
reasonably practicable, will file the Certificates of Amendment of Certificate
of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and
thereby effect the Reverse/Forward Stock Split. In that case, the approximate
date for effectuating the transaction will be
, 2007. If we do not
effect the Reverse/Forward Stock Split, we will continue as a publicly-traded
company with our Common Stock registered under the Exchange Act, and our Common
Stock will likely continue to be traded on the OTC Bulletin Board.
BACKGROUND
OF THE REVERSE/FORWARD STOCK SPLIT
At
several
regular meetings of the Board of Directors held during 2006, the Board discussed
generally the benefits and costs associated with the Company’s status as a
publicly-traded company. The Board developed an interest in a going-private
transaction as the result of continuing discussions at Board meetings regarding
the high costs of maintaining the Company as a publicly-traded company and
the
limited benefits the Company received from being public, especially in light
of
the substantial new internal and external accounting requirements and procedures
imposed by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.
Since
the
proposal of the Sarbanes-Oxley, our Board of Directors and executive officers
have had numerous discussions with our auditors and legal counsel to follow
the
progression of Sarbanes-Oxley requirements applicable to the Company. In this
process, they have noted
the costs
and time commitments required to comply with increasing levels of associated
regulation. Over this period of time, our directors and executive officers
had
informal discussions about the historical and prospective time commitments
and
costs associated with Sarbanes-Oxley compliance.
At
a
meeting of the Board of Directors held on July 18, 2006 the Board discussed
the
possibility of initiating a going-private transaction with the goal of
suspending the Company’s obligations as a publicly-traded company. Legal counsel
Cahill Gordon & Reindel llp
(“Cahill
Gordon”) was also present at such meeting. Given that the Board of Directors
includes individuals that are either affiliated or have relationships with
the
Company’s majority stockholder, The 1818 Fund, Cahill Gordon recommended that
the Board form a committee comprised solely of independent members to consider
the fairness and advisability of the proposed Reverse/Forward Stock Split to
Cashed Out Stockholders and to Continuing Stockholders. Additionally, Cahill
Gordon advised the Board on procedural considerations for effecting a going
private transaction generally, including the Board’s fiduciary duties to all
stockholders. The Board of Directors determined to form a special committee
comprised of its independent Directors, Messrs. Raymond L. Golden, Andrew
Krusen, Richard F. LaRoche, Jr. and Roy Neel, for the purpose of evaluating
and
making recommendations with respect to undertaking a going private transaction,
the form of any such transaction and the fairness of any such transaction to
the
Company’s stockholders.
At
a
meeting of the Special Committee held on September 19, 2006, the Special
Committee considered
(1) management’s
presentation of our direct and indirect costs associated with compliance with
the Exchange Act’s filing and reporting requirements imposed on public companies
and that the cost of this compliance has increased significantly with the
implementation of the provisions of Sarbanes-Oxley,
(2) management’s
estimates of the additional costs and burdens associated with compliance with
the forthcoming internal control audit requirements of Section 404 of
Sarbanes-Oxley,
(3) that
the
Company has had a going concern qualification in each of its last two annual
audits as a result of recurring losses and a net capital
deficiency.
(4) that
the
Common Stock has attracted limited institutional investors or market research
attention which could have created a more active and liquid market for the
Common Stock,
(5) that
the
relatively low trading volume of the Common Stock and the Company’s low market
capitalization have reduced the liquidity benefits to the stockholders of the
Company and mitigated the ability to use Common Stock as a significant part
of
our employee compensation and incentive strategy,
(6) that
the
Company has not used Common Stock as consideration, nor been active in the
corporate merger and acquisition market, and therefore has not realized any
benefit from the use of publicly traded stock in conjunction with acquisitions
or other stock transactions,
(7) that
the
Company does not presently intend to raise capital through sales of securities
in a public offering or to acquire other business entities using stock as
consideration,
(8) the
current and historical market prices for the Common Stock on the OTC Bulletin
Board and the net book value of the Common Stock,
(9) the
presentation of Cahill Gordon of several alternatives for accomplishing a going
private transaction, including a reverse stock split (together with a follow
on
forward stock split), an issuer tender offer, a partial cash-out merger and
a
stock repurchase program (including an odd-lot repurchase program), and related
considerations of fairness to stockholders, and
(10) retaining
an independent financial advisor.
The
Special Committee determined in light of considerations (1) through (6) above
that it was in the best interest of the Company and its stockholders for the
Company to cease to be a public Company. The Special Committee determined to
defer making a determination with respect to the means of accomplishing a
going-private transaction and the price to be paid to any stockholders
eliminated by a going-private transaction until its next meeting. The Special
Committee asked Messrs. Golden and LaRoche to further explore alternatives
with
Cahill Gordon and management and to report back to the Special Committee at
its
next meeting.
Following
the September 19 Special Committee meeting, Messrs. Golden and LaRoche met
with
management and Cahill Gordon to further review the several alternatives
presented by Cahill Gordon for accomplishing a going-private transaction and
to
discuss methodologies for establishing the price to be paid to any stockholders
eliminated by a going-private transaction, including whether an independent
financial advisor should be retained for such purpose.
At
a
Special Committee meeting held on September 21, 2006 Messrs. Golden and LaRoche
reported to the Special Committee that they had reviewed the advantages and
disadvantages of the several alternatives presented by Cahill Gordon for
accomplishing a going-private transaction and recommended that the Special
Committee adopt the Reverse/Forward Stock Split alternative. Messrs. Golden
and
LaRoche informed the Special Committee that they had reviewed several
Reverse/Forward Stock Split ratios and observed for the Special Committee that
a
25 for 1 Reverse/Forward Stock Split ratio would result in approximately 215
record holders of Common Stock, a 50 for 1 Reverse/Forward Stock Split ratio
would result in approximately 185 record holders of Common Stock, a 100 for
1
Reverse/Forward Stock Split ratio would result in approximately 150 record
holders of Common Stock and a 500 for 1 Reverse/-Forward Stock Split ratio
would
result in approximately 100 record holders of Common Stock. Messrs. Golden
and
LaRoche recommended that the Special Committee adopt a 50 for 1 Reverse/Forward
Stock Split ratio. Messrs. Golden and LaRoche then reported to the Special
Committee the estimated costs of two financial advisors contacted by Cahill
Gordon on the Special Committee’s behalf, and observed that both such estimates
would likely exceed the consideration actually payable to Cashed Out
Stockholders and that each appeared excessive in relation to the other costs
associated with the Reverse/Forward Stock Split and the Company’s overall
financial condition. Messrs. Golden and LaRoche recommended that the Special
Committee not retain a financial advisor in connection with the Reverse/Forward
Stock Split.
Messrs.
Golden and LaRoche informed the Special Committee that they had reviewed the
Company’s net book value and current and historical market data for the Common
Stock during the 30-day and 90-day periods ending September 18, 2006. Messers.
Golden and LaRoche observed that the Company’s net book value was negative and
therefore not meaningful. Messrs. Golden and LaRoche also observed that although
the Common Stock has limited liquidity, over the 90-day period ending September
18, 2006 the approximate aggregate volume of the Common Stock traded on the
OTC
Bulletin Board was 350,000 shares, which represented in excess of 10% of the
Common Stock held by persons other than directors, executive officers and The
1818 Fund. Messrs. Golden and LaRoche recommended that the price to be paid
to
any Cashed Out Stockholders be set at a 15% premium to the 90-day average
closing price ending on the day prior to public announcement of the anticipated
Reverse/Forward Stock Split to ensure fairness to the Cashed Out Stockholders,
noting that the small aggregate cost of such a premium would be of negligible
consequence to the Company and therefore fair to the Continuing Stockholders.
Messrs. Golden and LaRoche finally observed that the closing price of the Common
Stock on September 21, 2006 was $0.26 per share and that the 90-day average
closing price of the Common Stock for the period ending on September 21, 2006
was $0.31.
Following
the presentation by Messrs. Golden and LaRoche, the Special Committee further
reviewed the advantages and disadvantages of the various going-private
transactions presented by Cahill Gordon and determined to adopt the
Reverse/Forward Stock Split. The Special Committee then considered the
consequences of the several Reverse/Forward Stock Split ratios presented by
Messrs. Golden and LaRoche, including (1) the
number by which the record stockholders of the Company would need to be reduced
to allow deregistration; (2) the number of record and beneficial
stockholders holding shares within ranges of 1 share up to 500 shares;
(3) the estimated number of shares that would become fractional shares,
cancelled and converted into the right to receive cash; (4) the anticipated
expense of implementing the Reverse/Forward Stock Split; (5) without
quantification, the direct and indirect costs of communicating with,
administering stockholder accounts for and responding to stockholders; (6)
the
ability of stockholders who would otherwise be cashed out to acquire sufficient
additional Common Stock to remain Continuing Stockholders after the
Reverse/Forward Stock Split; (7) that some of the Cashed Out Stockholders might
appreciate the opportunity to liquidate their relatively small holdings without
brokerage fees; and (8) the likelihood and burden of engaging in another
stockholder reduction transaction to avoid the need to re-register under the
Exchange Act at some point in the future. After considering such consequences,
the Special Committee
determined to adopt the 50 for 1 ratio.
The
Special Committee then considered the price to be paid to any stockholders
eliminated by a going-private transaction, including whether an independent
financial advisor should be retained for such purpose. The Special Committee
determined that (i) that the current and historical market price information
and
net book value information available to the Special Committee were sufficient
to
support a determination of fairness from a financial point of view and (ii)
after receiving cost estimates from two financial advisors, the substantial
costs of retaining an independent financial advisor would likely exceed the
consideration actually payable to Cashed Out Stockholders, and would in any
event be excessive in relation to the other costs associated with the
Reverse/Forward Stock Split. In light of such determination, the Special
Committee determined not to retain an independent financial
advisor.
The
Special Committee also considered requesting management to perform a discounted
cash flow analysis of the Company for valuation purposes. In considering the
need for such an analysis, the Special Committee considered (1) the inherent
uncertainty associated with projected cash flows and discount rate assumptions,
especially for businesses in similar financial circumstances to the Company,
(2)
the substantial internal Company resources that would need to be dedicated
to
such an analysis, (3) that any such analysis could not be deemed independent
or
objective having been prepared by management and (4) the small aggregate
consideration likely to be paid to Cashed Out Stockholders in any event. In
light of such considerations and the other objective information available
to
the Special Committee, the Special Committee determined not to request
management perform a discounted cash flow analysis of the Company.
The
Special Committee then further discussed the current and historical market
price
data for the Common Stock and determined the price to be paid to any
stockholders eliminated by the Reverse/Forward Stock Split would be set at a 15%
premium to the 90-day average closing price ending on the day prior to public
announcement of the anticipated Reverse/Forward Stock Split to ensure fairness
to the Cashed Out Stockholders, and that the small aggregate cost of such a
premium would be of negligible consequence to the Company and therefore fair
to
the Continuing Stockholders.
On
September 21, 2006, the Board of Directors met to discuss the conclusions
reached by the Special Committee. Following this discussion, the Board of
Directors unanimously determined to adopt the Reverse/Forward Stock Split as
recommended by the Special Committee, and determined that the consideration
per
pre-split share of $0.35 was fair to both the Cashed Out Stockholders and the
Continuing Stockholders.
On
December 19, 2006, the Special Committee met to discuss the changes in the
Company's Common Stock price and how it affected the price to be paid to
Cashed
Out Stockholders. The Special Committee noted that the 90-day average
closing price of the Common Stock for the period ending on December 18, 2006
was
$0.27. The Special Committee discussed the volatility of the price of
Common Stock, including the potential impact on the price of Common Stock
due to
the Company's inability to timely file the Form 10-Q for the period ended
September 30, 2006. It was decided that it was fair to Cashed Out
Stockholders to maintain the price of $0.35 per share, which now represented
a
30% premium to the 90-day average closing price of the Common Stock for the
period ending prior to the announcement of the Reverse/Forward Stock
Split.
In
light
of these considerations, the Special Committee and, upon the recommendation
of
the Special Committee, the Board of Directors believe that it is in the
Company’s best interests to undertake the Reverse/Forward Stock Split at this
time to enable us to deregister the Common Stock under the Exchange Act, which
will relieve the Company of the administrative burden, cost, and competitive
disadvantages associated with filing reports and otherwise complying with the
requirements imposed under the Exchange Act.
No
outside
party prepared or presented any reports, presentations, analyses or opinions
in
connection with the Reverse/Forward Stock Split and no investment firm was
retained by the Company.
All
of the
members of the Special Committee attended each meeting of the Special Committee
outlined in this section and participated in each discussion regarding the
proposed transaction, and each matter approved by the Special Committee was
unanimously approved by the Special Committee.
All
of the
members of the Board of Directors attended each meeting of the Board of
Directors outlined in this section and participated in each discussion regarding
the proposed transaction, and each matter approved by the Board of Directors
was
unanimously approved by the full Board of Directors.
FAIRNESS
OF THE REVERSE/FORWARD STOCK SPLIT TO STOCKHOLDERS
In
order
to provide a fair consideration of this transaction, the Board of Directors
created the Special Committee. The Special Committee was given the authority
to
evaluate the appropriateness of a transaction that would permit the Company
to
deregister our Common Stock, as well as the desired transaction structure,
terms
and conditions of any such transaction.
Messrs.
Golden, Krusen, LaRoche and Neel were chosen to serve on the Special Committee
because they are “independent,” as such term is defined under Rule 10A-3 of the
Exchange Act. None are currently employed as an officer or employee of the
Company, beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 10% of the Common
Stock, or hold any other relationship which, in the opinion of the Board of
Directors, would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying
out the responsibilities of a director. The members of the Special Committee,
Messrs. Golden, Krusen, LaRoche and Neel, in addition to being independent
directors of the Company, have been board members since 2005, 2003, 2002 and
2005, respectively, and are familiar with our business and
prospects.
The
Special Committee has reviewed and considered the terms, purpose, alternatives,
and effects of the Reverse/Forward Stock Split and has determined and believes
that the Reverse/Forward Stock Split are in the best interests of the Company
and is substantively and procedurally fair to the Cashed Out Stockholders who
will receive cash in lieu of fractional shares fewer than one whole share and
the Continuing Stockholder who will remain stockholders of the Company after
the
Reverse/Forward Stock Split. After studying the Reverse/Forward Stock Split
and
their anticipated effects on our stockholders, the Special Committee unanimously
approved the Reverse/Forward Stock Split.
The
Board
of Directors and the Special Committee believe that they have a fiduciary
responsibility to all stockholders of the Company, including the Cashed Out
Stockholders as well as the Continuing Stockholders. Paying excessive cash
consideration to stockholders with fewer than 50 shares of Common Stock would
not be fair to the Continuing Stockholders remaining after the Reverse/Forward
Stock Split, while paying inadequate cash consideration would not be fair to
our
Cashed Out Stockholders receiving such consideration in exchange for their
shares. In upholding its fiduciary responsibility to all of the stockholders
of
the Company, the Special Committee reviewed and considered the terms,
alternatives, and effects of the Reverse/Forward Stock Split on each of the
Cashed Out Stockholders, the Continuing Stockholders, and the
Company.
The
Special Committee has set the cash consideration to be paid to Cashed Out
Stockholders at $0.35 per share, which represents a 30% premium to the average
closing price for our Common Stock for the 90 trading days prior to the
announcement of the Reverse/Forward Stock Split and is a 205% premium over
the
current market price, and the Board of Directors, upon recommendation and
approval of the Special Committee, approved such determination.
Substantive
Fairness
The
Special Committee reasonably believes that the Reverse/Forward Stock Split
is
substantively fair to both the Cashed Out Stockholders and the Continuing
Stockholders. The factors considered by the Special Committee in reaching its
conclusion as to the substantive fairness of the Reverse/Forward Stock Split
are
discussed below.
Factors
Considered
In
addition to the procedural fairness concerns analyzed by the Special Committee
(as discussed above under the section “Special Factors—Fairness of the
Reverse/Forward Stock Split to Stockholders—Substantive Fairness”), the Special
Committee considered the advantages of the Reverse/Forward Stock Split, as
discussed below, in reaching its conclusion as to the substantive fairness
of
the Reverse/Forward
Stock
Split to our Cashed Out Stockholders and the Continuing Stockholders, as well
as
the factors identified in the section below entitled “Special Factors—Effects of
the Reverse/Forward Stock Split—Potential Disadvantages of the Reverse/Forward
Stock Split.” The Special Committee did not assign specific weight to the
following factors in a formulaic fashion, but did place special emphasis on
the
opportunity for minority stockholders to sell their holdings at a premium
without paying brokerage commissions, as well as the significant cost and time
savings for the Company.
Advantages
of the Reverse/Forward Stock Split:
1. Opportunity
for minority stockholders holding fewer than 50 shares of Common Stock to sell
holdings without brokerage fees.
(a) Historical
Market Prices
In
connection with the Reverse/Forward Stock Split, the Special Committee set
the
price to be paid to the Cashed Out Stockholders at a 30% premium to the average
closing price for our Common Stock for the 90 trading days prior to the
announcement of the Reverse/Forward Stock Split.
Value
|
Dollar
Amount
|
Current
Market Closing Price as of December 21, 2006
|
$0.17
|
Thirty
Day Average Market (Closing) Price
|
0.22
|
Ninety
Day Average Market (Closing) Price
|
0.27
|
Net
book value per share at September 30, 2006
|
(0.827)
|
(b) Liquidation
Value
In
connection with its deliberations, the Special Committee considered the
Company’s liquidation value. However, the Special Committee did not view the
Company’s liquidation value to be a meaningful measure of valuation because the
Company’s book value per share is negative.
2. Significant
cost and time savings for the Company.
By
reducing the number of stockholders of record to fewer than 50 and deregistering
the Common Stock under the Exchange Act, we expect to save
(i) approximately $700,000 per year in professional fees and expenses that
we have historically incurred in connection with the preparation and filing
of
reports required by the Exchange Act, (ii) approximately $300,000 in
primarily non-recurring expenses that otherwise would have been incurred in
fiscal 2007 in connection with compliance with the internal control audit
requirements of Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley and (iii) approximately
$150,000 per year in expenses thereafter that would otherwise be expected to
be
incurred in order to comply with Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley. The termination
of reporting obligations will also alleviate a significant amount of time and
effort previously required of our executive officers to prepare and review
these
ongoing reports and filings. See “Special Factors—Reasons for the
Forward/Forward Stock Split” for a more detailed discussion of these cost
savings.
3. Ability
to
control decision to remain a holder of Common Stock or liquidate Common
Stock.
Another
factor considered by the Special Committee in determining the fairness of the
transaction to minority stockholders, individually, is that current holders
of
fewer than 50 shares of Common Stock may elect to remain stockholders of the
Company following the Reverse/Forward Stock Split by acquiring additional shares
so that they own at least 50 shares of the Common Stock immediately before
the
Reverse/Forward Stock Split. The Special Committee believes it will not be
difficult for a stockholder to purchase up to 50 shares of Common Stock prior
to
the Reverse/Forward Stock Split based upon historical average trading volumes
of
the Common Stock during the past 12 months. Conversely, stockholders who own
50
or more shares of Common Stock, who desire to liquidate their shares in
connection with the Reverse/Forward Stock Split at the premium price offered
may
reduce their holdings to fewer than 50
shares
by
selling shares prior to the Reverse/Forward Stock Split. The Special Committee
considers the structure of the transaction to be fair to minority stockholders,
because it allows them a measure of control over the decision of whether to
remain stockholders after the Reverse/Forward Stock Split or to receive the
cash
consideration offered in connection with the Reverse/Forward Stock
Split.
4. No
material change in percentage ownership of Continuing Stockholders.
Because
only an estimated 75,000 out of 18,453,983 shares of the Common Stock will
be
eliminated as a result of the Reverse/Forward Stock Split, the percentage
ownership of Continuing Stockholders will be approximately the same as it was
prior to the Reverse/Forward Stock Split. Our officers and directors currently
beneficially own approximately 82%
of the
outstanding Common Stock and will have their beneficial ownership increased
by
less than 1% following completion of the Reverse/Forward Stock Split. We believe
that structuring the transaction in a manner that preserves the approximate
percentage ownership of the Continuing Stockholders supports the fairness of
the
transaction
to the
minority stockholders.
5. Ability
to
control the dissemination of information to our competitors, vendors, and
customers.
Upon
filing the Form 15 with the SEC to deregister our Common Stock under the
Exchange Act and suspend our duty to file periodic reports with the SEC, the
Company will be able to control the dissemination of certain business
information, which is currently disclosed in the periodic reports and,
accordingly, made available to our competitors, vendors, customers, and other
interested parties, potentially to our detriment.
1. Substantial
reduction of public sale opportunities.
Following
the Reverse/Forward Stock Split and the deregistration of the Common Stock
under
the Exchange Act, we anticipate that the public market for shares of Common
Stock will be reduced. Stockholders of the Company will continue to have the
option of selling their shares of Common Stock in a public market. While shares
will continue to be listed in the “pink sheets,” any current public market for
the Common Shares likely will be highly illiquid after the suspension of our
periodic reporting obligations. In addition, because market makers (and not
the
Company) quote our Common Stock in the “pink sheets,” we cannot guarantee that
our Common Stock will always be available for trading in the “pink sheets.”
2. Reduction
of publicly available information.
Upon
terminating the registration of the Common Stock under the Exchange Act, our
duty to file periodic reports with the SEC will be suspended. While the Company
intends to provide to stockholders information regarding the Company’s business
and results of operation after the Reverse/Forward Stock Split, we can make
no
assurances as to the type of information that we will provide, the form in
which
the information will be presented, and the frequency with which we will make
such information available. As such, stockholders remaining in the Company
following the Reverse/Forward Stock Split and our vendors and customers may
not
have available all of the information regarding the Company’s operations and
results that is currently available in the Company’s filings with the SEC. As a
result, it will be more difficult for our vendors and customers to determine
the
creditworthiness of the Company.
While
the
Board of Directors and the Special Committee acknowledge the circumstances
in
which such reduction of publicly available information may be disadvantageous
to
our stockholders, they believe that the overall benefits to the Company of
no
longer being a public reporting company substantially outweigh the disadvantages
thereof, and, accordingly, the Company believes that the reduction of publicly
available information does not outweigh the advantages of no longer being a
public reporting company, which is in the best interests of the Company’s
stockholders.
3. Termination
of public reporting company obligations.
Once
the
Common Stock of the Company ceases to be registered under the Exchange Act,
the
Company will no longer be subject to public reporting company obligations,
such
as the provisions of Sarbanes-Oxley or certain liability provisions of the
Exchange Act. Therefore,
our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer would no longer be
required to certify as to the accuracy of our financial statements, we would
no
longer be required to have an audit committee and have a majority of the members
of our Board of Directors be independent. Although
we will no longer be required to file financial statements with the SEC or
to
provide such information to stockholders, any financial statements we elect
to
provide will no longer be required to be certified by the officers of the
Company.
4. Possible
significant decline in the value of the Common Stock.
Because
the limited liquidity for the shares of Common Stock (as described in paragraph
(1) above), the termination of the Company’s obligation to make public financial
and other information expected following the deregistration of the Common Stock
under the Exchange Act (as described in paragraph (2) above), and the diminished
opportunity for stockholders of the Company to monitor the management of the
Company due to the reduction of publicly available information, Continuing
Stockholders may experience a significant decrease in the value of their shares
of Common Stock.
5. Inability
to participate in any future increases in value of Common Stock.
Cashed
Out
Stockholders will have no further financial interest in the Company with respect
to their cashed out shares and thus will not have the opportunity to participate
in the potential appreciation in the value of such shares. However, those
minority stockholders who wish to remain stockholders after the Reverse/Forward
Stock Split can do so by acquiring additional shares so that they own at least
50 shares of Common Stock immediately before the Effective Date of the
Reverse/Forward Stock Split.
6. Loss
of
flexibility in attracting and retaining employees.
The
deregistration and subsequent decreased liquidity of the Common Stock may result
in the Company having less flexibility in attracting and retaining executives
and other employees because equity-based incentives (such as stock options)
tend
not to be viewed as having the same value in a non-public reporting
company.
7. Increased
difficulty in raising capital.
The
deregistration and subsequent decreased liquidity of the Common Stock will
make
it more difficult for the Company to access the public equity and public debt
markets (although we have not done this in many years) and the private debt
markets.
In
addition, the Company will be less likely to be able to use stock to acquire
companies (although we have not done this in many years).
Fairness
Determination of the Special Committee
The
Special Committee believes that the factors mentioned above, when viewed
together, support a conclusion that the Reverse/Forward Stock Split is
substantively fair to both the Company’s Cashed Out Stockholders and the
Company’s Continuing Stockholders because under the proposed Reverse/Forward
Stock Split, Cashed Out Stockholders will receive an amount per share of $0.35,
which represents a 30% premium to the average closing price for our Common
Stock
for the 90 trading days prior to the announcement of the Reverse/Forward Stock
Split. In addition, the Special Committee determined that the Reverse/Forward
Stock Split is substantively fair to minority stockholders, in part because
it
provides them an opportunity to liquidate their holdings at a fair price without
brokerage commissions at a price that does not prejudice the Continuing
Stockholders. It should also be noted that during the past two years there
have
been no firm offers (i) to merge the Company with another company,
(ii) for the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company,
or (iii) for the purchase of the Company’s Common Stock that would enable
the holder to exercise control of the Company. Further, the Special Committee
did not consider any firm offers (i) to merge the Company with another company,
(ii) for the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company,
or
(iii) for the purchase of the Company’s Common Stock that would enable the
holder to exercise control of the Company.
The
Special Committee also acknowledges that the minority stockholders will have
some control over whether they remain stockholders after the Reverse/Forward
Stock Split by acquiring additional shares so that they own at least 50 shares
of Common Stock immediately before the Reverse/Forward Stock Split. Those
minority stockholders who continue as stockholders following the Reverse/Forward
Stock Split will maintain approximately the same percentage ownership that
they
had prior to the Reverse/Forward Stock Split. The potential loss of liquidity
in
shares of Common Stock does not appear to be a significant loss given the
relatively low trading volume of the Common Stock. Furthermore, the Special
Committee believes that any disadvantages associated with the reduction in
public information available regarding our operations and financial results
will
be offset by the savings in costs and management time expected to be realized
from termination of our public reporting obligations.
We
have
not made any special provision in connection with the Reverse/Forward Stock
Split to grant stockholders access to our corporate files or to obtain counsel
or appraisal services at our expense, as the Special Committee did not consider
these steps necessary to ensure the fairness of the Reverse/Forward Stock Split.
The Special Committee determined that such steps would be costly and time
consuming, and would not provide any meaningful additional benefits. With
respect to stockholders’ access to our corporate files, the Special Committee
determined that this proxy statement, together with our other filings with
the
SEC, provide adequate information for stockholders to make an informed decision
with respect to the Reverse/Forward Stock Split. In addition, Delaware law
and
our Certificate of Incorporation give stockholders the right to review the
Company’s relevant books and records of account.
The
Special Committee’s determination was a consensus resulting from a series of
meetings held to review and deliberate over many factors, as described under
“Background of the Reverse/Forward Stock Split.” As previously stated, the
Special Committee believes that the proposed Reverse/Forward Stock Split,
including the cash-out consideration of $0.35 per share of Common Stock, are
fair, both procedurally and substantively, to both the Cashed Out Stockholders
and the Continuing Stockholders. In connection with the approval of the
transaction, the Special Committee recommended that the Board of Directors
(i)
approve the Reverse/Forward Stock Split as currently proposed and (ii) adopt
the
recommendation of the Special Committee.
Fairness
Determination of the Board of Directors
The
Board
of Directors relied on the procedures instituted by the Special Committee in
their efforts to ensure the procedural fairness and substantive fairness of
the
proposed Reverse/Forward Stock Split. The Special Committee had absolute
discretion in the retention of its advisors and in reviewing, evaluating, and
recommending a proposal to the entire Board of Directors. The factors that
the
Special Committee relied on, which are discussed above, were discussed
with the
Board of Directors by the Special Committee and were contained in the
presentations and the recommendation from the Special Committee. In addition
to
its review of the recommendation by the Special Committee, the Board of
Directors relied on the independence and competence of the Special Committee
when the Board of Directors voted unanimously to adopt the Special Committee’s
recommendation to reduce the number of stockholders of record below 300 in
the
form of the currently proposed Reverse/Forward Stock Split. Based upon
(i) the recommendation of the Special Committee and an analysis of the same
factors considered by the Special Committee (as outlined above), and
(ii) the independence and competence of the Special Committee, the Board of
Directors unanimously approved the proposed transaction and reasonably believes
that it is procedurally and substantively fair to both the Cashed Out
Stockholders and the Continuing Stockholders.
Procedural
Fairness to All Stockholders
The
Special Committee reasonably believes that the Reverse/Forward Stock Split
is
procedurally fair to both the Cashed Out Stockholders and the Continuing
Stockholders. The factors considered by the Special Committee in reaching its
conclusion as to the procedural fairness of the Reverse/Forward Stock Split
are
discussed below.
Factors
Considered
To
ensure
procedural fairness, the Board of Directors established the Special Committee
solely of independent directors and deferred control of evaluation and structure
of the transaction to their review. The Special Committee used its best efforts
to establish the terms of the transaction by fully informed itself of all
aspects of the transaction through attendance at and participation in Special
Committee meetings. Such procedures tend to ensure the fairness and integrity
of
this type of a transaction. The Special Committee did not obtain a fairness
report, opinion, appraisal or other independent assessment because it concluded
that the costs associated with obtaining such a report or opinion outweighed
its
perceived benefits. The Special Committee considered retaining an independent
financial advisor. However, the Special Committee determined that (i) that
the
current and historical market price information and net book value information
available to the Special Committee were sufficient to support a determination
of
fairness from a financial point of view and (ii) after receiving cost estimates
from two financial advisors, the substantial costs of retaining an independent
financial advisor would likely exceed the consideration actually payable to
Cashed Out Stockholders, and would in any event be excessive in relation to
the
other costs associated with the Reverse/Forward Stock Split. In light of such
determination, the Special Committee determined not to retain an independent
financial advisor.
The
procedure whereby the Special Committee determined whether to approve the
transaction and whether the terms of the transaction were procedurally fair
to
the minority stockholders included the consideration by the Special Committee
of
the following factors, each of which, in the view of the Special Committee,
supported the determination to recommend approval of the transaction:
(i) current market prices of the Company’s stock; (ii) historical
market prices of the Company’s stock; and (iii) the net book value of the
Company.
The
Special Committee considered separately each aforementioned factor, but did
not
assign specific weight to the factors in a formulaic fashion, and it did not
make a determination as to why any particular specified factor, as a result
of
the deliberations by the Special Committee, should be assigned any
weight.
The
Reverse/Forward Stock Split are not structured in such a way so as to require
the approval of at least a majority of the minority stockholders of the Company.
In addition, an unaffiliated representative has not been retained to act solely
on behalf of minority stockholders for the purposes of negotiating the terms
of
the Reverse/Forward Stock Split and/or preparing a report concerning the
fairness of the transaction. In assessing the Reverse/Forward Stock Split,
the
Special Committee understood that (i) The 1818 Fund, which owns 79% of the
voting power of the Common Stock outstanding and entitled to vote at the Special
Meeting, has indicated that it will vote in favor of the Reverse/Forward Stock
Split at the Special Meeting and (ii) no appraisal or dissenters’ rights
are available under Delaware law to stockholders of the Company who dissent
from
the Reverse/Forward Stock Split. Despite the foregoing, the Special Committee
believes that the Reverse/Forward Stock Split is procedurally fair to the Cashed
Out Stockholders and Continuing Stockholders of the Company.
In
evaluating the procedural fairness of the Reverse/Forward Stock Split with
respect to minority stockholders in particular, the Special Committee noted
that
the percentage ownership of Continuing Stockholders, whether affiliated or
unaffiliated, will be practically unchanged from their percentage ownership
prior to the Reverse/Forward Stock Split. The Cashed Out Stockholders hold
less
than 1% of the outstanding Common Stock. The sole determining factor in whether
a stockholder will become a Cashed Out Stockholder or a Continuing Stockholder
as a result of the Reverse/Forward Stock Split is the number of shares of Common
Stock held by such stockholder as of the effective time of the transaction.
In
addition, any stockholder that would otherwise be a Cashed Out Stockholder
as a
result of owning fewer than 50 shares of Common Stock, but would rather continue
to hold Common Stock after the Reverse/Forward Stock Split and not be cashed
out, may do so by purchasing a sufficient number of additional shares on the
open market such that the stockholder holds at least 50 shares of Common Stock
in the stockholder’s record account immediately before the Effective Date of the
Reverse/Forward Stock Split. Further, because the Cashed Out Stockholders hold
less than 1% of the outstanding Common Stock, it would not be in the best
interests of the Company to provide them with the independent right to approve
the Reverse/Forward Stock Split, and possibly prevent the holders of in excess
of 99% of the Common Stock from achieving significant cost savings for the
Company if the majority desires to approve the Reverse/Forward Stock Split.
Therefore, the Special Committee determined not to condition the proposed
Reverse/Forward Stock Split upon the independent approval of either the minority
stockholders or the Cashed Out Stockholders. Moreover, the structure of a
reverse/forward stock split does not lend itself to having an independent
representative negotiate the terms of the proposal on behalf of the minority
stockholders or the Cashed Out Stockholders. For a more detailed discussion,
please see the sections entitled “Fairness of the Reverse/Forward Stock Split to
Stockholders—Advantages of the Reverse/Forward Stock Split—No material change in
percentage ownership of Continuing Stockholders,” and “Special Factors—Effects
of the Reverse/Forward Stock Split—Effects on Stockholders—Effects on
Stockholders With Fewer Than 50 Shares of Common Stock” in this proxy
statement.
Effects
of the Reverse/Forward Stock Split
Effects
of the Reverse/Forward Stock Split on Holders of Our Common
Stock
The
Reverse/Forward Stock Split will generally affect the Company’s majority
stockholder, The 1818 Fund, and minority stockholders the same. As a result,
we
expect that the percentage ownership of The 1818 Fund after the Reverse/Forward
Stock Split would increase by less than 1% from its ownership before the
Reverse/Forward Stock Split. Although there is a slight change in the percentage
of Common Stock collectively beneficially owned by The 1818 Fund, it will not
affect the control of the Company. For more information on our officers’ and
directors’ security interests, please refer to the section below entitled
“Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.”
The
effects of the Reverse/Forward Stock Split would vary based on whether or not
all or any portion of the stockholder’s shares would be cashed out in the
transaction. The determination of whether or not any particular shares of Common
Stock would be cashed out in the Reverse/Forward Stock Split would be based
on
whether the holder of those shares holds fewer than 50 shares of Common Stock
and whether such shares are held of record or in street name with a broker
or
other nominee. Because a stockholder may hold a portion of her shares of record
and a portion of her shares in street name, a stockholder may have a portion
of
her shares subject to the terms of the Reverse/Forward Stock Split and a portion
not subject to the Reverse/Forward Stock Split depending on the procedures
and
determination of her broker or other nominee.
Effects
on Stockholders with Fewer Than 50 Shares of Common Stock
If
the
Reverse/Forward Stock Split is implemented, stockholders holding fewer than
50
shares of Common Stock immediately before the Reverse/Forward Stock Split (the
“Cashed Out Stockholders”):
· |
will
not receive a fractional share of Common Stock as a result of the
Reverse/Forward Stock Split;
|
· |
will
instead receive cash equal to $0.35 for each share of Common Stock
held
immediately before the Reverse/Forward Stock Split in accordance
with the
procedures described in this proxy
statement;
|
· |
will
have no further ownership interest in the Company with respect to
cashed
out shares and will no longer be entitled to vote as
stockholders;
|
· |
will
not be required to pay any service charges or brokerage commissions
in
connection with the Reverse/Forward Stock Split;
and
|
· |
will
not receive any interest on the cash payments made as a result of
the
Reverse/Forward Stock Split.
|
Cash
payments to Cashed Out Stockholders as a result of the Reverse/Forward Stock
Split will be subject to income taxation. For a discussion of the federal income
tax consequences of the Reverse/ Forward
Stock Split, please see “Special Factors—Effects of the Reverse/Forward Stock
Split—Material Federal Income Tax Consequences” in this proxy
statement.
If
you
would otherwise be a Cashed Out Stockholder as a result of your owning fewer
than 50 shares of Common Stock, but you would rather continue to hold Common
Stock after the Reverse/ Forward
Stock Split and not be cashed out, you may do so by taking either of the
following actions:
· |
Purchase
a sufficient number of additional shares of Common Stock on the open
market and have them registered in your name and consolidated with
your
current record account, if you are a record holder, or have them
entered
in your account with a nominee (such as your broker or bank) in which
you
hold your current shares so that you hold at least 50 shares of Common
Stock in your record account immediately before the Effective Date
(as
defined below) of the Reverse/Forward Stock Split;
or
|
· |
If
applicable, consolidate your accounts so that together you hold at
least
50 shares of Common Stock in one record account immediately before
the
Effective Date (as defined below) of the Reverse/Forward Stock
Split.
|
· |
You
will have to act far enough in advance so that the purchase of any
Common
Stock and/or consolidation of your accounts containing Common Stock
is
completed by
the
Effective Date of the Reverse/Forward Stock Split. The “Effective Date” is
the date and time upon which the Certificates of Amendment to our
Certificate of Incorporation become effective and may not be prior
to the
date and time of the Special
Meeting.
|
Effects
on Stockholders with 50 or More Shares of Common Stock
If
the
Reverse/Forward Stock Split is implemented, stockholders holding 50 or more
shares of Common Stock immediately before the Reverse/Forward Stock Split (the
“Continuing Stockholders”):
· |
will
not be affected in terms of the number of shares of Common Stock
held
before and after the Reverse/Forward Stock
Split;
|
· |
will
be the only persons entitled to vote as stockholders after the
consummation of the Reverse/Forward Stock
Split;
|
· |
will
not receive cash for any portion of their shares; and
|
· |
may
experience a reduction in liquidity with respect to the Common Stock
due
to the expected termination of the registration of the Common Stock
under
the Exchange Act.
|
In
the
event that we terminate the registration of the Common Stock under the Exchange
Act, we will no longer be required to file public reports of our financial
condition and other aspects of our business with the SEC. While the Company
intends to provide to stockholders information regarding the Company’s business
and results of operation after the Reverse/Forward Stock Split, we can make
no
assurances as to the type of information that we will provide, the form in
which
the information will be presented, and the frequency with which we will make
such information available. As such, stockholders remaining in the Company
following the Reverse/Forward Stock Split may not have available all of the
information regarding the Company’s operations and results that is currently
available in the Company’s filings with the SEC. We may also decide to provide
certain financial and other information on our web site at some time in the
future.
Further,
in the event that we terminate the registration of the Common Stock under the
Exchange Act, the Company will no longer be subject to the provisions of
Sarbanes-Oxley or the liability provisions of the Exchange Act. Also, the
officers of the Company will no longer be required to certify the accuracy
of
the Company’s financial statements.
Effective
December 14, 2005, the Common Stock was delisted from the Nasdaq National
Market. The Company has determined not to have the Common Stock relisted on
a
national exchange. Any trading in the Common Stock since being delisted has
occurred in the over-the-counter market on the OTC Bulletin Board. In the event
that we terminate the registration of the Common Stock under the Exchange Act,
the Common Stock will no longer be eligible for trading on any securities market
except through the “pink sheets,” which stockholders may not find to be an
adequate source of liquidity. Furthermore, there is no assurance that shares
of
the Common Stock will be available for purchase or sale after the
Reverse/Forward Stock Split has been consummated. Lastly, because market makers
(and not the Company) quote our Common Stock in the “pink sheets,” we cannot
guarantee that our Common Stock will always be available for trading in the
“pink sheets.” For further discussion of the market for the Common Stock, please
refer to the section below entitled “Trading Market and Price of our Common
Stock and Dividend Policy.”
Special
Interests of the Majority stockholder and Executive Officers and Directors
in
the Reverse/Forward Stock Split
In
considering the recommendation of the Board of Directors and Special Committee
with respect to the proposed Reverse/Forward Stock Split, stockholders should
be
aware that the Company’s majority stockholder, The 1818 Fund, and the Company’s
executive officers and directors have interests in the Reverse/Forward Stock
Split that may be in addition to, or different from, the stockholders generally.
These interests may create potential conflicts of interest and include the
following:
· |
Each
executive officer and each member of the Board of Directors holds
shares,
options, and/or or restricted stock that, individually in the
aggregate,
exceed 50 shares and will, therefore, retain shares of Common Stock,
options to purchase Common Stock, and/or restricted stock after the
Reverse/Forward Stock Split;
|
· |
After
the Reverse/Forward Stock Split,
the directors and executive officers of the Company will continue
to hold
the offices and positions they held immediately prior to the
Reverse/Forward Stock Split;
|
· |
As
a
result of the Reverse/Forward Stock Split, the stockholders who own
more
than 50 shares of Common Stock on the Effective Date of the
Reverse/Forward Stock Split, including the Company’s executive officers
and directors and The 1818 Fund, will slightly increase their percentage
ownership interest in the Company because only an estimated 75,000
shares
of Common Stock will be eliminated as a result of the Reverse/Forward
Stock Split. Assuming the Reverse/Forward Stock Split is implemented
and
based on information and estimates of record ownership and shares
outstanding and other ownership information and assumptions as of
December
20, 2006, the beneficial ownership percentage of The 1818 Fund will
increase by less than 1% as a result of the reduction of an estimated
75,000 shares in the number of shares of Common Stock
outstanding;
|
· |
The
legal exposure for board members of public companies has increased
significantly, especially in the aftermath of recent legislation
and
related regulations. While there are still significant controls,
regulations and liabilities for directors and executive officers
of
non-public reporting companies, the legal exposure for the Company’s
directors and executive officers will be reduced after the Reverse/Forward
Stock Split.
|
The
1818
Fund has indicated to the Company that it will vote its Common Stock in
favor
of the
Reverse/Forward Stock Split.
Potential
Disadvantages of the Reverse/Forward Stock Split to Stockholders; Accretion
in
Ownership and Control of Certain Stockholders
Stockholders
owning fewer than 50 shares of Common Stock immediately prior to the effective
time of the Reverse/Forward Stock Split will, after the Reverse/Forward Stock
Split takes place, no longer have any equity interest in the Company and
therefore will not participate in any future potential earnings or increased
value in shares. It will not be possible for cashed out stockholders to
re-acquire an equity interest in the Company unless they purchase an interest
from one or more of the remaining stockholders.
The
Reverse/Forward Stock Split will require stockholders who own fewer than 50
shares of Common Stock involuntarily to surrender their shares for cash. These
stockholders will not have the ability to continue to hold their shares. The
ownership interest of certain stockholders will be terminated as a result of
the
Reverse/Forward Stock Split, but the Board has concluded that the completion
of
the Reverse/Forward Stock Split will be an overall benefit to these stockholders
because of the liquidity provided to them by the transaction at a price
determined by the Board to be fair to the stockholders.
The
Reverse/Forward Stock Split will increase the percentage of beneficial ownership
of each of the executive officers, directors and major stockholders of the
Company. See also the information under the caption “Security Ownership of
Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” in this Information
Statement.
After
the
Reverse/Forward Stock Split is effected, we intend to terminate the registration
of our Common Stock under the Exchange Act. As a result of the termination,
we
will no longer be subject to the reporting requirements or the proxy rules
of
the Exchange Act. Our Common Stock is currently traded in the over-the-counter
market on the OTC Bulletin Board, which is a quotation service that displays
real time quotes, last sales prices and volume information in over-the-counter
equity securities. This source of liquidity and information will no longer
be
available to our stockholders following the Reverse/Forward Stock Split and
the
termination of our registration and reporting obligations to the
SEC.
Financial
Effect of the Reverse/Forward Stock Split
Completion
of the Reverse/Forward Stock Split will require approximately $526,000 of cash,
which includes the cash payments to stockholders holding fewer than 50 shares
of
our Common Stock prior to the Reverse/Forward Stock Split, legal, accounting,
mailing and Transfer Agent costs and other expenses related to the transaction.
As a result, we will have decreased working capital and borrowing capacity
following the Reverse/Forward Stock Split, which may have a material effect
on
our capitalization, liquidity, results of operations and cash flow. We intend
to
use available cash on hand and cash generated from our operations to pay these
costs.
Effects
on the Company
If
the
Reverse/Forward Stock Split is consummated, we intend to apply for termination
of registration of the Common Stock under the Exchange Act as soon as
practicable after completion of the Reverse/Forward Stock Split. The
Reverse/Forward Stock Split is expected to reduce the number of stockholders
of
record of the Company from approximately 385 to approximately 185. Upon the
termination of our reporting obligations under the Exchange Act, the Common
Stock will remain eligible for quotation on the “pink sheets,” as described
below. However, the completion of the Reverse/Forward Stock Split and the
deregistration of the Common Stock under the Exchange Act may cause the trading
market for shares of the Common Stock to be significantly reduced and as result,
adversely affect the liquidity of the Common Stock. In addition, because market
makers (and not the Company) quote our Common Stock in the “pink sheets,” we
cannot guarantee that our Common Stock will always be available for trading
in
the “pink sheets.”
As
a
result of the approximately 75,000 pre-split shares of Common Stock that are
expected to be cashed out at $0.35, for a total cost (including expenses) of
$526,000, (i) the aggregate stockholders’ equity of the Company as
of September 30, 2006, would reduce from approximately $(15.3) million on a
historical basis to approximately $(15.8) million on a pro forma basis; and
(ii) the book value par share of Common Stock as of September 30,
2006, would decrease from $(0.827) per share on a historical basis to
approximately $(0.859) on a pro forma basis.
We
have no
current plans to issue Common Stock after the Reverse/Forward Stock Split other
than pursuant to our Stock Incentive Plans, but we reserve the right to do
so at
any time and from time to time at such prices and on such terms as the Board
of
Directors determines to be in the best interests of the Company. Continuing
Stockholders will not have any preemptive or other preferential rights to
purchase any of our stock that we may issue in the future, unless such rights
are specifically granted to the stockholders.
While
the
Company has no present plan to do so, after the Reverse/Forward Stock Split
has
been consummated, the Company may, from time to time, repurchase shares of
Common Stock pursuant to a repurchase program, privately negotiated sale, or
other transaction. Whether or not the Company seeks to purchase shares in the
future will depend on a number of factors, including the Company’s financial
condition, operating results, and available capital at the time. We cannot
predict the likelihood, timing or prices of such purchases and they may well
occur without regard to our financial condition or available cash at the time.
We
expect
to use approximately $526,000 of cash to complete the Reverse/Forward Stock
Split, including the transaction costs, and that this use of cash will not
have
any materially adverse effect on our liquidity, results of operation, or cash
flow. Because we do not know the exact amount of shares that would be cashed
out, we can only estimate the total amount to be paid to stockholders in the
Reverse/Forward Stock Split. We have sufficient funds available from cash on
hand and cash generated from our operations, and believe that such funds will
be
more than offset by anticipated cost savings. For further discussion of our
financing of the Reverse/Forward Stock Split, please refer to the section below
entitled “Financing of the Reverse/Forward Stock Split.”
If
implemented, the Reverse/Forward Stock Split will not have any effect on the
compensation to be received by our directors or executive officers or on our
employment arrangements with our executive officers. We refer you to the
information under the heading “Security Ownership of Directors and Executive
Officers” for information regarding our current officers and directors and their
stock ownership. We expect that upon the completion of the Reverse/Forward
Stock
Split, the shares beneficially owned by our directors and executive officers
will increase by less than 1% from the approximately 82% held by our officers
and directors prior to the Reverse/Forward Stock Split. Although there is a
slight change in the percentage of Common Stock collectively beneficially owned
by the executive officers and directors of the Company, it will not affect
the
control of the Company.
No
Change in Authorized Capital or Par Value
After
giving effect to the Reverse/Forward Stock Split, our authorized capital will
remain at 150,000,000 shares of Common Stock. Additionally, the par value of
the
Common Stock will remain $0.01 per share following consummation of the
Reverse/Forward Stock Split.
Material
Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Reverse/Forward Stock
Split
The
following is a summary of material U.S. federal income tax consequences of
the
Reverse/Forward Stock Split, but does not purport to be a complete analysis
of
all the potential tax considerations relating thereto. This summary is based
upon the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the
“Code”), Treasury Regulations promulgated under the Code, administrative rulings
and judicial decisions. These authorities may be changed, perhaps with
retroactive effect, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences
different from those set forth below. We have not sought any ruling from the
Internal Revenue Service with respect to the statements made and the conclusions
reached in the following summary, and we cannot assure you that the I.R.S.
will
not assert, or that a court will not sustain, a position contrary to any aspect
of this summary.
This
summary is limited to holders who hold shares of our Common Stock as capital
assets for U.S. federal income tax purposes. This summary also does not address
the tax considerations arising under the laws of any foreign, state or local
jurisdiction. In addition, this discussion does not address tax considerations
applicable to an investor’s particular circumstances or to investors that may be
subject to special tax rules, including, without limitation:
· |
banks,
insurance companies or other financial
institutions;
|
· |
foreign
persons or entities;
|
· |
holders
subject to the alternative minimum
tax;
|
· |
tax-exempt
organizations;
|
· |
dealers
in securities or commodities;
|
· |
persons
who acquired shares of our Common Stock in compensatory
transactions;
|
· |
traders
in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting
for
their securities holdings;
|
· |
persons
that own, or are deemed to own, more than five percent of the Company
(except to the extent specifically set forth
below);
|
· |
certain
former citizens or long-term residents of the United
States;
|
· |
persons
who hold our Common Stock as a position in a hedging transaction,
“straddle,” “conversion transaction” or other risk reduction transaction;
or
|
· |
persons
deemed to sell our Common Stock under the constructive sale provisions
of
the Code.
|
In
addition, if a partnership holds our Common Stock, the tax treatment of a
partner in the partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner
and the activities of the partnership. Accordingly, partnerships that hold
our
Common Stock and partners in partnerships should consult their tax advisors
regarding the tax consequences of the Reverse/Forward Stock Split.
THIS
DISCUSSION IS NOT TAX ADVICE. YOU ARE URGED TO CONSULT YOUR TAX ADVISOR WITH
RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO YOUR
PARTICULAR SITUATION, AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP
AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR
GIFT TAX RULES OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN OR OTHER TAXING
JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE TAX TREATY.
Federal
Income Tax Consequences to Trinsic, Inc.
We
believe
that the Reverse/Forward Stock Split will constitute a reorganization as
described in Section 368(a)(1)(E) of the Code. Accordingly, we will not
recognize taxable income, gain or loss in connection with the Reverse/Forward
Stock Split.
Federal
Income Tax Consequences to Stockholders
Who Receive Solely Shares of Post-Split Common Stock
Holders
who receive solely shares of post-split Common Stock in the Reverse/Forward
Stock Split will not recognize gain or loss or income as a result of the
Reverse/Forward Stock Split. Such holder will have an aggregate tax basis in
the
post-split Common Stock received in the Reverse/Forward Stock Split equal to
the
aggregate adjusted tax basis in such holder’s pre-split Common Stock. The
holding period of the shares of post-split Common Stock will include the holding
period of the holder’s shares of pre-split Common Stock.
Federal
Income Tax Consequences to Stockholders
Who Receive Solely Cash in the Reverse/Forward Stock Split
Each
holder of our Common Stock who receives solely cash pursuant to the
Reverse/Forward Stock Split and does not actually or constructively own any
shares of post-split Common Stock will recognize capital gain or loss equal
to
the difference between the amount of cash received in the Reverse/Forward Stock
Split and the holder’s adjusted tax basis in his or her shares of pre-split
Common Stock. Any recognized capital gain or loss generally will be long-term
capital gain or loss if the holder has held his or her shares of our Common
Stock for more than one year and otherwise will constitute short-term capital
gain or loss. Capital gains of individuals and other noncorporate taxpayers
derived in respect of capital assets held for more than one year are eligible
for reduced rates of taxation. There are limitations on the deductibility of
capital losses.
Treatment
of Cash as a Dividend
In
general, the determination of whether the gain recognized by a holder of our
Common Stock will be treated as capital gain or dividend income depends on
whether and to what extent the Reverse/ Forward
Stock Split reduces a holder’s deemed percentage stock ownership interest in the
Company and upon such holder’s particular circumstances. For purposes of this
determination, a holder of our Common Stock will be treated as if the portion
of
the shares of pre-split Common Stock exchanged for cash had been redeemed by
the
Company for cash (“deemed redemption”). The gain recognized in the
Reverse/Forward Stock Split will be treated as capital gain if the deemed
redemption is (i) “substantially disproportionate” with respect to the holder or
(ii) “not essentially equivalent to a dividend,” as those terms are used in the
Code.
The
deemed
redemption, generally, will be “substantially disproportionate” with respect to
a holder if the percentage described in (ii) below is less than 80 percent
of the percentage described in (i) below, and immediately after the deemed
redemption the holder owns less than 50 percent of the total combined voting
power of all classes of our voting stock. Whether the deemed redemption is
not
“essentially equivalent to a dividend” with respect to a holder will depend upon
the holder’s particular circumstances. At a minimum, however, in order for the
deemed redemption to be “not essentially equivalent to
a
dividend,” the deemed redemption must result in a “meaningful reduction” in the
holder’s deemed percentage stock ownership of our Common Stock. In general, that
determination requires a comparison of (i) the percentage of our Common
Stock that the holder is deemed actually or constructively to have owned
immediately before the deemed redemption and (ii) the percentage of the
outstanding Common Stock that is actually and constructively owned by the holder
immediately after the deemed redemption. The I.R.S. has ruled that a stockholder
in a publicly-held corporation whose relative stock interest is minimal and
who
exercises no control with respect to corporate affairs is considered to have
a
“meaningful reduction” if the stockholder has any reduction in his or her
percentage stock ownership interest under the foregoing analysis. In applying
the foregoing tests, a holder may, under the constructive ownership rules,
be
deemed to own stock that is owned by other persons or otherwise in addition
to
the shares of our Common Stock actually owned. Holders of our Common Stock
are
strongly urged to consult their own tax advisors as to the application of the
constructive ownership rules and as to whether the cash received in the merger
will be treated as a dividend.
Special
Rate for Certain Dividends
In
general, dividends are taxed at ordinary income rates. However, you may qualify
for a 15 percent rate of tax on any cash received in the Reverse/Forward Stock
Split that is treated as a dividend as described above, if (i) you are an
individual or other noncorporate holder of our Common Stock, (ii) you have
held the shares of our Common Stock with respect to which the dividend was
received for more than 60 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days
before the ex-dividend date, as determined under the Code, and (iii) you
were not obligated during such period (pursuant to a short sale or otherwise)
to
make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or
related property. You are urged to consult your tax advisor regarding the
applicability of the 15 percent rate to any cash that is treated as a dividend
as described above.
Backup
Withholding
Backup
withholding at 28 percent may apply with respect to certain payments, including
cash received in the Reverse/Forward Stock Split, unless a holder of our Common
Stock (1) is a corporation or comes within certain other exempt categories
and,
when required, demonstrates this fact or (2) provides a correct taxpayer
identification number, certifies as to no loss of exemption from backup
withholding and that such holder is a U.S. person and otherwise complies with
applicable requirements of the backup withholding rules. You generally will
be
entitled to credit any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules
against your U.S. federal income tax liability provided that the required
information is furnished to the I.R.S. in a timely manner.
Termination
of Exchange Act Registration
Our
Common
Stock is currently registered under the Exchange Act and quoted on the OTC
Bulletin Board.
We
are
permitted to terminate such registration if there are fewer than 300 record
holders of outstanding shares of our Common Stock. As of the Record Date, we
had
approximately record holders of our Common Stock. Upon the effectiveness of
the
Reverse/Forward Stock Split, we will have approximately record holders of our
Common Stock. We intend to terminate the registration of our Common Stock under
the Exchange Act and to delist our Common Stock from the OTC Bulletin Board
as
promptly as possible after the Effective Date.
Termination
of registration under the Exchange Act will substantially reduce the information
that we will be required to furnish to our stockholders. After we become a
privately-held company, our stockholders will have access to our corporate
books
and records to the extent provided by the General Corporation Law of the State
of Delaware and to any additional disclosures required by our directors’ and
officers’ fiduciary duties to us and our stockholders.
Termination
of registration under the Exchange Act also will make the provisions of the
Exchange Act no longer applicable to us, including the short-swing profit
provisions of Section 16, the proxy solicitation rules under Section 14 and
the
stock ownership reporting rules under Section 13. In addition, stockholders
may
be deprived of the ability to dispose of their Common Stock under Rule 144
promulgated under the Securities Act. Furthermore, there will no longer be
a
public market for our Common Stock, and market makers will not be able to make
a
market in our Common Stock.
We
estimate that termination of registration of our Common Stock under the Exchange
Act will save us approximately $700,000 per year in accounting, legal,
stockholder communication and other expenses, plus a one-time savings of
approximately $300,000 by not having to comply with the internal control over
financial reporting requirements for public companies. We also believe our
management will have more time to devote to our operations once we become a
private company. See also the information under the caption “Special
Factors—Reasons for and Purposes of the Reverse Stock Split” in this Information
Statement.
DESCRIPTION
OF THE REVERSE/FORWARD
STOCK SPLIT
The
following is a description of the material terms and effects of the transaction.
Copies of the proposed amendments to our Certificate of Incorporation, effecting
the reverse stock split and the forward stock split following immediately
thereafter, are attached as Annex A-1 and Annex A-2 to this proxy statement.
This discussion does not include all of the information that may be important
to
you. You should read the proposed amendments and this information statement
and
related annexes before deciding how to vote at the Special Meeting.
MECHANICS
OF THE REVERSE/FORWARD STOCK SPLIT
The
transaction includes both a reverse stock split and a forward stock split of
the
Common Stock. If the transaction is approved by stockholders and implemented
by
the Board of Directors, the transaction is expected to occur as soon as
practicable after the Special Meeting.
When
approved by the stockholders at the Special Meeting, the Reverse/Forward Stock
Split will be effectuated in the following manner.
· |
The
Reverse/Forward Stock Split will take effect on the date we file
Certificates of Amendment to our Certificate of Incorporation (one
Certificate effecting a reverse stock split, the other effecting
a forward
stock split) with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware,
or on
any later date that we may specify in such Certificates of Amendment,
which we refer to as the Effective
Date.
|
· |
On
the Effective Date, we will effect a 1-for-50 reverse stock split
of our
Common Stock, pursuant to which a holder of 50 or more shares of
Common
Stock immediately before the reverse stock split will, immediately
after
the reverse stock split, hold one share of Common Stock for each
50 shares
held prior to the reverse stock split, and a fractional share representing
former shares in excess of the nearest lower multiple of 50 former
shares.
|
· |
Any
stockholder owning fewer than 50 shares of our Common Stock immediately
before the reverse stock split will receive the right to be paid
cash in
exchange for the resulting fractional share of Common Stock and will
no
longer be a stockholder of the Company. We will pay these Cashed
Out
Stockholders an amount in cash equal to $0.35 per
share.
|
· |
Any
stockholder owning 50 or more shares of our Common Stock immediately
before the reverse stock split will not be entitled to receive any
cash
for their fractional share interests resulting from the reverse
stock
split. The forward stock split that will immediately follow the reverse
stock split will reconvert their whole shares and fractional share
interests back into the same number of shares of Common Stock they
held
immediately before the effective time of the transaction. As a result,
the
total number of shares held by such a stockholder will not change
after
completion of the transaction.
|
· |
On
the Effective Date (and after completion of the reverse stock split),
we
will effect a 50-for-1 forward stock split of our Common Stock, pursuant
to which a holder of one or more shares of Common Stock immediately
after
the reverse stock split and immediately before the forward stock
split
will, immediately after the forward stock split, hold 50 shares of
Common
Stock for each share held prior to the forward stock split. A stockholder
holding 50 or more shares of Common Stock immediately before the
Reverse/Forward Stock Split will continue to hold the same number
of
shares after the completion of the Reverse/Forward Stock Split and
will
not receive any cash payment.
|
At
the
effective time of the Reverse/Forward Stock Split:
· |
Stockholders
owning fewer than 50 shares of Common Stock immediately before the
effective time will have their shares converted into the right to
receive
cash consideration of $0.35 for each share of Common Stock;
and
|
· |
All
outstanding shares of Common Stock other than those described above
will
remain outstanding with all rights, privileges, and powers existing
immediately prior to the Reverse/Forward Stock
Split.
|
We
(along
with any other person or entity to which we may delegate or assign any
responsibility or task with respect thereto) shall have full discretion and
exclusive authority (subject to its right and power to so delegate or assign
such authority) to:
· |
make
such inquiries, whether of any stockholder(s) or otherwise, as we
may deem
appropriate for purposes of effecting the Reverse/forward Stock Split;
and
|
· |
resolve
and determine, in our sole discretion, all ambiguities, questions
of fact,
and interpretive matters relating to such inquiries, including, without
limitation, any questions as to the number of shares held by any
holder
immediately before the effective time. All such determinations by
us shall
be final and binding on all parties, and no person or entity shall
have
any recourse against us or any other person or entity with respect
thereto.
|
For
purposes of effecting the Reverse/Forward Stock Split, we may, in our sole
discretion, but without any obligation to do so:
· |
presume
that any shares of Common Stock held in a discrete account (whether
record
or beneficial) are held by a person distinct from any other person,
notwithstanding that the registered or beneficial holder of a separate
discrete account has the same or a similar name as the holder of
a
separate discrete account; and
|
· |
aggregate
the shares held (whether of record or beneficially) by any person
or
persons that we determine to constitute a single holder for purposes
of
determining the number of shares held by such
holder.
|
Rule
12g5-1 under the Exchange Act provides that, for the purpose of determining
whether an issuer is subject to the registration provisions of the Exchange
Act,
securities shall be deemed to be “held of record” by each person who is
identified as the owner of such securities on the records of security holders
maintained by or on behalf of the issuer, subject to the following:
· |
in
any case where the records of security holders have not been maintained
in
accordance with accepted practice, any additional person who would
be
identified as such an owner on such records if they had been maintained
in
accordance with accepted practice shall be included as a holder of
record;
|
· |
securities
identified as held of record by a corporation, a partnership, a trust
(whether or not the trustees are named), or other organization shall
be
included as so held by one person;
|
· |
securities
identified as held of record by one or more persons as trustees,
executors, guardians, custodians or in other fiduciary capacities
with
respect to a single trust, estate, or account shall be included as
held of
record by one person;
|
· |
securities
held by two or more persons as co-owners shall be included as held
by one
person; and
|
· |
securities
registered in substantially similar names where the issuer has reason
to
believe, because of the address or other indications that such names
represent the same person, may be included as held of record by one
person.
|
EXCHANGE
OF CERTIFICATES; PAYMENT OF CASH CONSIDERATION
On
the
Effective Date, all stock certificates evidencing ownership of Common Stock
held
by Cashed Out Stockholders shall be deemed canceled without further action
by
the stockholders. Those certificates will no longer represent an ownership
interest in the Company, but will represent only the right to receive cash
equal
to $0.35 per share in exchange for those shares. Certificates formerly
representing the shares owned by Cashed Out Stockholders subsequently presented
for transfer will not be transferred on our books or records. Cashed Out
Stockholder will not receive any interest on cash payments owed as a result
of
the Reverse/Forward Stock Split.
We
have
appointed the Transfer Agent to act as paying agent to carry out the payment
of
cash to Cashed Out Stockholders who surrender their stock certificates. The
Transfer Agent will furnish stockholders with the necessary materials and
instructions to effect the surrender promptly following the Effective Date.
The
letter of transmittal will direct how certificates are to be surrendered for
cash. Stockholders must complete and sign the letter of transmittal and return
it with their stock certificate(s) to the Transfer Agent in accordance with
the
instructions set forth in the transmittal letter before they can receive cash
payment for those shares. The letter of transmittal will also contain
instructions in the event that your certificate(s) has been lost, destroyed,
or
mutilated. Do not send your stock certificates to us, and do not send them
to
the Transfer Agent, until you have received a transmittal letter and followed
the instructions in the letter of transmittal.
If
you are
a Continuing Stockholder with a stock certificate representing your shares,
your
stock certificate(s) can be exchanged for a new stock certificate(s) that will
bear a new CUSIP number.
The
Transfer Agent will furnish stockholders with the necessary materials and
instructions to effect the surrender promptly following the Effective Date.
The
letter of transmittal will direct how old certificates are to be surrendered
for
new certificates. Stockholders must complete and sign the letter of transmittal
and return it with their stock certificate(s) to the Transfer Agent in
accordance with the instructions set forth in the transmittal letter before
they
can receive their new stock certificate(s) for those shares. The letter of
transmittal will also contain instructions in the event that your certificate(s)
has been lost, destroyed, or mutilated. Do not send your stock certificates
to
us, and do not send them to the Transfer Agent, until you have received a
transmittal letter and followed the instructions in the letter of
transmittal.
YOU
SHOULD
NOT SEND YOUR STOCK CERTIFICATES NOW. YOU SHOULD SEND THEM ONLY AFTER YOU
RECEIVE A LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL FROM THE TRANSFER AGENT. IF THE REVERSE/FORWARD
STOCK SPLIT IS APPROVED AT THE SPECIAL MEETING, LETTERS OF TRANSMITTAL WILL
BE
MAILED SOON AFTER THE REVERSE/FORWARD STOCK SPLIT IS COMPLETED.
Nominees
and brokers are expected to deliver to the Transfer Agent the beneficial
ownership positions they hold. However, if you are a beneficial owner of Common
Stock who is not the record holder of those shares and wish to ensure that
your
ownership position is accurately delivered to the Transfer Agent, you should
instruct your broker or nominee to transfer your shares into a record account
in
your name. Nominees and brokers may have required procedures. Therefore, such
holders should contact their nominees and brokers to determine how to effect
the
transfer in a timely manner prior to the effective date of the Reverse/Forward
Stock Split.
No
service
charges will be payable by stockholders in connection with the exchange of
certificates, all expenses of which will be borne by us.
Nominees
(such as a bank or broker) may have required procedures, and a stockholder
holding Common Stock in street name should contact his or her nominee to
determine how the Reverse/Forward Stock Split will affect them. The Transfer
Agent informed us that nominees are expected to provide beneficial ownership
positions to them so that beneficial owners may be treated appropriately in
effecting the Reverse/Forward Stock Split. However, if you are a beneficial
owner of shares of Common Stock, you should instruct your nominee to transfer
your shares into a record account in your name in a timely manner to ensure
that
you will be considered a holder of record prior to the effective date of the
Reverse/Forward Stock Split, which is anticipated to be on or
after , 2007, the
date of the Special Meeting to which this Information Statement
relates.
EFFECTIVE
TIME OF THE REVERSE/FORWARD STOCK SPLIT
If
the
Reverse/Forward Stock Split is approved by our stockholders and implemented
by
the Board of Directors, it is anticipated that the transaction will occur as
soon as practicable after the Special Meeting. For a more detailed discussion,
please see “Special Factors” in this proxy statement.
REGULATORY
APPROVALS
Aside
from
stockholder approval of the Amendments, the Certificates of Amendment of
Certificate of Incorporation and the Reverse/Forward Stock Split are not subject
to any regulatory approvals.
VOTE
REQUIRED
A
majority
of the outstanding stock entitled to vote at the Special Meeting by holders
of
the issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock is required to approve the
Reverse/Forward Stock Split. We have been informed that the shares of Common
Stock owned or controlled on the Record Date by our directors, executive
officers and The 1818 Fund, which constituted approximately 82% of the
outstanding shares of our Common Stock as of such date, will be voted in favor
of the Reverse/Forward Stock Split at the Special Meeting. Consequently,
approval of the Reverse/Forward Stock Split appears to be assured.
Under
the
General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and other applicable law,
the
Reverse/Forward Stock Split does not require the approval of a majority of
the
unaffiliated stockholders. Our Board believes the Reverse/Forward Stock Split
is
in our best interest and in the best interest of all our stockholders. In
particular, the Board determined that the appointment of a Special Committee
adequately protected the interests of our unaffiliated stockholders.
Accordingly, the Board decided not to condition the approval of the
Reverse/Forward Stock Split on approval by unaffiliated
stockholders.
APPRAISAL
RIGHTS
No
appraisal rights are available under either the General Corporation Law of
the
State of Delaware or our Certificate of Incorporation.
FINANCING
OF THE REVERSE/FORWARD STOCK SPLIT
Completion
of the Reverse/Forward Stock Split will require approximately $526,000, which
includes approximately $500,000 in legal costs, Transfer Agent fees and other
expenses related to the transaction, plus approximately $26,000 in payments
to
holders of our Common Stock in lieu of fractional shares. You should read the
discussion under the caption “Costs of the Reverse/Forward Stock Split” in this
Information Statement for a description of the fees and expenses we expect
to
incur in connection with the transaction. As a result, we will have decreased
working capital following the Reverse/Forward Stock Split, which may have a
material effect on our capitalization, liquidity, results of operations and
cash
flow. We intend to use available cash on hand and cash generated from our
operations to pay the costs of the transaction and related fees and
expenses.
COSTS
OF THE REVERSE/FORWARD
STOCK SPLIT
The
following is an estimate of the costs incurred or expected to be incurred by
us
in connection with the Reverse/Forward Stock Split. Final costs of the
transaction may be more or less than the estimates shown below. We will be
responsible for paying these costs. Please note that the following estimate
of
costs does not include the actual cost of paying for fractional shares pursuant
to the Reverse/Forward Stock Split, which we project to be approximately
$26,000.
Legal
fees
|
|
$
|
300,000
|
|
Transfer
and Transfer Agent fees
|
|
|
10,000
|
|
Printing
and mailing costs
|
|
|
10,000
|
|
Accounting
fees
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
Miscellaneous
|
|
|
155,000
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
500,000
|
|
INTERESTS
OF CERTAIN PERSONS
Our
directors and executive officers have interests in the Reverse/Forward Stock
Split that may be different from your interests as a stockholder and have
relationships that may present conflicts of interest, including the
following:
· |
As
detailed below, each of Lawrence C. Tucker, Andrew C. Cowen, Richard
F.
LaRoche, Jr., W. Andrew Krusen, Jr., Roy Neel and Raymond L. Golden,
who
are members of our Board of Directors, and Horace J. Davis III, Donald
C.
Davis, Michael Slauson and Paul T. Kohler, our Named Executive
Officers, owns 50 or more shares of our Common Stock and will continue
to
own shares of Common Stock after the transaction;
and
|
· |
As
a
result of the Reverse/Forward Stock Split, the stockholders who own
50 or
more shares, such as our directors and executive officers, will have
a
slight increase in their percentage ownership interest in the Company
as a
result of the transaction. Our directors and executive officers currently
beneficially own approximately 82%
of
the outstanding Common Stock and will have their beneficial ownership
increased by less than 1% following completion of the Reverse/Forward
Stock Split
|
Two
of our
directors are associated with The 1818 Fund: Andrew C. Cowen is a senior vice
president at, and Lawrence C. Tucker is a general partner of, Brown Brothers
Harriman & Co., a private investment banking firm that manages The 1818
Fund.
CONDUCT
OF THE COMPANY’S
BUSINESS AFTER THE
REVERSE/FORWARD
STOCK SPLIT
We
expect
our business and operations to continue as they are currently being conducted,
except as disclosed in this Information Statement.
We
expect
to realize time and cost savings as a result of terminating our public company
status. When the Reverse/Forward Stock Split is consummated, all persons owning
fewer than 50 shares of Common Stock at the effective time of the
Reverse/Forward Stock Split will no longer have any equity interest in, and
will
not be stockholders of, the Company and therefore will not participate in any
savings that we anticipate as a private company.
When
the
Reverse/Forward Stock Split is effected, we believe that, based on our
stockholder records, there will be approximately 185 stockholders. See also
the
information under the caption “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners
and Management” in this Information Statement.
We
plan,
following the consummation of the Reverse/Forward Stock Split, to become a
privately-held company. The registration of our Common Stock under the Exchange
Act will be terminated and our Common Stock will cease to be quoted on the
OTC
Bulletin Board and only will be traded in the “pink sheets.” In addition,
because our Common Stock will no longer be publicly held, we will be relieved
of
the obligation to comply with the proxy rules of Regulation 14A under Section
14
of the Exchange Act, and our officers and directors and stockholders owning
more
than 10% of Common Stock will be relieved of the stock ownership reporting
requirements and “short swing” trading restrictions under Section 16 of the
Exchange Act. Further, we will no longer be subject to the reporting
requirements of the Exchange Act and will cease filing information with the
SEC.
Among other things, this change will be cost saving to us because we will not
have to comply with the requirements of the Exchange Act.
From
time
to time, we engage in informal discussions with other parties about possible
corporate transactions. We do not have any current plans, proposals or
arrangements to enter into any sale transactions after the Reverse/Forward
Stock
Split is effected. Nevertheless, we routinely engage in the evaluation of such
transactions and opportunities and may enter into such transactions in the
future. There can be no guarantee that any such transactions will occur on
commercially acceptable terms or at all.
RECOMMENDATION
OF THE BOARD WITH RESPECT TO
THE
AMENDMENTS AND THE REVERSE/FORWARD STOCK SPLIT
The
Board
believes that the Reverse/Forward Stock Split is fair to our stockholders,
both
unaffiliated and affiliated, including those whose interests are being
completely cashed out pursuant to the Reverse/Forward Stock Split and those
who
will retain an equity interest in the Company subsequent to the consummation
of
the Reverse/Forward Stock Split.
In
consideration of the factors discussed under the captions “Special
Factors—Reasons for the Reverse/Forward Stock Split,” “Special Factors—Purpose
of and Reasons for the Transactions— Alternatives to the Reverse/Forward Stock
Split,” “Special Factors—Background of the Reverse/Forward Stock Split” and
“Special Factors—Fairness of the Reverse/Forward Stock Split to Stockholders” in
this Information Statement, the Board approved the Reverse/Forward Stock Split
by a unanimous vote, declared its advisability, submitted the Amendments to
a
vote of the requisite number of stockholders holding sufficient shares to
approve the transaction and recommended that such stockholders vote for approval
and adoption of the Amendments and the payment of cash in the amount of $0.35
per share to stockholders in lieu of fractional shares resulting from the
Reverse/Forward Stock Split. Each member of the Board and each of our officers
who owns, or controls directly or indirectly, shares of Common Stock intends
to
vote his shares, or cause all such controlled shares to be voted, in favor
of
the Amendments.
RESERVATION
OF RIGHTS
Even
if
the Reverse/Forward Stock Split has been approved by the requisite number of
stockholders, the Board reserves the right, in its discretion, to abandon the
Reverse/Forward Stock Split prior to the proposed effective date if it
determines that abandoning the Reverse/Forward Stock Split is in our best
interest and the best interest of our stockholders. The Board presently believes
that the Reverse/Forward Stock Split is in the best interest of the Company,
our
stockholders that will no longer have an equity interest in the Company
subsequent to the consummation of the Reverse/Forward Stock Split and our
stockholders that will retain an equity interest in the Company subsequent
to
the consummation of the Reverse/Forward Stock Split and thus recommends a vote
for the proposed Amendments. Nonetheless, the Board believes that it is prudent
to recognize that, between the date of this Information Statement and the date
that the Reverse/Forward Stock Split will become effective, factual
circumstances could possibly change so that it might not be appropriate or
desirable to effect the Reverse/Forward Stock Split at that time or on the
terms
currently proposed. Among the circumstances that might cause the Board to
abandon the Reverse/Forward Stock Split are the development of a significant
risk of the Reverse/Forward Stock Split failing to achieve the overall goal
of
reducing the number of record holders to fewer than 300 or where the expense
of
cashing out the stockholders with fewer than 50 shares becomes so high that
the
transaction becomes financially prohibitive. Such circumstances could also
include a superior offer to our stockholders, a material change in our business
or litigation affecting our ability to proceed with the Reverse/Forward Stock
Split. If the Board decides to withdraw or modify the Reverse/Forward Stock
Split, the Board will notify the stockholders of such decision promptly in
accordance with applicable rules and regulations.
SUMMARY
FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Our
audited financial statements are included in our annual report on Form 10-K
for
the year ended December 31, 2005, a copy of which is included in this
information statement as Annex B. In addition, our unaudited consolidated
financial statements as of and for the three months ended September 30,
2006 are included in our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q that period a copy
of
which is included in this information statement as Annex C.
Set
forth
below is a summary of the financial information provided in Annexes B and
C:
|
|
|
Fiscal
Year Ended December 31, 2005
|
|
|
Fiscal
Year Ended December 31, 2004
|
|
|
Fiscal
Year Ended December 31, 2003
|
|
|
Nine
Months Ended September 30, 2006
|
|
|
Nine
Months Ended September 30, 2005
|
|
Income
Statement Data:
|
|
(in
thousands, except for per share data)
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
189,205
|
|
$
|
251,477
|
|
$
|
289,180
|
|
$
|
126,250
|
|
$
|
151,958
|
|
Operating
expenses
|
|
$
|
203,220
|
|
$
|
281,732
|
|
$
|
304,166
|
|
$
|
141,962
|
|
$
|
160,287
|
|
Operating
loss
|
|
$
|
(14,015
|
)
|
$
|
(30,255
|
)
|
$
|
(14,986
|
)
|
$
|
15,712
|
)
|
$
|
(8,329
|
)
|
Nonoperating
income (expense)
|
|
$
|
(412
|
)
|
$
|
(3,358
|
)
|
$
|
(1,141
|
)
|
$
|
7,844
|
|
$
|
60
|
|
Net
loss
|
|
$
|
(14,427
|
)
|
$
|
(33,613
|
)
|
$
|
(16,127
|
)
|
$
|
(7,868
|
)
|
$
|
(7,369
|
)
|
Manditorily
redeemable convertible preferred stock dividends and
accretion
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
$
|
15,326
|
|
$
|
17,480
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
Deemed
dividend related to beneficial conversion feature
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
$
|
57,584
|
|
$
|
86
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
Net
loss attributable to common stockholders
|
|
$
|
(14,427
|
)
|
$
|
(106,523
|
)
|
$
|
(33,793
|
)
|
$
|
(7,868
|
)
|
$
|
(7,369
|
)
|
Basic
and diluted net loss per share
|
|
$
|
(1.69
|
)
|
$
|
(91.23
|
)
|
$
|
(47.73
|
)
|
$
|
(0.43
|
)
|
$
|
(34
|
)
|
Interest
expense
|
|
|
9,263
|
|
|
6,111
|
|
|
3,071
|
|
|
6,043
|
|
|
7,140
|
|
Ratio
of earnings to fixed charges
|
|
$
|
(0.56
|
)
|
$
|
(4.50
|
)
|
$
|
(4.25
|
)
|
$
|
0.30
|
)
|
$
|
(0.03
|
)
|
|
December
31, 2005
|
December
31, 2004
|
September 30,
2006
|
Balance
Sheet Data:
|
|
|
|
Current
assets
|
$ 18,505
|
$ 29,441
|
$ 14,334
|
Long-term
assets
|
$ 22,815
|
$ 31,895
|
$ 20,253
|
Current
liabilities
|
$ 48,679
|
$ 82,339
|
$ 49,426
|
Long-term
liabilities
|
$ 1,025
|
$ 79
|
$ 430
|
Stockholders’
deficit
|
$ 8,384
|
$ 21,082
|
$ 15,269
|
Book
value per common share
|
$ (0.48)
|
$ (3.82)
|
$ (0.83)
|
SECURITY
OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
The
following table sets forth information, as of December 20, 2006, concerning
shares of our voting securities beneficially owned by (i) each stockholder
known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of the outstanding voting
securities of the Company, (ii) each of our directors and executive
officers, and (iii) all directors and executive officers as a
group.
Name
of Beneficial Owner
|
Amount
and Nature
of
Beneficial
Ownership
|
Percent
of
Class
|
Brown
Brothers Harriman & Co.(2)
|
14,592,428
|
79.07%
|
Lawrence
C. Tucker(2)
|
14,594,560
|
79.07%
|
Andrew
C. Cowen(3)(11)
|
2,110
|
*
|
Richard
F. LaRoche, Jr.(4)(11)
|
26,788
|
*
|
W.
Andrew Krusen, Jr.(5)(11)
|
25,886
|
*
|
Roy
Neel (6)(11)
|
25,044
|
*
|
Raymond
L. Golden (7)(11)
|
25,044
|
*
|
Horace
J. Davis III(8)(11)
|
209,500
|
*
|
Donald
C. Davis (11)
|
80,200
|
*
|
Michael
Slauson (9)(11)
|
82,516
|
*
|
Paul
T. Kohler (10)(11)
|
76,080
|
*
|
All
directors and officers as a group(1)
|
15,147,728
|
82.08%
|
(1) Beneficial
ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the Securities and
Exchange Commission. In computing the aggregate number of shares beneficially
owned by the individual stockholders and groups of stockholders described above
and the percentage ownership of such individuals and groups, shares of common
stock subject to convertible securities currently convertible or convertible
or
convertible within 60 days and shares of common stock subject to options or
warrants that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of the
date of this report are deemed outstanding. Such shares, however, are not deemed
outstanding for the purposes of computing the percentage ownership of the other
stockholders or groups of stockholders.
(2) This
information is derived from a Schedule 13D dated November 20, 2000, as amended
July 12, 2001, August 3, 2001, August 26, 2004, December 3, 2004, July 18,
2005,
September 2, 2005, October 3, 2005, December 20, 2005 and January 18, 2006,
filed jointly by Brown Brothers Harriman & Co., The 1818 Fund III, L.P., T.
Michael Long and Lawrence C. Tucker. Each of these parties is shown to have
shared voting and dispositive power with respect to all of the shares shown,
except that Mr. Tucker’s shares include 2,132 shares deemed beneficially owned
by him by virtue of certain stock options currently exercisable or which become
exercisable within 60 days. The address of Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.,
The 1818 Fund III, L.P., T. Michael Long and Lawrence C. Tucker is 140 Broadway,
New York, New York 10005.
(3) Common
Stock includes 2,110 shares deemed beneficially owed by Mr. Cowen by virtue
of
certain stock options that are currently exercisable or which become exercisable
within 60 days.
(4) Common
Stock includes 1,288 shares deemed beneficially owned by Mr. LaRoche by virtue
of certain stock options that are currently exercisable or which become
exercisable within 60 days.
(5) Common
Stock includes 866 shares deemed beneficially owned by Mr. Krusen by virtue
of
certain stock options that are currently exercisable or which become exercisable
within 60 days.
(6) Common
Stock includes 44 shares deemed beneficially owned by Mr. Neel by virtue of
certain stock options that are currently exercisable or which become exercisable
within 60 days.
(7) Common
Stock includes 44 shares deemed beneficially owned by Mr. Golden by virtue
of
certain stock options that are currently exercisable or which become exercisable
within 60 days.
(8) Common
Stock includes 9,500 shares deemed beneficially owned by Mr. Davis by virtue
of
certain stock options that are currently exercisable or which become exercisable
within 60 days.
(9) Common
Stock includes 7,200 shares deemed beneficially owned by Mr. Slauson by virtue
of certain stock options that are currently exercisable or which become
exercisable within 60 days.
(10) Common
Stock includes 1,080 shares deemed beneficially owned by Mr. Kohler by virtue
of
certain stock options that are currently exercisable or which become exercisable
within 60 days.
(11) The
stockholder’s address is c/o Trinsic, Inc., 601 South Harbour Island Boulevard,
Suite 220, Tampa, Florida 33602.
TRADING
MARKET AND PRICE OF OUR COMMON STOCK AND DIVIDEND POLICY
Our
Common
Stock is traded under the symbol “TRINE” through the OTC Electronic Bulletin
Board maintained by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. The
OTC
Bulletin Board has no financial eligibility standards and is totally separate
from the National Association of Securities Dealers Automatic Quotation System.
The following table sets forth the range of high and low sales prices for our
Common Stock for the fiscal periods indicated.
Year
Ended December 31, 2006
|
Low
|
High
|
1st
Quarter
|
$0.53
|
$1.05
|
2nd
Quarter
|
$0.38
|
$0.80
|
3rd
Quarter
|
$0.20
|
$0.47
|
4th
Quarter through December 21
|
|
|
Year
Ended December 31, 2005
|
Low
|
High
|
1st
Quarter
|
$0.50
|
$1.82
|
2nd
Quarter
|
$0.22
|
$0.59
|
3rd
Quarter
|
$0.12
|
$2.05
|
4th
Quarter
|
$0.36
|
$1.93
|
Year
Ended December 31, 2004
|
Low
|
High
|
1st
Quarter
|
$2.00
|
$4.79
|
2nd
Quarter
|
$1.25
|
$3.19
|
3rd
Quarter
|
$0.29
|
$1.41
|
4th
Quarter
|
$0.33
|
$2.60
|
We
have
not paid any cash dividends to our stockholders since our inception and at
this
time we do not anticipate making any payments in the future. Any future
declaration and payment of cash dividends will be subject to the discretion
of
the Board and will depend upon our results of operations, financial condition,
cash requirements, future prospects, changes in tax legislation and other
factors deemed relevant by our Board.
On
December 21, the last trading day prior to the date of this Information
Statement, our Common Stock’s closing price was $0.17.
OTHER
MATTERS
The
Board
of Directors is not aware of any other matters which are to be presented at
the
Special Meeting. However, if any other matter should properly come before the
Special Meeting, the persons entitled to vote on that matter will be given
the
opportunity to do so.
AVAILABLE
INFORMATION
We
are
subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act and in accordance
with the Exchange Act file reports, information statements and other information
with the SEC. These reports, information statements and other information can
be
inspected and copied at the public reference facilities of the SEC at 100 F
Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of this material can also be
obtained at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section of
the
SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. In addition, these reports,
information statements and other information are available on the SEC’s website
(http://www.sec.gov).
By
Order
of the Board of Directors,
Horace
J.
Davis III
Chief
Executive Officer
Dated: ,
2007
Atmore,
Alabama
ANNEX
A-1
CERTIFICATE
OF AMENDMENT
OF
THE AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE
OF INCORPORATION OF
TRINSIC,
INC.
TRINSIC,
INC., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”), hereby certifies as
follows:
FIRST:
The
name of the Corporation is TRINSIC, INC. (the “Corporation”).
SECOND:
Article IV of the Corporation’s current Restated Certificate of Incorporation,
as amended, is hereby amended to include the following text as Subsection D
to Article IV:
“D.
Upon
this Certificate of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation of the corporation becoming effective in accordance with the
General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “Effective Time”), each
fifty (50) shares of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, of the corporation
(“Old Common Stock”) issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective
Time shall be automatically reclassified as and converted into one (1) share
of
Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, of the corporation (“New Common Stock”);
provided that no fractional shares of New Common Stock shall be issued to any
holder of fewer than 50 shares of Old Common Stock, and that in lieu of issuing
such fractional shares of New Common Stock to such holders, such fractional
shares shall be cancelled and converted into the right to receive the cash
payment of $0.35 per share of Old Common Stock.
Subject
to
the fractional share treatment described above, certificates for Old Common
Stock will be deemed for all purposes to represent the appropriately reduced
number of shares of New Common Stock, automatically and without the necessity
of
presenting the same for exchange.”
THIRD:
This Certificate of Amendment of the Corporation’s Amended and Restated
Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted by the Board of Directors
and
Stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with the provisions of Section
242
of the DGCL.
IN
WITNESS
WHEREOF, TRINSIC, INC., has caused this certificate to be duly executed in
its
corporate name on this day of , 2007.
TRINSIC,
INC.
By:
Name:
Title:
ANNEX
A-2
CERTIFICATE
OF AMENDMENT
OF
THE AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE
OF INCORPORATION OF
TRINSIC,
INC.
TRINSIC,
INC., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”), hereby certifies as
follows:
FIRST:
The
name of the Corporation is TRINSIC, INC. (the “Corporation”).
SECOND:
Article IV of the Corporation’s current Restated Certificate of Incorporation,
as amended, is hereby amended to include the following text as Subsection
E to Article IV:
“E.
Upon
this Certificate of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation of the corporation becoming effective in accordance with the
General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “Effective Time”), each
one (1) share of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, of the corporation
(“Old Common Stock”) issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective
Time shall be automatically reclassified as and converted into fifty (50) shares
of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, of the corporation (“New Common
Stock”)
Each
stock
certificate that, immediately prior to the Effective Time, represented shares
of
Old Common Stock shall, from and after the Effective Time, automatically and
without the necessity of presenting the same for exchange, represent that number
of whole shares of New Common Stock into which the shares of Old Common Stock
represented by such certificate shall have been reclassified.”
THIRD:
This Certificate of Amendment of the Corporation’s Amended and Restated
Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted by the Board of Directors
and
Stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with the provisions of Section
242
of the DGCL.
IN
WITNESS
WHEREOF, TRINSIC, INC., has caused this certificate to be duly executed in
its
corporate name on this day of , 2007.
TRINSIC,
INC.
By:
Name:
Title:
ANNEX
B
UNITED
STATES
SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON,
D.C. 20549
FORM
10-K
(MARK
ONE)
|X|
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE
ACT OF 1934
FOR
THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2005
OR
[
] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE
SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM TO
COMMISSION
FILE NUMBER: 000-28467
TRINSIC,
INC.
(Exact
name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
DELAWARE
|
59-3501119
|
(State
or other jurisdiction of
|
(I.R.S.
Employer
|
incorporation
or organization)
|
Identification
Number)
|
601
South Harbour Island Boulevard, Suite 220
Tampa,
Florida 33602
(813)
273-6261
(Address,
including zip code, and
telephone
number including area code, of
Registrant's
principal executive offices)
SECURITIES
REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(B) OF THE ACT: NONE
SECURITIES
REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(G) OF THE ACT: COMMON
STOCK,
PAR VALUE $.01 PER SHARE, PREFERRED STOCK PURCHASE RIGHTS
Indicate
by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer (as defined
in
Rule 405 of the Exchange Act.)
Yes ྈ No x
Indicate
by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to
Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.
Yes
x
No
ྈ
Indicate
by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to
be
filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required
to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements
for
the past 90 days.
Yes
x
No
ྈ
Indicate
by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of
Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best
of Registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to
this
Form
10-K
[
].
Indicate
by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an
accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of
the Exchange Act.) Large accelerated filer ྈ
Accelerated filer ྈ Non-accelerated
filer x
Indicate
by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in
Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.)
Yes ྈ No x
State
the
aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by
non-affiliates computed by reference to the price at which the common equity
was
last sold, or the average bid and asked price of such common equity, as of
the
last business day of the Registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal
quarter. $2,390,703.
The
number
of shares of the Registrant's Common Stock outstanding as of March 30, 2006
was
approximately 17,559,119.
DOCUMENTS
INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions
of the registrant's proxy statement relating to its 2006 Annual Meeting of
Stockholders, to be filed subsequently, are incorporated by reference into
Part
III of this Report.
TABLE
OF CONTENTS
PART
I.
Item
1. Business
Item
1A. Risk Factors
Item
1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
Item
2. Properties
Item
3. Legal Proceedings
Item
4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
PART
II.
Item
5. Market for the Registrant's Common Equity and Related Stockholder
Matters
Item
6. Selected Consolidated Financial Data
Item
7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results
of Operations
Item
7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
Item
8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Item
9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on
Accounting
and Financial Disclosure
Item
9A. Controls and Procedures
PART
III.
Item
10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant
Item
11. Executive Compensation
Item
12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management
Item
13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions
Item
14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services
PART
IV.
Item
15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
Signatures
|
ITEM
1. BUSINESS
GENERAL
Trinsic,
Inc. (formerly Z-Tel Technologies, Inc.) and subsidiaries (“Trinsic,” “we” or
“us”) is a provider of residential and business telecommunications services. We
offer local and long distance telephone services in combination with enhanced
communications features accessible through the telephone, the Internet and
certain personal digital assistants. In 2004 we began offering services
utilizing Internet protocol, often referred to as “IP telephony,” “voice over
Internet protocol” or “VoIP.” We provide services at both the retail and
wholesale level.
At
the
retail level, we provide our traditional circuit-switched local services in
forty-nine states. Our facilities based residential services are provided to
customers in some areas of New York City and our business VOIP offerings are
limited to the New York City metropolitan area and Tampa. Excluding VoIP lines,
we served at year end 2005 under the Trinsic ‘brand” approximately 105,000
retail residential lines, 41,000 retail business lines, and 30,000 retail
stand-alone long distance lines. We gained nearly all of the long distance
customers with our acquisition of Touch 1 Communications, Inc. in April 2000.
We
serve approximately 3,000 VoIP lines.
We
introduced our wholesale services during 2002 and Sprint Nextel Corp. (formerly
Sprint Communications Company) (“Sprint”) has been our principal wholesale
customer since February 2003. At the wholesale level, we served approximately
126,000 billable lines as of year end 2005. On October 26, 2005, we entered
into
a definitive agreement to acquire substantially all of these lines for which
we
currently provide services under a wholesale, "private-label" arrangement.
Where
regulatory authority for the transfer was completed, the transfer of in service
lines was effected on February 2, 2006 and February 16, 2006. As of
today,
slightly less than 10,000 wholesale lines remain in place. It is intended that
these remaining wholesale lines will be transferred to Trinsic as further
regulatory approvals are obtained over the course of the next 60
days.
Historically
we have utilized the unbundled network elements platform (“UNE-P”) as the
primary basis of delivering our services to our retail customers and to the
end
users of our wholesale customers. Under UNE-P, we utilize various unbundled
elements of the traditional local telephone companies ("incumbent local exchange
carriers" or "ILECs") to facilitate the delivery of our services to end users.
Our access to ILEC networks has historically been based upon the
Telecommunications Act of 1996 (the "Telecommunications Act") which imposed
a
variety of duties upon the ILECs, including the duty to provide “competitive
local exchange carriers” (“CLECs”), like us, with access to the individual
components of their networks. Court decisions and rulings by the Federal
Communications Commission (“FCC”), however, have sharply limited our rights to
access the ILEC networks and have directly and negatively impacted the cost
of
obtaining that access. FCC rules effective on March 11, 2005 eliminated
mandatory national access to UNE-P for new customers and required us to
transition our customers to alternative arrangements within one year unless
we
entered into commercial service agreements with ILECs that provided otherwise.
We have entered into commercial services agreements with BellSouth, Qwest,
Verizon and SBC Communications that will allow us to continue utilizing UNE-P
in
their territories. See the section of this Item 1 entitled “Government
Regulation” and Item 1A. Risk Factors.
We
have
invested heavily in our enhanced communications platform and our operational
support systems. Our enhanced communications platform enables us to offer
distinctive Web integrated and voice activated features. Our advanced
operational support systems are functionally integrated to support the entire
customer life cycle including price quotation, order entry and processing,
ILEC
interaction, customer care, billing and subscriber management. We believe our
operational systems are scalable, both vertically and horizontally, and give
us
reliable, flexible, low-cost operational capabilities.
SEGMENT
FINANCIAL INFORMATION
For
internal reporting purposes, we evaluate our business performance in terms
of
two segments: retail services and wholesale services. Financial information
relating to both segments (including information relating to the revenue
contributed by our services) is set forth in Item 7, "Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and footnote
23
"Segment Reporting" in the "Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements."
INDUSTRY
BACKGROUND
The
Telecommunications Act of 1996 (the "Telecommunications Act") was enacted
principally to foster competition in the local telecommunications markets.
The
Telecommunications Act imposed a variety of duties upon the ILECs, including
the
duty to provide other communications companies, like us, with access to the
individual components of their networks, called "network elements," on an
unbundled basis at any feasible point and at rates and on terms and conditions
that were just, reasonable and nondiscriminatory. A network element is a
facility or piece of equipment of the ILEC’s network or the features, functions
or capabilities such facility or equipment provides. In 1996, the FCC, pursuant
to the Telecommunications Act, mandated that incumbent local exchange carriers
provide access to a set of unbundled network elements including, among other
elements, local loops (i.e. the wires that reach from the ILEC central office
to
the end user’s premises), switching, transport and signaling. This combined set
of elements is referred to as the "unbundled network element platform" or
"UNE-P." Moreover, the FCC mandated that ILECs must provide the unbundled
network element platform at rates based on a forward-looking, total long-run
incremental cost methodology. Court decisions and FCC rulings over the past
two
years have substantially reversed these earlier FCC mandates. (See the section
of this Item 1 entitled “Government Regulation” and Item 1A. Risk
Factors.)
The
Telecommunications Act also established procedures by which the regional Bell
operating companies (“Bell operating companies”) were allowed to handle
"in-region" long distance calls, that is, calls that originated from within
their telephone service areas and terminated outside their service areas. The
1984 court order that divided AT&T prohibited Bell operating companies from
providing "in-region" long distance telephone service. Under the
Telecommunications Act, Bell operating companies could provide such in-region
service if they demonstrated to the FCC and state regulatory agencies that
they
complied with a 14-point regulatory checklist, including offering
interconnection to other communications companies, like us, and providing those
companies access to their unbundled network elements on terms approved by a
state public service commission. Bell operating companies received authority
to
provide in-region long distance services in all applicable states. However,
the
Section 271 "checklist" is a continuing obligation pursuant to section 271(d)(6)
of the Telecommunications Act. (See section of this report entitled “Government
Regulation.”)
RETAIL
SERVICES
Within
the
retail segment, our principal services are traditional, circuit-switched local
and long-distance telephone services for residences and businesses.
Circuit-Switched
Residential Services
Our
local
residential circuit-switched telephone service is typically bundled with long
distance and a suite of our proprietary Internet-accessible and voice-activated
functions called “Trinsic Center.” The enhanced features include voicemail,
“Find Me” "Notify Me," caller identification, call forwarding, three-way
calling, call waiting, speed dialing and Personal Voice Assistant™ (“PVA”),
which utilizes voice-recognition technology so that users can access secure,
online address books from any phone using simple voice commands in order to
send
voice e-mails, find contact information and dial numbers, among other things.
We
offer various plans, including unlimited plans that include unlimited,
nationwide, direct-dialed long distance calling toll-free and lower priced
plans
that include a limited number of long distance minutes at no additional charge.
Bell operating company customers switching to our local services keep their
existing phone numbers. We currently provide residential services in every
state
except Alaska, in areas served by a Bell operating company or Sprint and areas
formerly served by GTE.
Our
residential service includes unique features, all of which can be accessed
and
manipulated by telephone or Internet. Our proprietary voicemail enables
subscribers to retrieve and listen to their voice-mail messages via telephone
or
the Internet. Our voicemail system also enables users to forward voicemails
via
e-mail, as attachments. Our "Find-Me" feature forwards an incoming call to
as
many as three additional numbers. Our "Notify Me" feature notifies the
subscriber via e-mail, pager or ICQ Internet Chat (instant messaging) when
a new
voice mail message arrives. Both “Find Me” and “Notify Me” are accessible via
the Internet so that users may easily enable, disable or otherwise alter the
functions. PVA allows users to store contacts in a virtual address book and
then
access and utilize that information through voice commands from any telephone.
Users say "call" and the contact's name, "call John Doe" for example, and PVA
connects the call. PVA users can also send voice e-mails. Users record a message
via telephone and instruct PVA to deliver the message to a contact. PVA then
attaches the voice message to an e-mail and sends the e-mail to the contact.
We
market
and sell residential services primarily through direct mail, telemarketers,
joint marketing efforts with entities that have access to large numbers of
consumers, independent sales contractors (including multi-level marketing
companies) and referral programs.
Circuit-Switched
Business Services
Our
local
business circuit-switched business telephone service is targeted to small and
medium sized businesses (typically having four or fewer lines) and businesses
having multiple units. The service is local telephone service bundled with
long
distance (1+) telephone service, calling card services and enhanced features,
including our proprietary features. Because we provide service in nearly every
state, our business services are particularly valuable to firms having multiple
locations in various states. With us, they deal with only one telephone company.
We began offering business services in 2002. We provide
service in every state but Alaska, in areas served by a Bell operating company
or formerly served by GTE. Current customers include Darden Restaurants,
Compass, Metromedia Restaurant Group and Circuit City Stores.
We
do not
actively market our circuit-switched business telephone services.
Long
Distance
We
offer
long distance services on a stand-alone basis to residences and business. Our
stand-alone long-distance is a usage-based service that allows customers to
use
us as their primary long distance calling provider to complete their
direct-dialed long distance (1+) calls. We do not actively market standalone
long distance services. We gained nearly all of the long distance customers
with
our acquisition of Touch 1 Communications, Inc. in April 2000.
VoIP
Services
We
provide
VoIP telephone services in areas within reach of our own IP telephony network.
Our VoIP network utilizes Cisco technology and services and is integrated with
our enhanced communications services platform so that in addition to increased
bandwidth and service flexibility, our customers enjoy features such as PVA.
The
services are provided to both residences and businesses. Our facilities based
residential services are provided to customers in some areas of New York City
and our business VOIP services are limited to the New York City metropolitan
area and Tampa.
Billing
and Collection
We
have
three primary methods for billing and collecting from our retail customers.
For
our residential customers, we can (1) direct bill by mail and receive payment
through a check or money order by mail; (2) charge a credit card account or
(3)
set up an automatic withdrawal from a checking account. Currently, we bill
the
majority of our retail customers by mail and receive payment through checks
delivered by mail.
WHOLESALE
SERVICES
Within
the
wholesale segment, we previously offered a comprehensive package of
communications and advanced support services to other communications companies
for their use in providing services to their own retail customers. Among the
wholesale services provided were local exchange telephone services, long
distance telephone services, our proprietary enhanced features, enhanced
features we acquire from incumbent local exchange carriers, ordering,
provisioning (i.e. the process by which a telephone company is established
as
the end user's primary telephone company), inbound sales, fulfillment, billing,
collections and customer care. Our enhanced communications platform had the
capability to integrate with most communications transport networks, including
wireless, cable, and Internet networks.
On
February 4, 2003, we signed a non-exclusive, wholesale services agreement with
Sprint. The agreement gives Sprint access to our telephone exchange services
and
our Web-integrated, enhanced communications platform and operational support
systems in connection with Sprint's local residential telephone service.
On
October
26, 2005, we entered into an agreement to acquire the Sprint lines for which
we
currently provide services on a wholesale basis. As of February 16, 2006, over
90% of the Sprint bases had been acquired by Trinsic. Upon the completion of
this transaction over the course of the next 60 days, we will no longer have
a
wholesale business since Sprint is currently our only wholesale
customer.
OPERATIONS
SUPPORT SYSTEMS
We
have
invested heavily in our operations systems and support platform. The platform
integrates ordering, provisioning, customer care and billing functionality
throughout the customer lifecycle and consequently gives us (and our wholesale
customers) reliable, flexible, low-cost operational capabilities. We believe
our
operational systems are scalable, both vertically and horizontally. They have
the capability to integrate with wireline, wireless, cable, Internet and other
communications transport networks.
Our
principal method of delivering services to our customers requires access to
ILEC
networks. To facilitate interaction with the ILECs, we have established, with
outside integration and consulting assistance, electronic gateways, software
and
a standard internal provisioning interface. Our systems can interact with the
ordering systems of multiple incumbent local exchange carriers. They reduce
the
number of steps required to provision a customer and consequently reduce costs
and increase accuracy. Our systems also support mediation, network
administration and revenue assurance.
BUSINESS
STRATEGY
Our
basic
business strategy is to -
· |
Focus
our resources on preserving and maintaining our existing customer
base of
UNE-P and VoIP customers
|
· |
Grow
these customer bases through acquisition of mature customer bases
or
geographic focus
|
· |
Limit
our capital expenditures to capacity and required technical upgrades
of
existing equipment, and projects that will produce immediate or
significant positive cash returns
|
· |
Identify
and seek to divest assets that do not meet internal return requirements
|
· |
Continually
undertake a corporate wide evaluation of expenses. This includes
the
consolidation of functions, divesting of unused and under utilized
facilities, renegotiation of vendor contracts, extension of vendor
payment
terms and other cost cutting
measures.
|
· |
Continue
to evaluate our markets and reduce sales staffing levels and close
retail
outlets that do not meet minimum internal rates of returns.
|
GOVERNMENT
REGULATION
Overview
and Current Regulatory Developments
The
Telecommunications Act of 1996 (the “Telecommunications Act”), signed into law
on February 8, 1996, comprehensively amended the Communications Act of 1934
(the “Communications Act”) and effected changes in regulation at both the
federal and
state
levels that impact nearly every segment of the telecommunications industry.
The
stated purpose of the Telecommunications Act is to promote competition in all
areas of telecommunications.
Some
of our services are regulated and some are not. In providing our non-common
carrier services such as Personal Voice Assistant, voice mail, “Find-Me”
notification and directory services, we operate as an unregulated provider
of
“information services,” as that term is defined in the Communications Act, and
as an “enhanced service provider,” as that term is defined in the rules of the
Federal Communications Commission (“FCC”). These operations currently are not
regulated by the FCC or the states in which we operate. In providing residential
and business telecommunications services, we are regulated as a common carrier
at the state and federal level and are subject to additional rules and policies
not applicable to providers of information services alone. Certain aspects
of
our voice over Internet protocol (“VoIP”) services (also called IP telephony
services) may or may not be subject to common carrier regulation. The regulatory
classification of these services is currently subject to a number of regulatory
proceedings before state regulatory commissions, the FCC, and the courts.
However, unlike many of our VoIP competitors, we are certified as a
facilities-based competitive local exchange carrier in forty-nine states and
the
District of Columbia. We believe our certification as a common carrier gives
us
the flexibility to operate and offer our advanced IP telephony services
regardless of the final regulatory classification of those
services.
The
local
and long distance telecommunications services we provide are regulated by
federal, state, and, to some extent, local government authorities. The FCC
has
jurisdiction over all telecommunications common carriers to the extent they
provide interstate or international communications services. Each state
regulatory commission has jurisdiction over the same carriers with respect
to
intrastate communications services. (As discussed below, the FCC has ruled
that
VoIP services in certain instances are “inherently interstate” and therefore
subject to federal regulation, and not state level regulation.) The extent
of
federal or state regulation of “information services” depends upon the nature of
the service offered. Local governments sometimes seek to impose franchise
requirements and fees on telecommunications carriers and regulate construction
activities involving public rights-of-way. Changes to the regulations imposed
by
any of these regulatory authorities could have a material adverse effect on
our
business, operating results and financial condition.
In
recent
years, the regulation of the telecommunications industry has been in a state
of
flux as the United States Congress and various state legislatures have passed
laws seeking to foster greater competition in telecommunications markets. The
FCC and state utility commissions have adopted many new rules to implement
this
legislation and encourage competition. These changes, which are still
incomplete, have created new opportunities and challenges for us and our
competitors. The following summary of regulatory developments and legislation
is
intended to describe the most important, but not all, present and proposed
federal, state and local regulations and legislation affecting the
telecommunications industry. Some of these and other existing federal and state
regulations are the subject of judicial proceedings and legislative and
administrative proposals that could change, in varying degrees, the manner
in
which this industry operates. We cannot predict the outcome of any of these
proceedings or their impact on the telecommunications industry at this time.
Some of these future legislative, regulatory or judicial changes may have a
material adverse impact on our business.
FEDERAL
REGULATION
FCC
Policy on Unbundled Access to Network Elements of Incumbent Local Exchange
Carriers
While
Trinsic’s regulatory environment continues to be dynamic and complex, there is
one overriding issue that drives our business: our ability to interconnect
with,
access and use the local networks of incumbent local telephone exchange carriers
(like Verizon, SBC (now AT&T), BellSouth and Qwest) to provide our services.
The “incumbent local exchange carrier” or “ILEC” is the old established wireline
telephone company. Non-incumbent telephone companies like us are referred to
as
competitive local exchange carriers or “CLECs.” All of our telecommunications
services, residential and business, analog and VoIP, utilize, to some extent,
an
ILEC network.
§ |
Historically,
in providing our residential and business local telephone services
throughout the United States, we have utilized the unbundled network
element platform (or “UNE-P”) which is a combination of functions and
components of an ILEC network, including analog loops, switching
and
transport. As discussed below, FCC rules effective on March 11, 2005
restricted our access to UNE-P for new customers and are requiring
us to
transition our customers to alternative commercial arrangements,
different
networks or resale.
|
§ |
As
an alternative to utilizing UNE-P, in New York City and in Tampa,
Florida,
we provide VoIP residential and business telephone services through
a
network architecture called “UNE loop,” or “UNE-L.” The UNE-L entry
strategy requires us to establish collocation arrangements with the
ILEC
and have unbundled access to analog loops, and
transport.
|
§ |
We
provide VoIP telephony services to businesses in the New York City
metropolitan area and Tampa utilizing an IP network. This network
requires
us to purchase or lease high-capacity digital connections from the
customer’s premises to our IP facilities. In many instances, the only
cost-effective means of obtaining that high-capacity digital connection
is
from the ILEC. Typically, we provide service by means of a combination
of
unbundled high-capacity loops and transport, which is called an “Enhanced
Extended Link,” or “EEL.” In some situations, we obtain transport from
another, non-incumbent provider but are dependent upon the ILEC for
the
final, “last-mile” connection to the customer premises. In those
situations, we purchase an unbundled high-capacity loop from the
ILEC. In
the absence of access to unbundled access to high-capacity loops
and
transport, our only option would be to purchase these connections
as
retail, “special access” circuits that are available from ILECs and other
providers. The prices of these retail (and largely-deregulated) special
access circuits are, in many instances, substantially higher than
the
wholesale (and regulated) prices for unbundled network
elements.
|
Court
decisions and FCC rulings have sharply limited our ability to utilize the
networks of incumbent local telephone companies to provide our services,
requiring us to adjust our business plan accordingly.
On
December 15, 2004, the FCC limited the availability of unbundled network
elements pursuant to section 251 of the Telecommunications Act of 1996 that
Trinsic utilized to provide services to our customers in the Triennial
Review Remand Order,
Review
of Section 251 Unbundling Obligations of Incumbent Local Exchange Carriers,
WC
Docket
No. 04-313, CC Docket No. 01-338, FCC 04-290 (rel. Feb. 4, 2005). The FCC ruled
that ILECs are no longer required to provide Trinsic and other entrants access
to unbundled analog switching - a key component of the “unbundled network
element platform” combination of elements, which is how we provide services to
the vast majority of our customers. This FCC Triennial
Review Remand Order also
limited our ability to access unbundled high-capacity loops and dedicated
transport in many urban and suburban locations.
The
FCC
Triennial
Review Remand Order became
effective March 11, 2005. After that date, we are unable to place orders for
new
customers and lines that utilized unbundled switching and high-capacity loops
and transport that no longer qualified for unbundling under the new rules.
For
Trinsic’s embedded base of customers, the FCC imposed a price increase of $1 per
month for each line that utilized unbundled switching and a price increase
of
15% for each high-capacity loop or transport arrangement that no longer
qualified for unbundling under the new rules. The FCC Triennial
Review Remand Order also
established a one-year transition period for this embedded base of customers
-
at the end of that transition period, currently set as March 15, 2006, the
prices for access to unbundled switching and those loop and transport
arrangements will no longer be federally regulated.
In
the
normal course of our business, we enter into contractual arrangements with
ILECs
for access to their networks. In order to ensure continued access to UNE-P
service elements, Trinsic has signed and implemented Commercial Service
Agreements with Verizon, SBC (now AT&T), BellSouth and Qwest. These
agreements allow us to continue to provide UNE-P based services after the March
15th
transition period. While terms contained in these Commercial Agreements include
rates that are higher than previously available, the do allow us to continue
providing services in much the same manner as prior to the FCC’s rulings.
Court
consideration of the unbundled access rules followed a parallel track. The
FCC
first established network element unbundling rules in its August 1996
Local
Competition Order in
CC
Docket No. 96-98. Those rules were appealed to the Eighth Circuit Court of
Appeals and later to the U.S. Supreme Court. In its January 25, 1999
AT&T
v. Iowa Utilities Board ruling,
the Supreme Court remanded the network unbundling rules to the FCC for further
consideration of the necessity of each one under the Telecommunications Act’s
statutory standard for unbundling. On November 5, 1999, the FCC released an
order (referred to as the UNE
Remand Order) that
retained many of its original list of unbundled network elements, but providing
further explanation of the need for such unbundling and eliminated the
requirement that incumbent local exchange carriers provide unbundled access
to
operator services and directory assistance and limiting unbundled access to
local switching in certain geographic areas. With regard to operator services
and directory assistance, the FCC concluded that the market has developed since
1996 such that competitors can and do self-provision these services, or acquire
them from alternative sources. The FCC also noted that incumbent local exchange
carriers remain obligated under the non-discrimination requirements of the
Communications Act of 1934 to comply with the reasonable request of a carrier
that purchases these services from the incumbent local exchange carriers to
rebrand or unbrand those services, and to provide directory assistance listings
and updates in daily electronic batch files. With regard to unbundled local
switching, the FCC concluded that, notwithstanding the incumbent local exchange
carriers’ general duty to provide unbundled local circuit switching, an
incumbent local exchange carrier is not required to unbundle local circuit
switching for competitors for end-users with four or more voice grade
(DSO) equivalents or lines, provided that the incumbent local exchange
carrier provides nondiscriminatory access to combinations of unbundled loops
and
transport (also known as the “Enhanced Extended Link” or “EEL”) throughout
Density Zone 1, and the incumbent local exchange carrier’s local circuit
switches are located in (i) the top 50 Metropolitan Statistical Areas as
set forth in Appendix B of the Third Report and Order and Fourth Further
Notice of Proposed Rulemaking in CC Docket No. 96-98, and (ii) in
Density Zone 1, as defined in the FCC’s rules. For operator services and
directory assistance, as well as for unbundled local switching, the FCC noted
that the competitive checklist contained in Section 271 of the
Communications Act of 1934 requires Bell operating companies to provide
nondiscriminatory
access to these services. Thus, Bell operating companies must continue to
provide these services to competitors; however, Bell operating companies may
charge different rates for these offerings.
The
FCC’s
1999 UNE
Remand Order was
appealed by several parties to the United States Court of Appeals for the D.C.
Circuit, including incumbent local exchange carriers, USTA
v. FCC.
In
addition, competitive carriers sought reconsideration of that decision,
including the FCC’s limitation on the availability of unbundled local switching,
before the FCC. While that appeal was pending, the FCC, on December 20,
2001, released a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking in CC Dockets No. 01-338,
96-98 and 98-147 as part of its comprehensive “Triennial Review” of the 1999
UNE
Remand Order.
While
the
Triennial
Review proceeding
was pending before the FCC, the D.C. Circuit ruled in the USTA
appeal
of
the 1999 UNE
Remand Order. The
D.C.
Circuit reversed the UNE
Remand Order on
the
court’s belief that the FCC had not taken into sufficient account the
availability of substitutes for unbundled network elements from outside
incumbent local telephone networks. The court called upon the FCC to engage
in a
detailed “granular” review as to whether any particular network element should
be unbundled, based upon a specific analysis as to whether competitors could
obtain comparable elements from other sources or whether a network element
possessed “natural monopoly” characteristics. In addition, the D.C. Circuit
required that the FCC balance the benefits of unbundling for competitors and
consumers against the costs that unbundling might impose upon incumbent local
telephone companies. Competitors filed for review of the USTA
decision
before the United States Supreme Court, but the Supreme Court denied the
competitors’ request for an appeal.
In
August
2003, the FCC released its final decision in the Triennial
Review proceeding.
In the Triennial
Review Order, the
FCC
also ruled that entrants would no longer be able to access network elements
utilized by incumbent local telephone companies to provide “broadband” services,
such as fiber-to-the-premises loops, high-capacity transport, packet switching,
line-sharing for DSL services, and fiber-fed “digital loop carrier” loops. In
subsequent decisions, the FCC has even more sharply limited the ability of
companies like Trinsic to obtain unbundled access to ILEC fiber optic lines.
On
August 9, 2004, in a reconsideration order in CC Docket No. 01-338, the FCC
ruled that ILECs need not be required to unbundled fiber to multiple dwelling
units, even if fiber only reaches the minimum point of entry of the building.
On
October 18, 2004, in a second reconsider order in CC Docket No. 01-338, the
FCC
ruled that “fiber-to-the-curb” loops will also be exempt from unbundling
requirements just as fiber-to-the-premises loops were exempted in the August
2003 order. The FCC also clarified that ILECs were not required to add
time-division multiplexing capabilities to any new packetized transmission
facilities constructed in order to facilitate interconnection by
competitors.
These
restrictions on access to ILEC fiber networks and architecture could have a
significant impact on our ability to provide services to our customers. In
particular, even in situations in which Trinsic would otherwise be entitled
to
unbundled access to a loop, transport circuit or EEL, these exclusions could
permit ILECs to refuse to offer these connections to us, on the basis that
loop,
transport or EELs qualifies as “fiber-to-the-premises,” or “fiber-to-the-curb,”
or involves access to “packet switching.” As a result, these exclusions from
unbundling could limit our ability to provide service to customers
cost-effectively and could have a significant and material impact upon our
business.
The
regulatory uncertainty and the absence of effective network access rules have
required us to adjust our business plan in a number of ways, as discussed
elsewhere in this report. As a result, these regulatory developments have had
an
immediate, significant, adverse and material impact upon our business. In order
to minimize the impact, we entered into discussions and executed Commercial
Service Agreements with ILECs to establish commercial terms and arrangements
for
access to their local networks. There is no assurance that we will be able
to
renew these commercial arrangements with Verizon, SBC (now AT&T), BellSouth,
Qwest or other ILECs at the time of their expiration. Moreover, even in the
interim, the terms of those existing arrangements might require us to adjust
our
business plan and service offerings significantly. We may be required by these
financial implications and/or regulatory developments to limit access to our
service and/or withdraw from certain markets.
Pricing
of Unbundled Network Elements
Even
in
situations where we retain the right to unbundled access under the new FCC
rules
(for example, analog loops and high-capacity loops and transport in many
instances), the regulated pricing of those network elements is subject to
change.
The
FCC
issued its first interconnection order on August 8, 1996 and in that
Local
Competition Order, the
FCC
established the pricing methodology for unbundled network elements. That
methodology was Total Element Long-Run Incremental Cost, or “TELRIC.” Incumbent
local telephone companies and state commissions appealed the FCC’s 1996
Local
Competition Order to
the
United States Court of Appeals for the Eighth Circuit. On July 18, 1997,
the Eighth Circuit issued a decision vacating the FCC’s pricing rules, as well
as certain other portions of the FCC’s interconnection rules, on the grounds
that the FCC had improperly intruded into matters reserved for state
jurisdiction. On January 25, 1999, the Supreme Court, in AT&T
Corp. v. Iowa Utilities Board,
largely
reversed the Eighth Circuit’s holding that the FCC has general jurisdiction to
implement the local
competition
provisions of the Telecommunications Act. In so doing, the Supreme Court stated
that the FCC has authority to set pricing guidelines for unbundled network
elements, to prevent incumbent local exchange carriers from physically
separating existing combinations of network elements, and to establish “pick and
choose” rules regarding interconnection agreements.
The
Supreme Court in 1999 did not evaluate the specific forward-looking pricing
methodology mandated by the FCC and remanded the case to the Eighth Circuit
for
further consideration. Some incumbent local exchange carriers argued that this
pricing methodology does not allow adequate compensation for the provision
of
unbundled network elements. The Eighth Circuit subsequently upheld the FCC’s
TELRIC rules, which use forward-looking incremental costs as the basis for
establishing rates for interconnection and unbundled network elements. The
Eighth Circuit further agreed with the FCC’s interpretation of the
Telecommunications Act as rejecting “historical costs” as the basis for setting
rates. However, the Eighth Circuit vacated the FCC’s regulation, codified at 47
C.F.R. Sec. 51.505(b), setting forth the FCC’s approach to computing
forward-looking incremental costs, and directed the FCC to review its approach
so that it is based on the costs incurred by the incumbent local exchange
carrier to provide the actual facilities and equipment that will be used by
the
requesting carrier instead of the lowest cost based on the most efficient
technologies currently available. In 2001, the United States Supreme Court
granted a writ of certiorari to the Eighth Circuit decision, and in 2002, in
Verizon
v. FCC, the
Supreme Court upheld the FCC’s TELRIC pricing rules.
Although
the FCC’s TELRIC rules have been supported by the courts, the establishment of
rates occurs on a state-by-state basis and is subject to change. Some states
are
currently re-evaluating the pricing of these unbundled network elements. As
a
result, it is possible that prices in some states could increase or lower rates
over existing levels. Our intent is to be an active participant in many of
these
rate cases and any others that might be critical to our operations. We
anticipate joining other competitive service providers on a limited basis in
arguing that existing rates and rates proposed by the incumbents are overstated
and do not reflect the true total element long run incremental costing
principles required by the FCC and the Telecommunications Act.
Despite
the fact that the TELRIC rules have been supported by the courts, the FCC is
currently reevaluating several of these rules, by means of a rulemaking notice
issued in September 2003 in WC Docket No. 03-173. The FCC rulemaking proposes
to
modify the TELRIC methodology by mandating that states set prices based upon
the
forward-looking costs of operating the existing network architecture of
incumbent local telephone company networks. In many instances, modifying the
TELRIC methodology in this way could increase the rates we pay for certain
elements; for other elements, such a modification could result in lower rates.
We believe that the FCC’s proposals to modify TELRIC are inconsistent with the
Supreme Court’s decision in the Verizon
case,
meaning that new FCC TELRIC rules may be subject to considerable litigation
if
they are adopted. The FCC rulemaking is still pending, and changes to the FCC’s
TELRIC rules could significantly alter the prices we pay for unbundled access
to
ILEC network elements. While the prevailing productivity trends within the
industry would predict the adoption of lower rates in association with the
provision of unbundled network elements and network element combinations, we
cannot predict the outcome of any pending or potential rate case or judicial
proceeding. Increases or decreases in rate levels charged by incumbent local
exchange carriers as a result of regulatory and/or judicial review through
rate
case, court case or arbitration proceedings could significantly impact our
business plans.
The
Rights and Obligations Common Carriers Under Federal Law
We
are
certified as a local exchange common carrier in forty-nine states and the
District of Columbia. The Communications Act, as amended by the
Telecommunications Act, imposes a number of regulatory requirements on common
carriers generally and local exchange carriers specifically. There is currently
significant regulatory uncertainty as to whether certain new enhanced services
such as VoIP-based telephone services must be subject to common carrier
regulation. We believe that having our common carrier licenses gives us the
flexibility to provide our customers a broad array of services and does not
make
our service offerings dependent upon any one particular regulatory
classification.
In
addition, our status as a common carrier gives us rights under section 251
of
the Telecommunications Act to interconnect with, obtain access to, and collocate
on the premises of incumbent local exchange carriers like Verizon, SBC (now
AT&T), BellSouth, and Qwest. Section 251 of the Act requires ILECs to —
|
•
|
|
provide
physical collocation to other common carriers, which allows companies
such
as us and other competitive local exchange carriers to install and
maintain our own network termination equipment in incumbent local
exchange
carrier central offices or, if requested or if physical collocation
is
demonstrated to be technically infeasible, virtual
collocation;
|
|
|
|
|
|
•
|
|
offer
components of their local service networks on an unbundled basis
to other
common carriers so that other providers of local service can use
these
elements in their networks to provide a wide range of local services
to
customers (See
FCC
Policy on Unbundled Access, above); and
|
|
|
|
|
|
•
|
|
establish
“wholesale” rates for their services to promote resale by competitive
local exchange carriers.
|
Companies
that are not common carriers do not have the section 251 rights described above.
In addition, all local exchange carriers must —
|
•
|
|
interconnect
with the facilities of other common carriers;
|
|
|
|
|
|
•
|
|
establish
number portability, which will allow customers to retain their existing
phone numbers if they switch from the local exchange carrier to a
competitive local service provider;
|
|
|
|
|
|
•
|
|
provide
nondiscriminatory access to telephone poles, ducts, conduits and
rights-of-way; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
•
|
|
compensate
other local exchange carriers on a reciprocal basis for traffic originated
by one local exchange carrier and terminated by another local exchange
carrier.
|
The
FCC is
charged with establishing national guidelines to implement certain portions
of
the Telecommunications Act. FCC implementation of those provisions of the
Telecommunications Act has been the subject of ongoing litigation that continues
to this day. The most contentious litigation has centered around FCC and state
rules regarding the rates, terms and conditions of unbundled network access,
and
the current status of those rules is discussed above (“FCC Policy on Unbundled
Access” and “Pricing of Unbundled Network Elements”)
The
rights
and obligations of common carriers under federal law impact our business, as
do
other pending FCC proceedings. The subsections that follow outline a number
of
these areas. These and many other issues remain subject to further consideration
by the courts and the FCC. We cannot predict the ultimate disposition of any
of
these and other matters.
These
and
other FCC determinations are likely to be the subject of further appeals or
reconsideration. Thus, while the Supreme Court has resolved many issues,
including aspects of the FCC’s jurisdictional authority, other issues remain
subject to further consideration by the courts and the FCC. We cannot predict
the ultimate disposition of any of these and other matters.
Regulation
of Rates, Terms and Conditions of Interstate Service
With
regard to the FCC, Trinsic is classified by the FCC as a non-dominant provider
of interstate telecommunications services. In general, the FCC does not regulate
the rates, services, and market entry of non-dominant telecommunications
carriers, but does require them to contribute to universal service and comply
with other regulatory requirements. We are currently regulated as a non-dominant
carrier with respect to both our local and long distance telephone
services.
As
a
result, we currently are not subject to rate of return regulation at the federal
level and are not currently required to obtain FCC authorization for the
installation, acquisition or operation of our domestic exchange or interexchange
network facilities. However, we must comply with the requirements of common
carriage under the Communications Act. We are subject to the general requirement
that our charges and terms for our telecommunications services be “just and
reasonable” and that we not make any “unjust or unreasonable discrimination” in
our charges or terms. The FCC has jurisdiction to act upon complaints against
any common carrier for failure to comply with its statutory obligations. We
are
also subject to FCC rules that limit our ability to discontinue to provide
certain interstate services; however, the FCC has implemented a process that
generally permits a non-dominant, competitive company to discontinue such
interstate services on an expedited basis.
We
are
entitled to file tariffs for the termination of interstate traffic by other
carriers to our customers, and those tariffs are subject to certain FCC
regulation (See
“Interstate
Tariffs and Rates,” below).
Interconnection
Agreements
The
rights
and obligations Trinsic has pursuant to section 251 and 271 of the
Telecommunications Act are generally implemented through “interconnection
agreements” and commercial services agreements with ILECs through which we
obtain access to the ILEC networks.
In
the
normal course of business, we have entered into interconnection agreements
and
commercial service agreements with the ILECs in all states where we currently
offer local exchange services. However,
at any point in time an interconnection agreement may not contain the
best-available terms offered to our competitors, a situation that could
adversely affect our ability to compete in
the
market. In addition, several of our interconnection agreements with Verizon,
SBC
(now AT&T) and BellSouth have expired. The terms of those contracts provide
for the agreements to continue in place until a replacement is executed or
upon
termination by either party. The incentive of the incumbent local exchange
carrier to negotiate fair or proper interconnection agreement terms is a
function of the willingness and authority of state commissions and the FCC
to
enforce rules and policies promulgated under the Telecommunications Act. The
potential cost in resources and delay from this interconnection agreement
negotiation and arbitration process could harm our ability to compete in certain
markets, and there is no guarantee that a state commission would resolve
disputes, including pricing disputes, in our favor.
The
ability of a CLEC like Trinsic to enforce interconnection agreements with
incumbent local exchange carriers or appeal state commission arbitrations
regarding such agreements is currently subject to considerable legal
uncertainty. A January 2002 decision by the United States Circuit Court for
the
Eleventh Circuit ruled that the Georgia state commission did not have authority
to enforce interconnection agreements between incumbent local exchange carriers
and new entrants. This decision is in apparent conflict with decisions by other
United States Circuit Courts. As a result of this decision, litigating
enforcement of interconnection agreements in state or federal courts in the
Eleventh Circuit and elsewhere could substantially increase the cost of such
litigation. A November 2003 decision by the United States Circuit Court for
the
Fifth Circuit ruled that state commission jurisdiction to arbitrate terms and
conditions of access pursuant to section 252 may relate only to items
specifically-related to section 251 of the 1996 Act and other items voluntarily
negotiated by the parties. That decision could limit our ability to arbitrate
acceptable interconnection terms with incumbent local telephone companies before
state commissions; at the same time, that decision could enhance our ability
to
resist inclusion of clauses in our contracts by those ILECs that we deem
unacceptable.
Collocation
The
FCC
has adopted rules designed to make it easier and less expensive for competitive
local exchange carriers to collocate equipment at incumbent local exchange
carriers’ central offices by, among, other things, restricting the incumbent
local exchange carriers’ ability to prevent certain types of equipment from
being collocated and requiring incumbent local exchange carriers to offer
alternative collocation arrangements, such as cageless collocation. Restrictions
and impediments to collocation could harm our business, as we collocate in
ILEC
central offices to provide both our UNE-L network services and our network
VoIP
services.
The
FCC’s
collocation rules have been subject to a number of legal challenges by incumbent
local telephone companies. On June 18, 2002, the D.C. Circuit affirmed the
legality of the FCC’s collocation rules in Verizon
Telephone Companies v. FCC.
In the
process of these court challenges, the FCC was required to modify its rules
in a
way that could increase the cost and time for competitors to collocate equipment
and could have a substantial and material impact on Trinsic’s future network
deployment.
Line
Sharing, Line Splitting, and Dialtone-DSL Tying
In
the
Triennial
Review Order, the
FCC
eliminated its rules that required ILECs to facilitate “line-sharing”
arrangements. Line-sharing permits a competitive carrier to obtain unbundled
access to the high-frequency portion of a loop in order to provide DSL on that
loop while the ILEC continues to provide analog dialtone service over the low
frequencies. Line-splitting is an alternative arrangement that permits one
competitive carrier to provide DSL service over the high-frequency portion
of an
ILEC’s loop while another competitive carrier provides analog dialtone service
over the ILEC’s loop. FCC rules adopted in 1999 (for line-sharing) and 2001 (for
line-splitting) required ILECs to offer to facilitate these arrangements on
an
unbundled basis. The FCC eliminated these requirements in the 2003 Triennial
Review Order.
The
elimination of the line-sharing rules could harm Trinsic’s business. If a
customer chooses to purchase DSL from the ILEC, Trinsic’s ability to provide
voice services over that facility will be limited.
Many
ILECs
require their DSL customers to purchase analog dialtone service from them as
well. Those policies limit the market for VoIP services that utilize broadband,
DSL connections to provide dialtone service, as DSL customers will have already
purchased dialtone from the ILEC. The FCC is also considering a petition filed
by BellSouth that would preempt state orders in Kentucky, Georgia and Louisiana
that order BellSouth to stop requiring its DSL customers to purchase analog
dialtone service from BellSouth. Trinsic and other entrants have opposed
BellSouth’s efforts to “tie” the sale of DSL to analog dialtone service on the
basis that such a policy has an unreasonable and unlawful effect of suppressing
competition for VoIP services. The FCC has not yet ruled on the BellSouth
petition.
Bell
Operating Company Entry into the Long Distance Market.
The
Telecommunications Act permitted the Bell operating companies (Verizon, SBC
(now
AT&T), Qwest, and BellSouth) to provide long distance services outside their
local service regions immediately, and permits them to provide in-region long
distance service upon demonstrating to the FCC that they have adhered to the
Telecommunication Act’s Section 271 14-point competitive
checklist.
The FCC must also find that granting the application would be in the “public
interest.” Bell operating companies have received long-distance authority in all
50 states.
With
Bell
operating companies authorized to provide long-distance service nationwide,
it
is generally expected that competition for Trinsic’s local and long-distance
services will increase. Section 271 entry permits the Bell operating
company to offer a bundle of local, long-distance and enhanced services
comparable to Trinsic’s services and therefore could increase competition and
harm our business, especially if we cannot obtain adequate access to unbundled
network elements from that same Bell operating company.
At
the same time, the Section 271 process also provides an important ongoing
incentive for Bell operating companies to comply with the unbundling and
interconnection requirements of the Telecommunications Act. The section 271
“competitive checklist” specifically requires Bell companies to provide
competitors access to “loop transmission”, “switching”, “transport” and
“signaling.” In the Triennial
Review Order,
the FCC
ruled that these section 271 checklist requirements were independent legal
obligations that Bell companies must comply with, regardless of the status
of
the unbundling rules under section 251. In the USTA
II decision,
the D.C. Circuit characterized this independent legal obligation as a
“reasonable” approach. The Triennial
Review Remand Order issued
earlier this year did not directly address the question of a Bell company’s
statutory obligation under section 271 of the Act to provide access to the
network elements specifically-enumerated in section 271, particularly with
regard to checklist item six, “switching”, even if those network elements are
not required to be unbundled pursuant to section 251. However, the FCC ruled
that with regard to the “broadband” network elements that it did not require to
be unbundled under section 251 in the 2003 Triennial
Review Order, the
FCC
ruled that Bell companies are not required to offer access to broadband elements
pursuant to section 271 absent a 251 unbundling requirement. Trinsic disagrees
with that FCC ruling. All of the Bell companies have currently pending before
the FCC petitions requesting that the FCC “forbear” from these independent
section 271 regulatory requirements. Trinsic has vigorously opposed those
petitions. Trinsic will vigorously enforce its rights to access to Bell company
networks pursuant to the independent legal authority that the section 271
checklist requires. If the FCC, state commissions or the courts do not enforce
section 271 checklist items as separate obligations on Bell companies, our
ability to provide service to our customers and our business would be
harmed.
Universal
Service Contributions.
In
May
1997, the FCC released an order establishing a significantly expanded universal
service regime to subsidize the cost of telecommunications service to high
cost
areas, as well as to low-income customers and qualifying schools, libraries
and
rural health care providers. Providers of interstate telecommunications
services, like us, as well as certain other entities, must pay for these
programs. We are also eligible to receive funding from these programs if we
meet
certain requirements. Our share of the payments into these subsidy funds is
based on our share of certain defined “interstate telecommunications end-user
revenues.” Currently, the FCC assesses funds owed based on a providers
interstate revenue and the FCC adjusts payment requirements and levels
quarterly. Various states are also in the process of implementing their own
universal service programs. We are currently unable to quantify the amount
of
subsidy payments that we will be required to make to the FCC and individual
states in the future.
On
July
30, 1999, in Texas
Office of Public Utility Counsel v. FCC,
the
Fifth Circuit overturned many of the FCC’s universal service collection rules.
In October 1999, on remand from that decision, the FCC issued new collection
rules which stated that if a carrier derives less than 8 percent of its revenue
from interstate services, its international revenues will not be used in
calculating the contribution. For carriers receiving 8 percent or more of their
revenues from interstate services (as Trinsic does), the FCC stated that it
will
include international revenues in the base for determining collections. This
and
other changes to the universal service program could affect our costs by
increasing charges for interstate access or requiring higher assessments on
interstate revenues. On May 20, 2001, the Fifth Circuit once again reversed
the
FCC’s rules and decided, in Comsat
Corp. v. FCC, that
the
FCC cannot permit local exchange carriers to recover universal service charges
through access charges, as such an arrangement would create an implicit
subsidy.
In
2002,
the FCC modified the method in which carriers are required to make payments
into
the fund. Among other changes, the FCC announced that carriers are to make
payments based upon projected, collected end-user interstate revenues (as
opposed to historical, gross-billed revenues, as the FCC had previously used).
Competitive carriers are also prohibited form marking-up USF contributions
for
administrative fees if carriers recover universal service contributions through
phone bill line items. These measures impact the manner in which we make
contributions into the federal universal service fund and could impact our
business. The FCC is currently studying proposals to increase services for
which
the universal service fund would support, which could increase the size of
the
fund significantly and subsequently increase our financial obligation to the
fund. The FCC is also examining its rules relating to the designation of
“Eligible Telecommunications Carriers” that are eligible to receive payments
from the fund. The outcome of these proceedings and subsequent litigation could
adversely impact or delay our ability to obtain universal service funding for
our services if we seek it, and may also increase the sums we pay into federal
or state universal
service
funds, increase the price for access, and harm our ability to compete with
carriers that do obtain such funding. Changes to federal or state universal
service support programs could adversely affect our costs, our ability to
separately list these charges on end-user bills, and our ability to collect
these fees from our customers.
Interstate
Tariffs and Rates
Beginning
July 31, 2001, interstate domestic long distance companies were no longer
allowed to file interstate long-distance end-user tariffs with the FCC. This
regulatory change requires that Trinsic make its long-distance service
information directly available to customers pursuant to private contracts.
In
March 1999, the FCC adopted rules that require interexchange carriers like
Trinsic to make specific disclosures on their web sites of their rates, terms
and conditions for domestic interstate services. These detariffing and
disclosure requirements could increase our costs in providing interstate
long-distance services to our customers.
The
FCC
effectively regulates the rates Trinsic and other competitive carriers may
charge to terminate long-distance calls from other providers - known as
interstate terminating switched access. The April 27, 2001 Report and Order
in
CC Docket No. 96-262 provided for a four-year transition for Trinsic’s and other
competitive carrier’s terminating access rates, which completed on June 20,
2004. As of that date, Trinsic’s interstate terminating switched access rate
tariffed before the FCC can be no higher than the “competing ILEC” in any
particular area. Trinsic maintains a switched access tariff with the FCC that
it
believes meets these requirements. However, as ILEC switched access rates
change, Trinsic may be obligated to change its tariff similarly. The result
could be lost revenues from interstate terminating access and administrative
costs of compliance.
In
the
past, Z-Tel/Trinsic has had disputes with interexchange carriers over nonpayment
of terminating access charges owed to us. We have settled many of these
disputes. However, there is a risk of nonpayment and bad debt with regard to
nonpayment. In the past, Trinsic has adamantly litigated and defended its
position, but nonpayment or default could have a substantial and material
adverse impact on our business.
Numbering
and Number Portability.
The
FCC
has issued rules that permit a customer to keep its telephone number and
transfer it among carriers. In 1996, the FCC released rules requiring all local
exchange carriers to have the capability to permit both residential and business
customers to retain their telephone numbers when switching from one local
service provider to another, known as “number portability.” In 2004, those rules
were extended to wireless customers and require that Trinsic and other carriers
permit customers to “port” their landline telephone number to wireless
customers. Number portability has been implemented in most of the areas in
which
we provide service, but has not been implemented everywhere in the United
States. Some carriers have obtained waivers of the requirement to provide number
portability, and others have delayed implementation by obtaining extensions.
Lack of number portability in a given market could adversely affect our ability
to attract customers for our competitive local exchange service offerings,
particularly business customers, should we seek to provide services to such
customers.
The
FCC
and state commissions also regulate the availability and assignment of telephone
numbers and area codes. Before the 1996 Telecommunications Act, the Bell
operating companies and other ILECs controlled a number of these tasks. In
August 1997, the FCC issued rules transferring responsibility for administering
and assigning local telephone numbers from the Bells and ILECs to an
independent, neutral entity. In 1996, the FCC issued new numbering regulations
that prohibit states from creating new area codes in a manner that would
unfairly hinder competitive local exchange carriers by requiring that their
customers use 10-digit dialing while ILEC customers need only use 7-digit
dialing. Each carrier is required to contribute to the cost of numbering
administration through a formula based on end-user telecommunications revenues.
In
May
1999, the FCC initiated a proceeding to address the problem of the declining
availability of area codes and phone numbers. In December 2000, the FCC issued
a
Further Notice of Proposed Rulemaking in CC Dockets Nos. 96-98 and 99-200 that
proposed adoption of a “market based” approach of optimizing number resources,
which would involve the introduction of charges for allocation of number
resources. If a “market-based” approach to number allocation is introduced, as
the FCC proposed, it could result in added administrative expenses for us and
possibly make it more difficult or costly for us to obtain telephone numbers
for
our customers.
Restrictions
on Bundling. On
March
30, 2001, in CC Dockets Nos. 96-61 and 98-183, the FCC eliminated a rule that
prohibited all carriers from bundling customer premises equipment and
telecommunications services. Current FCC rules prohibit dominant carriers from
bundling their non-competitive regulated telecommunications services with their
unregulated enhanced or information services. To our knowledge, the FCC has
not
enforced this rule with respect to competitive local exchange carriers and
has
proposed eliminating the rule for all carriers.
Slamming.
A
customer's choice of local or long distance telecommunications company is
encoded in a customer record, which is used to route the customer's calls so
that the customer is served and billed by the desired company. A user may change
service providers at any time, but the FCC and some states regulate this process
and require that specific procedures be followed. When these procedures are
not
followed, particularly if the change is unauthorized or fraudulent, the process
is known as "slamming." Slamming is such a significant problem that it has
been
addressed in detail by Congress in the Telecommunications Act, by some state
legislatures, and by the FCC in recent orders. The FCC has levied substantial
fines for slamming. The risk of financial damage, in the form of fines,
penalties and legal fees and costs, and to business reputation from slamming
is
significant. Even one slamming complaint could cause extensive litigation
expenses for us. The FCC also applies its slamming rules (which originally
covered only long distance) to local service as well. Trinsic is also subject
to
state rules and regulations regarding slamming, cramming, and other consumer
protection regulation.
Network
Information. Section
222 of the Communications Act of 1934 and FCC rules protect the privacy of
certain information about telecommunications customers that a telecommunications
carrier such as us acquires by providing telecommunications services to such
customers. Such protected information, known as Customer Proprietary Network
Information (CPNI), includes information related to the quantity, technological
configuration, type, destination and the amount of use of a telecommunications
service. The FCC's original rules prevented a carrier from using CPNI acquired
through one of its offerings of a telecommunications service to market certain
other services without approval of the affected customer. The United States
Court of Appeals for the Tenth Circuit overturned a portion of the FCC's rules
established in CC Docket No. 96-115 regarding the use and protection of CPNI.
In
response to the Tenth Circuit decision, in October 2001, in CC Docket No.
96-115, the FCC clarified that the Tenth Circuit reversal was limited and that
most of the FCC's CPNI rules remained in effect. The FCC sought further comment
on what method of customer consent offered by a carrier (either an "opt-in"
or
"opt-out" approach) would serve the governmental interest in Section 222 and
be
consistent with the First Amendment. The final determination of this issue
and
other FCC rules regarding handling of CPNI could result in significant
administrative expense to Trinsic in modifying internal customer systems to
meet
these requirements.
FCC
Policy on Enhanced, Information Services and Internet Protocol-Enabled Services
(such as Voice over Internet Protocol)
On
March
10, 2004, the FCC released a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking that seeks to
establish a comprehensive regulatory framework for “Internet Protocol-Enabled
Service,” or “IP-Enabled Services.” IP-Enabled services include VoIP services.
The FCC proposed that IP-Enabled Services be subject to limited regulation
and
that inconsistent state and local regulation would be preempted. Under the
FCC’s
proposal, the regulation that survives would be tied to the particular
functionality offered by the service provider. For example, the application
of
E911 services may be different for “dialtone-like” services as opposed to voice
capabilities of interactive computer games.
The
FCC
IP-Enabled Services proceeding builds upon several decades of precedent in
which
the FCC has largely sought to wall-off from regulation certain “enhanced” or
“information services.” In 1980, the FCC created a distinction between basic
telecommunications services, which it regulates as “common carrier” services,
and “enhanced services,” which remain unregulated. The FCC exempted enhanced
service providers from federal regulations governing common carriers, including
the obligation to pay access charges for the origination or termination of
calls
on carrier networks and the obligation to contribute to the universal service
fund. The Telecommunications Act of 1996 established a similar distinction
between telecommunications services and information services.
The
distinction between “information services” and “common carrier services” is
important in many respects. A panoply of federal (tariffs), state (certification
requirements) and even local regulation (franchise or rights of way fees),
apply
to “common carrier services” but not necessarily all “information services.”
Under FCC rules, interstate common carriers must contribute a percentage of
revenue to federal universal service support systems; information service
providers do not make such a contribution. At the same time, common carriers
are
granted certain rights that information service providers do not have - for
example, only common carriers have the ability to collocate equipment and
purchase unbundled network elements from incumbent local telephone companies
pursuant to section 251 of the 1996 Act. Interexchange common carriers (e.g.,
long-distance providers) generally have to pay “access charges” to local
exchange companies for long-distance calls that originate or terminate on a
local exchange carrier’s local network. Information service providers (such as
an Internet service provider) do not pay these “access charges” when their
customers utilize local exchange carrier networks to utilize the information
service provider’s service. As discussed above, since Trinsic offers both common
carrier and information services to its customers, these distinctions have
an
important impact upon our business.
Changing
technology and changing market conditions, however, sometimes make it difficult
to discern the boundary between unregulated and regulated services. In
particular, the ability to place and route voice communications over information
service provider networks has called into question the FCC’s common
carrier/information service provider distinction. In 1998, the FCC outlined
in a
Report
to Congress its
belief
that “voice over Internet” services should be classified and regulated, if at
all, on a case-by-case basis. Since that report, several companies have filed
petitions seeking declarations from the FCC as to the regulatory status of
VoIP
services. In February 2004, the FCC ruled that Pulver.com’s “Free World Dialup”
service was an “information service” and not a regulated “common carrier”
service because Free World Dialup did not offer its users the ability to
transmit calls for a fee. On April 21, 2004, the FCC determined that certain
of
AT&T’s long-distance services that utilize IP technology were to be
regulated as a “telecommunications service” because AT&T’s use of IP
technology did not change the form or content of the long-distance communication
and therefore meet the statutory definition of information service. The FCC
was
careful to state in both the Pulver.com and AT&T IP Telephony decisions that
in so ruling, it was reserving its right to come to a different outcome in
the
IP-Enabled Services rulemaking proceeding. On November 12, 2004, in WC Docket
No. 03-211, the FCC ruled that Vonage’s DigitalVoice service, a Voice over IP
application, was “inherently interstate”; as a result, the FCC preempted an
attempt by the Minnesota regulator to impose traditional “telephone company”
regulations, including certification requirements, on that service.
These
FCC
decisions and proposals indicate the state of regulatory flux that industry
participants face, and it is impossible to forecast the final outcome of these
regulatory classification decisions. We believe that many of the services we
provide, including Personal Voice Assistant and features and functions are
information services under the FCC’s definition. Because the regulatory
boundaries in this area are somewhat unclear and subject to dispute, however,
the FCC could seek to characterize some of our information services as
“telecommunications services” or subject them to certain types of regulation
applicable to common carrier “telecommunications services.” If that happens,
those services would become subject to FCC regulation, and the impact of that
reclassification is difficult to predict. Unlike many VoIP and information
service providers, Trinsic maintains common carrier certificates in the states
in which we do business; as a result, we are positioned to comply with state
or
federal rulings that would declare any or part of these services to be regulated
“common carrier” services.
Certain
of
Trinsic’s IP telephony services could be classified as “information services” in
a way that could potentially limit our ability to access the local networks
of
incumbent local telephone companies. On December 20, 2001, the FCC issued a
Notice of Proposed Rulemaking in CC Docket No. 01-337 in which the FCC
sought comment on regulatory requirements for incumbent local exchange carrier
provision of broadband telecommunications services. In this proceeding, the
FCC
is considering whether it should remove regulatory safeguards and common carrier
obligations, including unbundling regulations, on incumbent local exchange
carrier broadband networks. An FCC decision limiting unbundling or deregulating
incumbent local exchange carrier broadband networks could have a significant
and
material adverse impact on our business. For example, incumbent local exchange
carriers may be able to offer consumers deregulated broadband network packages
of local exchange, information services and broadband service (such as DSL)
that
Trinsic would not be able to offer because Trinsic would not have unbundled
access to that broadband network. In addition, because the incumbent local
exchange carrier “broadband network” in most instances utilizes the same network
facilities as the current incumbent local exchange dial tone network,
limitations on unbundling or deregulation of that “broadband network” could
inexorably make it difficult, more costly, or even impossible, for Trinsic
to
provide its current telecommunications and information services to consumers.
In
addition, several ILECs, including BellSouth and SBC (now AT&T), have filed
petitions before the FCC requesting that the FCC forbear from long-standing
network access requirements for their networks to the extent those networks
are
capable of supporting IP services. These petitions would remove ILEC “broadband”
networks from the Computer
II/III rules
that
give competitors the ability to interconnect with these networks. Similarly,
on
February 13, 2003, the FCC proposed in CC Docket No. 02-42 that incumbent local
exchange carrier provision of wireline broadband Internet access services as
an
“information service” and regulate the provision of such services pursuant to
Title I of the Communications Act of 1934. In addition, the FCC sought comment
on whether its Computer
II/Computer III rules,
which govern access to ILEC networks by third parties to provide information
services. The proposed rules could, if adopted without adequate assurances
for
competitive access, limit the ability of new entrants to access and utilize
the
networks of incumbent local exchange carriers to provide advanced, broadband
Internet access and could therefore harm Trinsic’s ability to provide services
to its customers.
Intercarrier
Compensation (Interstate Access Charges and Reciprocal Compensation)
Because
Trinsic, as a competitive local exchange carrier, passes and receives local
and
long distance calls to and from other local exchange carriers and long-distance
companies, the rates for "intercarrier compensation" for these calls has a
significant and substantial impact on the profitability of our business. In
addition, the rates that our competitors, especially the incumbent local
exchange carriers, are permitted to charge end-users, other local exchange
carriers, and long-distance companies for originating, transmitting, and
terminating telecommunications traffic can have a substantial impact on our
ability to offer services in competition with those carriers.
On
March
3, 2005, the FCC, in WC Docket No. 01-92, issued a Further Notice of Proposed
Rulemaking that called for reform of the current intercarrier compensation
regime. Under current rules, the rate for the exchange of traffic depends on
(1)
the type of traffic, (2) the types of carriers involved and (3) the end points
of the communication. The FCC found that those disparities presented
opportunities for “regulatory arbitrage,” and the FCC presented several
proposals made by industry participants and the states.
The
2005
FCC proposal reaches no tentative conclusion as to the proper intercarrier
rate,
an approach that differs from the FCC’s prior position on this topic. In April
2001, the FCC released a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking in the same docket as
the
March 2005 notice (CC Docket No. 01-92), and in that document the FCC proposed
that carriers transport and terminate traffic between one another on a
“bill-and-keep” basis, rather than per-minute reciprocal compensation charges.
Because Trinsic both makes payments to and receives payments from other carriers
for exchange of local and long-distance calls, at this time we cannot predict
the effect that the FCC's final determination in CC Docket No. 01-92 may have
upon our business.
The
current intercarrier compensation regime is subject to dispute and litigation
on
a number of fronts. In particular, FCC rules relating to compensation for
dial-up calls to Internet service providers have been reversed by the D.C.
Circuit Court of Appeals twice, with no final resolution. The FCC is under
an
obligation to report on its progress for these rules before the D.C. Circuit
periodically. We cannot predict the effect that the FCC's resolution of these
issues will have on our business.
FCC
decisions relating to intercarrier compensation have a significant impact upon
industry structure and economics. Since passage of the Telecommunications Act
of
1996, the FCC has twice fundamentally restructured the "access charges" that
incumbent local exchange carriers charge to interexchange carriers and end-user
customers to connect to the incumbent local exchange carrier's network. The
FCC
revised access charges for the largest incumbent local exchange carriers in
May
1997, reducing per-minute access charges and increasing flat-rated monthly
charges paid by both long-distance carriers and end-users. Further changes
in
access charges were effected for the largest incumbent local exchange carriers
when the FCC adopted the Coalition for Affordable Local and Long-Distance
Service (CALLS) proposal in May 2000. CALLS, which reflected a negotiated
settlement between AT&T and most of the Bell operating companies, reduced
per-minute charges by 60 percent. It further increased flat-rated monthly
charges to end-users, in particular, multi-line business users. The CALLS plan
also attempted to remove implicit universal service subsidies paid for by
long-distance companies in interstate access rates and place those funds into
the federal universal service support system, where they would be recovered
from
all interstate carriers. Most of the reductions in the CALLS plan resulted
from
shifting access costs away from interexchange carriers onto end-user
customers.
In
addition, as discussed above, the rates that Trinsic and other competitive
local
exchange carriers may charge for interstate switched access services are
regulated pursuant to the FCC's April 2001 CLEC Access Charge Order (See
“Interstate Tariffs and Rates” above). Changes to the intercarrier compensation
regime could affect our costs and revenues and could also impact the competitive
environment for telecommunications and information services.
Potential
Federal Legislation
Changes
to
the market-opening and enforcement provisions of the Communications Act of
1934
or the Telecommunications Act of 1996 could adversely affect our ability to
provide competitive services and could harm our business. In 2004 and 2005,
federal legislation that would determine that services that utilized the
Internet Protocol would not be subject to state and local regulation have been
introduced. These bills have had hearings before respective committees in the
House and Senate. None have been submitted to either full chamber for
consideration and a vote. At this early stage of legislative involvement, it
is
difficult to determine the long-run impact any bill could have upon our business
if it were to become law.
Other
Issues
There
are
a number of other federal regulatory issues and proceedings that could have
an
effect on our business in the future, including the fact that —
|
•
|
|
The
FCC has adopted rules to require telecommunications service providers
to
make their services accessible to individuals with disabilities,
if
readily achievable.
|
|
|
|
|
|
•
|
|
In
March, 2004, the Department of Justice filed a rulemaking petition
before
the FCC that asks for new rules to implement the Communications Assistance
with Law Enforcement Act (CALEA). CALEA requires telecommunications
providers to design and engineer their networks to permit law enforcement
agencies to wiretap and obtain customer service information (e.g.,
call
trace, call records). The Department of Justice CALEA petition proposes
to
extend many of those requirements to information services as well.
Implementation of the proposed CALEA rules could have a significant
impact
upon our ability to provide both regulated common carrier and information
services to our customers. Such rules could increase the cost of
equipment
we purchase to deploy our services and such rules could also delay
the
availability of equipment we need. We cannot predict any such delays
or
the potential cost at this time. Current FCC rules require
telecommunications service providers to provide law enforcement personnel
with a sufficient number of ports and technical assistance in connection
with wiretaps. We cannot predict the cost to us of complying with
these
rules at this time.
|
|
|
|
|
|
•
|
|
The
FCC has adopted “Do-Not-Call-Rules” that limit the ability of
telemarketers to make telephone calls to consumers that choose to
be
listed on the national Do-Not-Call-Registry. These rules could make
future
telemarketing efforts more expensive and less effective.
In
1999, the FCC has adopted rules designed to make it easier for customers
to understand the bills of telecommunications carriers. These
Truth-in-Billing Rules, CC Docket No. 98-170, establish certain
requirements regarding the formatting of bills and the information
that
must be included on bills. In 2000, the FCC modified its Truth-in-Billing
rules to clarify that where an entity bundles a number of services,
some
of which might be provided by different carriers, as a single package,
that offering can be listed on a bill as a “single offering.” On March 30,
2004, NASUCA, an organization of state consumer advocates, filed
a
petition before the FCC asking for more-stringent regulation of bill
format, which the FCC is considering in WC Docket No. 04-208. Changes
in
these FCC rules could increase our costs of doing business significantly
and could make it more difficult to assess and collect regulatory
and
other fees that, as a common carrier, we are obligated to pay to
local,
state and federal entities.
|
|
•
|
|
We
are subject to annual regulatory fees assessed by the FCC, and must
file
an annual employment report to comply with the FCC’s Equal Employment
Opportunity policies.
|
|
|
|
|
|
•
|
|
The
FCC has adopted an order granting limited pricing flexibility to
large
incumbent local exchange carriers, and is considering granting additional
pricing flexibility and price deregulation options. These actions
could
increase competition for some of our
services.
|
The
foregoing is not an exhaustive list of proceedings or issues that could
materially affect our business. We cannot predict the outcome of these or any
other proceedings before the courts, the FCC, legislative bodies, or state
or
local governments.
STATE
REGULATION
To
the
extent that we provide telecommunications services that originate and terminate
within the same state, we are subject to the jurisdiction of that state’s public
service commission. The Telecommunications Act maintains the authority of
individual state utility commissions to preside over rate and other proceedings,
and to impose their own regulation on local exchange and intrastate
interexchange services, so long as such regulation is not inconsistent with
the
requirements of federal law. For instance, states may require us to obtain
a
Certificate of Public Convenience and Necessity before commencing service in
the
state. We have obtained such authority in all states in which we operate, and,
as a prelude to market entry in additional states, we have obtained such
authority to provide local service in 49 states and the District of Columbia.
In
addition to requiring certification, state regulatory authorities may impose
tariff and filing requirements, consumer protection measures, and obligations
to
contribute to universal service and other funds. State commissions also have
jurisdiction to approve negotiated rates, or establish rates through
arbitration, for interconnection, including rates for unbundled network
elements. Changes in those rates for unbundled network elements could have
a
substantial and material impact on our business.
We
are
subject to requirements in some states to obtain prior approval for, or notify
the state commission of, any transfers of control, sales of assets, corporate
reorganizations, issuance of stock or debt instruments and related transactions.
Although we believe such authorizations could be obtained in due course, there
can be no assurance that state commissions would grant us authority to complete
any of these transactions.
We
are
also subject to state laws and regulations regarding slamming, cramming, and
other consumer protection and disclosure regulations. These rules could
substantially increase the cost of doing business in any one particular state.
State commissions have issued or proposed several substantial fines against
competitive local exchange companies for slamming or cramming. The risk of
financial damage, in the form of fines, penalties and legal fees and costs,
and
to business reputation from slamming is significant. Even one slamming complaint
before a state commission could cause extensive litigation expenses for us.
In
addition, state law enforcement authorities may utilize their powers under
state
consumer protection laws against us in the event legal requirements in that
state are not met.
Trinsic’s
rates for intrastate switched access services, which Trinsic provides to
long-distance companies to originate and terminate in-state toll calls, are
subject to the jurisdiction of the state commissions in which the call
originated and terminated. State commissions may, like Texas, directly regulate
or prescribe this intrastate switched access rate. Such regulation by other
states could materially and adversely affect Trinsic’s revenues and business
opportunities within that state.
The
Telecommunications Act generally preempts state statutes and regulations that
restrict the provision of competitive services. As a result of this preemption,
we will be generally free to provide the full range of local, long distance,
and
data services in any state. While this action greatly increases our potential
for growth, it also increases the amount of competition to which we may be
subject. States, however, may still restrict Trinsic’s ability to provide
competitive services in some rural areas. In addition, the cost of enforcing
federal preemption against certain state policies and programs may be large
and
may cause considerable delay. As we roll out new services on a state-by-state
basis, pricing and terms and conditions adopted by the incumbent local exchange
carrier in each of these states may preclude our ability to offer a
competitively viable and profitable product on a going-forward basis. In order
to enter new markets, we may be required to negotiate interconnection agreements
or commercial agreements with incumbent local exchange carriers on an individual
state basis. To continue to provide service, we also need to renegotiate
interconnection agreements or commercial agreements with incumbent local
exchange carriers. No assurance can be made that the individual local exchange
providers will provide needed components in a manner and at a price that will
support competitive operations. If the ILEC providers do not readily provide
network functionality in the manner required, we have regulatory and legal
alternatives, including arbitration before state public service commissions,
to
force provision of services in a manner required to support our service
offerings. However, if we are forced to litigate in order to obtain the
combinations of network elements required to support our service, we are likely
to incur significant incremental costs and delays in entering such markets.
In
addition, as discussed above, there is considerable legal uncertainty as to
how
interconnection agreements are to be enforced before state commissions and
where
appeals of state commission interconnection agreement determinations may be
heard.
State
legislatures also may impact our business. For example, in 2003, the Illinois
General Assembly passed a law that ordered the Illinois Commerce Commission
to
increase unbundled network elements rates. Trinsic and several other competitive
carriers filed a lawsuit and injunction against that law, on the basis that
the
Telecommunications Act of 1996 ordered state commissions — not state
legislatures — to establish rates for network elements. The U.S. District Court
for the Northern District of Illinois and, subsequently, the United States
Circuit Court of Appeals for the Seventh Circuit, agreed and ordered a permanent
injunction against the Illinois statute. Nevertheless, incumbent local telephone
exchange carriers actively lobby and support legislation that would curtail
the
roles of state public utility commissions, limit competitive access laws that
may exist at the state level that may go beyond the Telecommunications Act,
or
otherwise limit the ability of competitive companies like Trinsic to compete
against ILECs or obtain access to local networks at just, reasonable and
nondiscriminatory rates. At any point in time, several such bills are pending
before the state legislatures of states in which we do business, and passage
of
such legislation could have a significant and material effect on our ability
to
do business in that particular state.
LOCAL
GOVERNMENT REGULATION
In
some of
the areas where we provide service, we may be subject to municipal franchise
requirements requiring us to pay license or franchise fees either on a
percentage of gross revenue, flat fee or other basis. We may be required to
obtain street opening and construction permits from municipal authorities to
install our facilities in some cities. The Telecommunications Act prohibits
municipalities from discriminating among telecommunications service providers
in
imposing fees or franchise requirements. In some localities, the FCC has
preempted fees and other requirements determined to be discriminatory or to
effectively preclude entry by competitors, but such proceedings have been
lengthy and the outcome of any request for FCC preemption would be uncertain.
COMPETITION
Overview
The
telecommunications industry is highly competitive. Competition in the local
telephone services market arises primarily from the ILECs and alternative
transport systems such as wireless, cable and the Internet. Competition in
the
long distance and information services markets, which have fewer entry barriers,
is already intense and is expected to remain so.
We
believe
the principal competitive factors affecting our business will be the quality
and
reliability of our services, customer confidence, innovation, customer service
and price. Our ability to compete effectively will depend upon our continued
ability to offer innovative, high-quality, market-driven services at prices
generally equal to or below those charged by our competitors and to instill
confidence in prospective customers as to our long-term viability and the
viability of our access to ILEC and other networks at reasonable commercial
terms and rates. Many of our current and potential competitors have far greater
financial, marketing,
personnel
and other resources than we do, as well as other competitive advantages.
Local
Telephone Service
Incumbent
Local Exchange Carriers. In
each of
our target markets, we will compete with the incumbent local exchange carrier
serving that area, which may be one of the Bell operating companies. The
incumbent local exchange carriers have long-standing relationships with their
customers, have financial, technical and marketing resources substantially
greater than ours, have the potential to subsidize services that compete with
our services with revenue from a variety of other unregulated businesses, and
currently benefit from certain existing regulations that favor the incumbent
local exchange carriers over us in certain respects.
Regulations
that allow competitive local exchange carriers, such as us, to interconnect
with
incumbent local exchange carrier facilities and acquire and combine the
unbundled network elements of an incumbent local exchange carrier provide
increased business opportunities for us. However, such interconnection
opportunities have been, and will likely continue to be, accompanied by
increased pricing flexibility and relaxation of regulatory oversight for the
incumbent local exchange carriers.
Competitive
Local Exchange Carriers. We
face
competition in local telephone services from numerous competitive local exchange
carriers, including our own wholesale customer Sprint. Several of these
companies have name recognition, standing relationships with their customers
and
financial, technical and marketing resources substantially greater than we
have.
The Telecommunications Act radically altered the market opportunity for
competitive local exchange carriers. With the required unbundling of the
incumbent local exchange carrier's networks, competitive local exchange carriers
are now able to enter the market more rapidly by leasing switches, trunks and
loop capacity until traffic volume justifies building substantial facilities.
Newer competitive local exchange carriers, like us, will not have to replicate
certain existing facilities and can be more opportunistic in designing and
implementing networks, which could have the effect of increasing competition
for
local exchange services.
Cable
Television Operators. Cable
television operators are also entering the telecommunications market by
upgrading their networks with fiber optics and installing facilities to provide
fully interactive transmission of broadband voice, video and data
communications. These companies have standing relationships with their customers
and generally have financial, technical and marketing resources substantially
greater than we have.
Wireless
Telephone Companies. Wireless
telephone systems are seen by many consumers as a substitute for traditional
wireline local telephone service. Wireless companies have name recognition,
standing relationships with their customers and financial, technical and
marketing resources substantially greater than we have.
VoIP
Providers. The
Internet is being used by a limited number of consumers as a substitute for
traditional wireline local and long distance telephone service. The number
of
VoIP users could expand rapidly in the near future. We recently began to offer
our own VoIP services. Other entrants into this market may include ILECs, cable
television operators and Internet service providers as well as new
entrants.
New
Entrants. We
could
face competition from new entrants into the local exchange market. Because
the
Telecommunications Act requires the unbundling of the incumbent local exchange
carrier's networks, new entrants are able to enter the market by leasing trunks
and loop capacity in lieu of expending funds building substantial facilities.
This lower barrier to entry could have the effect of increasing competition
for
local exchange services. Moreover, a continuing trend toward consolidation
of
telecommunications companies and the formation of strategic alliances within
the
telecommunications industry, as well as the development of new technologies,
could give rise to significant new competitors.
Long
Distance Telephone Service
The
long
distance telecommunications industry has numerous entities competing for the
same customers and a high average churn rate because customers frequently change
long distance providers in response to the offering of lower rates or
promotional incentives by competitors. We believe that pricing levels are a
principal competitive factor in providing long distance telephone service.
We
hope to avoid direct price competition by bundling long distance telephone
service with a wide array of value-added, enhanced communications services.
We
believe
that incumbent local exchange carriers that offer a package of local, long
distance telephone and information services will be particularly strong
competitors. Incumbent local exchange carriers, including Verizon, BellSouth,
Qwest and AT&T, are currently providing both long distance and local
services as well as certain enhanced telephone services that we offer. With
the
merger of AT&T and SBC as well as Verizon and MCI, the line between local
provider and long distance provider has been significantly blurred. We believe
that the Bell operating companies will attempt to offset market share losses
in
their local markets by attempting to capture a significant percentage of the
long distance market. Wireless carriers offering bundled service packages
with
prepaid “anywhere” minutes will also offer an alternative to traditional
wireline long distance services.
Enhanced
Communications Services
We
compete
with a variety of enhanced service companies. Enhanced communications services
markets are highly competitive, and we expect that competition will continue
to
intensify. Our competitors in these markets include Internet service providers,
Web-based communications service providers and other telecommunications
companies, including the major interexchange carriers, incumbent local exchange
carriers, competitive local exchange carriers and wireless carriers.
RESEARCH
AND DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES
For
the
fiscal years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, we invested approximately
$2.3 million, $4.7 million and $6.0 million, respectively, in company-sponsored
research and development activities.
EMPLOYEES
As
of
March 24, 2006, we had approximately 426 employees. None of our employees are
covered under collective bargaining agreements.
ACCESS
TO INFORMATION
The
public
may read and copy any materials we file with the Securities and Exchange
Commission at the SEC's Public Reference Room at 450 Fifth Street N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation
of
the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC
maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information
statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically
with the SEC. The address of that site is http://www.sec.gov.
Reports
we
file electronically with the SEC including annual reports on Forms 10-K,
quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments
to
those filings are available free of charge soon after each filing at the
following Web site: http://www.trinsic.com. Select "Investor Relations" at
the
top and then select “SEC Filings.”
ITEM
1A. RISK FACTORS
Certain
material risks to our financial condition and our business are set forth below.
The list is not intended be exhaustive as a listing of all such risks would
be
impossible. Moreover, the order in which the risks appear does not necessarily
correlate with the magnitude of any risk.
Risks
Relating to Our Business and Financial Condition
Loss
of Asset-Based Financing
We
depend
upon continued access to asset-based financing to fund our operations. We have
a
Receivables Financing Agreement with Thermo Credit LLC. Under that agreement,
Thermo Credit will from time to time purchase portions of our customer accounts
receivable at its discretion. There is the possibility that we could lose access
to this financing anytime. While we believe other sources of financing are
available, the loss of asset-based financing would materially and adversely
affect our ability to operate.
Adequacy
of Financing
We
have
reported recurring losses since our inception. Our ability to continue to
operate is contingent upon obtaining additional financing. We do not currently
have the necessary capital on hand or expected cash flow to fund any growth
opportunities that we may have in the future. Our lack of adequate capital
also
may hamper our ability to respond to developments discussed below as risk
factors, including but not limited to expanding our network infrastructure,
reacting to software failures or errors and network failures. Our history of
losses and the uncertainty surrounding industry will likely lead to reluctance
among lenders and investors.
Availability
and Favorable Pricing of Unbundled Network Components
Part
of
our business strategy is to focus on territories where we have access to ILEC
local networks at favorable rates to provide our services. We currently have
agreements with Qwest, Verizon, SBC and BellSouth that will give us access
to
the local networks
in
their
territories. These agreements cover over 90% of our customer base and expire
July 31, 2008, April 30, 2010, October 18, 2010 and September 10, 2006 (with
automatic six month renewals), respectively. There can be no assurance that
the
ILECs will be willing to renew these agreements upon terms favorable to
us.
Acquisition
of New Customers
Unless
we
continually add new customers the number of our customers will decline over
time
through normal attrition because customers move their operations, become
insolvent or switch to another carrier for price, service, quality or other
reasons. For our business to be successful we must gain new customers from
which
to generate operating cash flow to fund our operations. We have limited
resources to fund marketing and sales activities. Moreover, although we believe
we offer good services at competitive prices, there can be no assurance that
our
service plans will be gain acceptance in the marketplace. Intense competition
could further impede our attempts to gain new customers.
Competition
The
telecommunications and information services markets are intensely competitive
and rapidly evolving. We expect competition to increase. Many of our competitors
and potential competitors have longer operating histories, greater name
recognition, larger customer bases and substantially greater financial,
personnel, marketing, engineering, technical and other resources than we have.
We believe the principal competitive factors affecting our business operations
will be price, the desirability of our service offering, quality and reliability
of our services, innovation and customer service. Our ability to compete
effectively will depend upon our ability to maintain high quality, market-driven
services at prices generally equal to or below those charged by our competitors.
Competitor actions and responses to our actions could, therefore, materially
and
adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of
operations.
We
face
competition from a variety of participants in the telecommunications market.
The
largest competitor for local service in each market in which we compete is
the
incumbent local exchange carrier serving that market. Incumbent local exchange
carriers have established networks, long-standing relationships with their
customers, strong political and regulatory influence, and the benefit of state
and federal regulations that favor incumbent local exchange carriers. In the
local exchange market, the incumbent local exchange carriers continue to hold
near-monopoly positions. In addition the ILECs are moving to improve their
networks with fiber optic cable. These improved networks will enable the ILECs
to offer high speed internet as well as television services. The ILECs are
not
required to give us access to those improved networks.
Other
substantial competitors include wireless companies, cable companies and
companies utilizing VoIP. New entrants to the local service market include
cable
television companies and could include satellite television
providers.
The
long
distance telecommunications market in which we compete has numerous entities
competing for the same customers and a high average churn rate as customers
frequently change long distance providers in response to the offering of lower
rates or promotional incentives. Prices in the long distance market have
declined significantly in recent years and are expected to continue to decline.
We will face competition from large interexchange carriers. Other competitors
are likely to include incumbent local exchange carriers providing out-of-region
(and, with the removal of regulatory barriers, in-region) long distance
services, other incumbent local exchange carriers, other competitive local
exchange carriers, cable television companies, electric utilities, wireless
telephone system operators, microwave and satellite carriers and private
networks owned by large end users.
A
continuing trend toward combinations and strategic alliances in the
telecommunications industry, including potential consolidation among incumbent
local exchange carriers, wireless companies and competitive local exchange
carriers, or transactions between telephone companies and cable companies
outside of the telephone company’s service area, or between interexchange
carriers and competitive local exchange carriers, could give rise to significant
new competitors.
Network
Failure
The
successful operation of our network will depend on a continuous supply of
electricity at multiple points. Our system is dependent on the availability
of
electrical power to manage data and calls and to offer enhanced services, such
as voicemail and call forwarding, and although it has been designed to operate
under extreme weather conditions (including tropical storms, heavy rain, wind
and snow), like all other telecommunications systems, our network could be
adversely affected by such conditions. While our network is equipped with a
back-up power supply and our existing network operations center is equipped
with
both a battery backup and an on-site emergency generator, certain of our back-up
systems have failed in the past. We are currently in litigation with the
landlord at our Tampa, Florida facility because, among other reasons, we believe
the landlord has failed to maintain air conditioning and emergency electrical
generating systems crucial to the operation of our network facilities. If a
power failure causes an interruption in our service, the interruption could
negatively impact our operations.
Our
network also may be subject to physical damage, sabotage, tampering or other
breaches of security (by computer virus, break-ins or otherwise) that could
impair its functionality. In addition, our network is subject to unknown
capacity limitations that may cause interruptions in service or reduced capacity
for our customers. Any interruptions in service resulting from physical damage
or capacity limitations could cause our systems to fail.
We
do
not have significant redundancy in our operations.
Our
business is dependent upon the continuous operation of our facilities in Atmore,
Alabama and Tampa, Florida. We do not have significant redundancies or
back-up systems to replace these facilities if their functionality were to
be
impaired. Both of these facilities are located in areas subject to
tropical storms. Our facility in Atmore Alabama suffered damage from
Hurricane Ivan in 2004. The loss or significant impairment of
functionality in either of these facilities would have a material, adverse
effect on our business.
Ability
to Resell Long Distance Services
We
offer
long distance telephone services as part of our service packages. We currently
have agreements with two long distance carriers to provide transmission and
termination services for all of our long distance traffic. Recently, several
long distance carriers have encountered financial difficulties, including both
carriers utilized by us. Financial difficulties encountered by any of our
carriers could cause disruption of service to our customers and could diminish
the value of any receivables or credits that may be due to us from such
carriers. Our agreements with long distance carriers generally provide for
the
resale of long distance services on a per-minute basis and contain minimum
volume commitments. In cases in which we have agreed to minimum volume
commitments and fail to meet them, we will be obligated to pay underutilization
charges.
Risk
of Software Failures and Errors
The
software that we use and the software that we have developed internally and
are
continuing to develop may contain undetected errors. Although we have
extensively tested our software, errors may be discovered in the software during
the course of its use. Any errors may result in partial or total failure of
our
network, loss or diminution in service delivery performance, additional and
unexpected expenses to fund further product development or to add programming
personnel to complete or correct development, and loss of revenue because of
the
inability of customers to use our products or services, which could adversely
affect our business condition.
Protection
of Proprietary Technology
We
currently rely on a combination of copyright, trademark and trade secret laws
and contractual confidentiality provisions to protect the proprietary
information that we have developed. Our ability to protect our proprietary
technology is limited, and we cannot assure you that our means of protecting
our
proprietary rights will be adequate or that our competitors will not
independently develop similar technology. Also, we cannot be certain that the
intellectual property that incumbent local exchange carriers or others claim
to
hold and that may be necessary for us to provide our services will be available
on commercially reasonable terms. If we were found to be infringing upon the
intellectual property rights of others, we might be required to enter into
royalty or licensing agreements, which may be costly or not available on
commercially reasonable terms. If successful, a claim of infringement against
us
and our inability to license the infringed or similar technology on terms
acceptable to us could adversely affect our business.
Dependence
on Information Systems
Our
billing, customer service and management information systems are newly developed
and we may face unexpected system difficulties, which would adversely affect
our
service levels and, consequently, our business. Sophisticated information and
processing systems are vital to our ability to monitor costs, render monthly
invoices for services, process customer orders and achieve operating
efficiencies. We rely on internal systems and third party vendors, some of
which
have a limited operating history, to provide our information and processing
systems. If our systems fail to perform in a timely and effective manner and
at
acceptable costs, or if we fail to adequately identify all of our information
and processing needs or if our related processing or information systems fail,
these failures could have a material adverse effect on our
business.
In
addition, our right to use third party systems is dependent upon license
agreements. Some of these agreements are cancelable by the vendor, and the
cancellation or nonrenewal of these agreements could seriously impair our
ability to process orders or bill our customers. As we continue to provide
local
telephone service, the need for sophisticated billing and information systems
will also increase significantly and we will have significant additional
requirements for data interface with incumbent local exchange carriers and
others. We cannot be certain that we will be able to meet these additional
requirements.
Dependence
on Local Exchange Carriers
We
rely on
incumbent local exchange carriers to supply key unbundled components of their
network infrastructure to us on a timely and accurate basis, and in the
quantities and quality demanded by us. We may from time to time experience
delays or other problems in receiving unbundled services or facilities which
we
request, and there can be no assurance that we will able to obtain such
unbundled elements on the scale and within the time frames required by us.
Any
failure to obtain these components, services or additional capacity on a timely
and accurate basis could adversely affect us.
Dependence
on Third Party Vendors
We
currently purchase the majority of our telecommunications equipment as needed
from third party vendors, including Cisco Systems, Inc., Lucent Technologies,
Inc., Sonus Networks, Inc., Dialogic Communications Corporation, Hewlett-Packard
Company, Compaq Computer Corporation, Sun Microsystems, Inc. and EMC
Corporation. In addition, we currently license our software from third party
vendors, including Oracle Corporation, INPRISE Corporation, Mercator Software,
Inc., Microsoft Corporation, Nuance Communications, Inc., SpeechWorks
International, Inc., Telution, Inc., AMS, Inc., Netscape Communications, Inc.
and Accenture. We typically do not enter into any long-term agreements with
our
telecommunications equipment or software suppliers. Any reduction or
interruption in supply from our equipment suppliers or failure to obtain
suitable software licensing terms could have a disruptive effect on our business
and could adversely affect our results of operations.
Dependence
on Management and Key Personnel
We
depend
on a limited number of key personnel who would be difficult to replace. If
we
lose the services of some of our key personnel, our business could suffer.
We
also depend on a limited number of key management, sales, marketing and product
development personnel to manage and operate our business. In particular, we
believe that our success depends to a significant degree upon our ability to
attract and retain highly skilled personnel, including our engineering and
technical staff. If we are unable to attract and retain our key employees,
the
value of our common stock could suffer.
Government
Regulation and Legal Uncertainties
We
are
subject to varying degrees of federal, state, and local regulation. We must
also
comply with various state and federal obligations that are subject to change,
such as the duty to contribute to universal service subsidies, the impact of
which we cannot assess on a going-forward basis as the rates change
periodically. Our failure to comply with regulatory requirements may result
in
fines or other penalties being imposed on us, including loss of certification
to
provide services.
Decisions
of the FCC and state regulatory commissions providing incumbent local exchange
carriers with increased flexibility in how they price their services and with
other regulatory relief, could have a material adverse effect on our business
and that of other competitive local exchange carriers. Future regulatory
provisions may be less favorable to competitive local exchange carriers and
more
favorable to incumbent local exchange carriers and other competitors. If
incumbent local exchange carriers are allowed by regulators to engage in
substantial volume and term discount pricing practices for their end-user
customers, or charge competitive local exchange carriers higher fees for
interconnection to the incumbent local exchange carriers’ networks, our
business, operating results and financial condition could be materially,
adversely affected. Incumbent local exchange carriers may also seek to delay
competitors through legal or regulatory challenges, or by recalcitrant responses
to requirements that they open their markets through interconnection and
unbundling of network elements. Our legal and administrative expenses may be
increased because of our having to actively participate in rate cases filed
by
incumbent local exchange carriers, in which they seek to increase the rates
they
can charge for the unbundled network element platform components. Our
profitability may be adversely affected if those carriers prevail in those
cases. Pending court cases, in which certain provisions of the
Telecommunications Act of 1996 will be conclusively interpreted, may result
in
an increase in our cost of obtaining unbundled network elements.
We
are
also subject to federal and state laws and regulations prohibiting “slamming,”
which occurs when specific procedures are not followed when a customer changes
telecommunications services. Although we attempt to diligently comply with
all
such laws and regulations and have procedures in place to prevent “slamming,” if
violations of such laws and regulations occur, we could become subject to
significant fines and penalties, legal fees and costs, and our business
reputation could be harmed.
Unauthorized
Transactions or Theft of Services
We
may be
the victim of fraud or theft of service. From time to time, callers have
obtained our services without rendering payment by unlawfully using our access
numbers and personal identification numbers. We attempt to manage these theft
and fraud risks through our internal controls and our monitoring and blocking
systems. If these efforts are not successful, the theft of our services may
cause our revenue to decline significantly. To date, we have not encountered
material fraud or theft of our service.
Interests
of Controlling Shareholder
The
1818
Fund III, L.P. holds over 80% of our outstanding common shares. Consequently,
the Fund has the ability to control every issue to come before the shareholders
for vote, including election of directors and certain major corporate
transactions. Circumstances may occur where the interests of the Fund may not
necessarily conform to the interests of the minority shareholders.
Our
liquidity situation may force us to sell assets without any certainty of
improvement in our long-term financial condition.
Because
our cash flow from operations may be insufficient in the long term to fund
our
capital requirements and our access to capital markets may be limited, may
be
forced to sell certain assets.
Sales
of
core assets may lead to loss of revenues generated by these core assets and/or
an increase in operating expenses and may materially reduce our capacity to
generate cash flows. This, in turn, may adversely impact our ability to satisfy
financial obligations as they become due.
Our
allowance for doubtful accounts may not be sufficient to cover uncollectible
accounts.
On
an
ongoing basis, we estimate the amount of customer receivables that we will
not
be able to collect. This allows us to calculate the expected loss on our
receivables for the period we are reporting. Our allowance for doubtful accounts
may underestimate actual unpaid receivables for various reasons, including
adverse changes in our churn rate exceeding our estimates and adverse changes
in
the economy generally exceeding our expectations. If our allowance for doubtful
accounts is insufficient to cover losses on our receivables, our business,
financial position or results of operations could be materially adversely
affected.
Our
integration of Sprint access lines could be unsuccessful or could disrupt the
services we provide to other customers.
Our
purchase of access lines from Sprint and the subsequent termination of our
wholesale business could be unsuccessful. We will pay Sprint on a per-line
basis
for these lines, thereby leaving us wholly at risk for billing, technical,
marketing or other problems associated with integrating these customers into
our
existing base. Furthermore, integration of these customers could cause
management distractions that could result in lower quality of service to our
existing customer base resulting in increased churn.
We
have a limited amount of cash and do not have a line of credit or other
borrowing facility. Any unexpected or additional cash needs may cause the
company to file for bankruptcy protection.
Trinsic
has limited financial resources and currently does not have access to a line
of
credit or other borrowing facility. Should the company require additional
capital beyond its cash balance or amount that it can obtain from its facility
with Thermo Credit, it may be required to file for bankruptcy protection.
Additional capital requirements could be generated by further declining
operating results, our customer failure to pay us, adverse regulatory changes
or
rulings, higher or unexpected capital requirements, an unexpected network
failure or outage, or other items resulting in a cash requirement described
in
this section.
Risks
Relating to Our Stock Price
Fluctuation
in our Stock price
The
market
price of our common stock has not been stable and hasdeclined significantly.
In
2004 and 2005, we issued many additional freely tradable common shares and
effected two reverse stock splits. Moreover, our common stock was delisted
from
the Nasdaq SmallCap Market effective December 14, 2005 and since then it has
been traded on the Over the Counter (“OTC”) Bulletin Board. These transactions
and the delisting may have caused our stock price to fluctuate greatly. The
market price of our common stock could be subject to fluctuations in response
to
factors such as the following, some of which are beyond our control:
· |
quarterly
variations in our operating results;
|
· |
operating
results that vary from the expectations of securities analysts and
investors;
|
· |
changes
in expectations as to our future financial performance, including
financial estimates by securities analysts and investors;
|
· |
changes
in our liquidity that may impact our ability to meet the financial
covenants of our senior bank credit facility and repay our debts;
|
· |
announcements
of technological innovations or new products and services by our
competitors;
|
· |
departures
of key personnel;
|
· |
changes
in laws and regulations;
|
· |
significant
claims or lawsuits;
|
· |
the
limited number of Trinsic shares that can freely be sold in the public
market;
|
· |
announcements
by us or our competitors of significant contracts, acquisitions,
strategic
partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments; and
|
· |
general
economic and competitive
conditions.
|
The
number of shares of our common stock that is freely tradable in the public
market decreased substantially after our reverse stock splits of November 30,
2004 and September 23, 2005. The lack of liquidity in our trading volume could
further depress our stock price.
We
consummated a one for five reverse stock split on November 30, 2004 and a one
for 10 reverse stock split on September 23, 2005 which significantly decreased
the number of our shares outstanding as well as the number of shares available
to freely trade on the public markets . Investors may adversely view this lack
of liquidity and not seek to acquire our common shares. In addition, our stock
price could be significantly adversely affected should a large block of shares
be placed on the market.
Our
common stock was delisted from the Nasdaq SmallCap Market effective December
14,
2005 and is now quoted on the Over the Counter (“OTC”) Bulletin Board.
Our
common
stock was delisted from the Nasdaq SmallCap Market effective December 14, 2005
and is now quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board. Since then, it has become more
difficult to buy and sell our shares and securities analysts and news media
have
lost additional interest in us. Additionally, we may become subject to SEC
rules
that affect “penny stocks,” which are stocks priced below $5.00 per share that
are not quoted on a Nasdaq market. These rules would make it more difficult
for
brokers to find buyers for our shares and could lower the net sales prices
that
our stockholders are able to obtain.
If
our
common stock price remains low, we may not be willing or able to raise equity
capital.
Our
business is capital intensive, and we may contemplate raising equity capital
in
the future. A low stock price may frustrate our doing so, because we may be
unwilling to sell our shares at such prices or investors may not be interested
in a company whose shares are priced so low.
ITEM
1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS None.
ITEM
2. PROPERTIES
We
currently lease our principal executive offices in Tampa, Florida and our
principal engineering offices in Atlanta, Georgia. We own our offices in
Atmore, Alabama. In connection with a loan from The 1818 Fund III, L.P.
(“the Fund”), a related party which is one of a family of funds managed by Brown
Brothers Harriman, we have delivered to the Fund a mortgage on our offices
in
Atmore, Alabama.
Our
enhanced communications services and operational support systems reside in
our
Tampa offices. We estimate the current hardware can support over 1.5
million end user lines. With additional equipment we estimate the maximum
capacity of the facility (because of space constraints) to be approximately
2.0
million lines.
Both
of
our business segments utilize the foregoing offices and facilities.
ITEM
3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
1.
|
|
Master
File Number 21 MC 92; In re Initial Public Offering Securities
Litigation., in the United States District Court for the Southern
District
of New York (filed June 7,
2001)
|
During
June and July 2001, three separate class action lawsuits were filed against
us, certain of our current and former directors and officers (the “D&Os”)
and firms engaged in the underwriting (the “Underwriters”) of our initial public
offering of stock (the “IPO”). The lawsuits, along with approximately 310 other
similar lawsuits filed against other issuers arising out of initial public
offering allocations, have been assigned to a Judge in the United States
District Court for the Southern District of New York for pretrial coordination.
The lawsuits against us have been consolidated into a single action. A
consolidated amended complaint was filed on April 20, 2002. A Second
Corrected Amended Complaint (the “Amended Complaint”), which is the operative
complaint, was filed on July 12, 2002.
The
Amended Complaint is based on the allegations that our registration statement
on
Form S-1, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) in
connection with the IPO, contained untrue statements of material fact and
omitted to state facts necessary to make the statements made not misleading
by
failing to disclose that the underwriters allegedly had received additional,
excessive and undisclosed commissions from, and allegedly had entered into
unlawful tie-in and other arrangements with, certain customers to whom they
allocated shares in the IPO. The plaintiffs in the Amended Complaint assert
claims against us and the D&Os pursuant to Section 11 of the Securities
Act of 1933 and Section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule
10b-5 promulgated by the SEC there under. The plaintiffs in the Amended
Complaint assert claims against the D&Os pursuant to Sections 11 and 15
of the Securities Act of 1933 and Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 10b-5 promulgated by the SEC there under. The
plaintiffs seek an undisclosed amount of damages, as well as pre-judgment and
post-judgment interest, costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees, experts’
fees and other costs and disbursements. Initial discovery has begun. We believe
we are entitled to indemnification from our Underwriters.
A
settlement has been reached by the plaintiffs, the issuers and insurers of
the
issuers. The principal terms of the proposed settlement are (i) a release
of all claims against the issuers and their officers and directors,
(ii) the assignment by the issuers to the plaintiffs of certain claims the
issuers may have against the Underwriters and (iii) an undertaking by the
insurers to ensure the plaintiffs receive not less than $1 billion in connection
with claims against the Underwriters. Hence, under the terms of the proposed
settlement our financial obligations will likely be covered by insurance. To
be
binding the settlement must be approved by the court. The court has given
preliminary, but not final approval of the settlement.
2.
|
|
C.A.
No. 04CH07882, Susan Schad, on behalf of herself and all others
similarly situated, v. Z-Tel Communications, Inc., In the Circuit
Court of
Cook County, Illinois, Illinois County Department, Chancery Division,
filed May 13, 2004;
|
Susan
Schad, on behalf of herself and all others similarly situated, filed a putative
class action lawsuit against Trinsic Communications, Inc. (formerly known as
Z-Tel Communications, Inc.), our wholly-owned subsidiary corporation, on May
13,
2004. The Original Complaint alleged that our subsidiary engaged in a pattern
and practice of deceiving consumers into paying amounts in excess of their
monthly rates by deceptively labeling certain line-item charges as
government-mandated taxes or fees when in fact they were not. The Original
Complaint sought to certify a class of plaintiffs consisting of all persons
or
entities who contracted with Trinsic for telecommunications services and were
billed for particular taxes or regulatory fees. The Original Complaint asserted
a claim under the Illinois Consumer Fraud and Deceptive Businesses Practices
Act
and sought unspecified damages, attorneys’ fees and court costs. On June 22,
2004, we filed a notice of removal in the state circuit court action, removing
the case to the federal district court for the Northern District of Illinois,
Eastern Division, C.A. No. 4 C 4187. On July 26, 2004, Plaintiff filed a motion
to remand the case to the state circuit court. On January 12, 2005, the federal
court granted the motion and remanded the case to the state court. On October
17, 2005, the state court heard argument on Trinsic’s motion to dismiss the
lawsuit and granted that motion, in part with prejudice. The court dismissed
with prejudice the claims relating to the “E911 Tax,” the “Utility Users Tax,”
and the “Communications Service Tax.” The court found that those tax charges
were specifically authorized by state law or local ordinance, and thus cannot
be
the basis of a Consumer Fraud claim. The court also dismissed (but with leave
to
replead) the claims relating to the “Interstate Recovery Fee” and the “Federal
Regulatory Compliance Fee.” The court determined that plaintiff had failed to
allege how she was actually damaged by the allegedly deceptive description
of
the charges. On November 15, 2005, Plaintiff filed a First Amended Class Action
Complaint alleging that Trinsic mislabeled its “Interstate Recovery Fee” and
“Federal Cost Recovery Fee” in supposed violation of the Illinois Consumer Fraud
and Deceptive
Business
Practices Act. As with the Original Complaint, the First Amended Class Action
Complaint seeks damages, fees, costs, and class certification. Trinsic filed
a
further Motion to Dismiss which is now fully briefed and will be heard by the
Court on April 3, 2006. While the partial dismissal with prejudice is a positive
development, and although we believe the plaintiff’s allegations are without
merit and intend to defend the lawsuit vigorously, we cannot predict the outcome
of this litigation with any certainty.
3.
|
|
Case.
No. 0410453, Wilder Corporation of Delaware, Inc. v. Trinsic
Communications, Inc., In the Circuit Court of the Thirteenth Judicial
Circuit in and for Hillsborough County, Florida, Civil Division,
Division
G, filed November 19, 2004
|
On
November 19, 2004, the landlord of our principal Tampa, Florida facility sued
us
seeking a declaration of its rights and obligations under the lease and damages
for breach of contract. We assert that the landlord has failed to provide
certain services in accordance with the lease, including maintenance of air
conditioning and emergency electrical generating systems crucial to our
operations. We have taken steps necessary to provide this maintenance and have
offset the costs of these measures against the rent, which we believe we are
entitled to do under the lease. Thus far we have withheld approximately
$180,000. We also believe we are entitled to reimbursement from the landlord
for
approximately $23,000 in costs associated with improvements to the leased
space.
4.
|
|
Case.
No. 0410441, Beneficial Management Corporation of America. v. Trinsic
Communications, Inc., In the Circuit Court of the Thirteenth Judicial
Circuit in and for Hillsborough County, Florida, Civil Division,
Division
F, filed November 19, 2004
|
On
November 19, 2004, a provider of parking spaces for our Tampa facilities sued
us
for parking fees in excess of $334,300. Pursuant to our lease we are entitled
to
a number of free spaces and we are obligated to pay for additional usage of
parking spaces. We believe the provider has substantially overstated our use
of
the spaces. We expect to resolve this dispute.
ITEM
4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITIES HOLDERS
None.
PART
II
ITEM
5. MARKET FOR OUR COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
MARKET
INFORMATION
Our
common
shares began trading on the OTC Bulletin Board under the symbol "TRIN"
on
December 14, 2005. Before that our shares traded on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market.
The
following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the range of high and
low
closing sale prices for the common shares, as reported on the Nasdaq SmallCap
Market and the OTC Bulletin Board. Over-the-counter market quotations reflect
inter-dealer prices, without retail mark-up, mark-down or commission and may
not
necessarily represent actual transactions. Prices have been adjusted to give
retroactive effect to a one for five reverse stock split consummated on November
30, 2004 and a one for 10 reverse stock split consummated on September 23,
2005.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
HIGH
|
|
LOW
|
FISCAL
YEAR 2004:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First
Quarter
|
|
$
|
230.00
|
|
|
$
|
103.50
|
|
Second
Quarter
|
|
$
|
141.50
|
|
|
$
|
63.50
|
|
Third
Quarter
|
|
$
|
67.50
|
|
|
$
|
15.00
|
|
Fourth
Quarter
|
|
$
|
39.00
|
|
|
$
|
12.00
|
|
FISCAL
YEAR 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First
Quarter
|
|
$
|
18.10
|
|
|
$
|
5.00
|
|
Second
Quarter
|
|
$
|
5.90
|
|
|
$
|
2.20
|
|
Third
Quarter
|
|
$
|
5.70
|
|
|
$
|
1.20
|
|
Fourth
Quarter
|
|
$
|
1.93
|
|
|
$
|
.52
|
|
HOLDERS
As
of
March 14, 2006, there were approximately 420 registered holders of our common
stock.
DIVIDENDS
We
have
not paid dividends on our common stock since our inception and do not intend
to
pay any cash dividends for the foreseeable future but instead intend to retain
earnings, if any, for the future operation and expansion of our business. Any
determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our
Board of Directors and will be dependent upon our results of operations, our
financial condition, restrictions imposed by applicable law and other factors
deemed relevant by the Board of Directors.
SECURITIES
AUTHORIZED FOR ISSUANCE UNDER EQUITY COMPENSATION PLANS
Plan
category
|
Number
of securities
|
Weighted-average
|
Number
of securities
|
|
to
be issued upon
|
exercise
price of
|
remaining
available
|
|
exercise
of
|
outstanding
options,
|
for
future issuance
|
|
outstanding
options,
|
warrants
and rights
|
under
equity
|
|
warrants
and rights
|
|
compensation
plans
|
|
|
|
(excluding
securities
|
|
|
|
reflected
in column a)
|
|
(a)
|
(b)
|
(c)
|
|
|
|
|
Equity
compensation
|
|
|
|
plans
approved by
|
|
|
|
security
holders (1)
|
72,588
|
$232.24
|
446,398
(2)(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity
compensation
|
|
|
|
plans
not approved by
|
|
|
|
security
holders
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
----------
|
|
----------
|
Total
|
72,588
====
|
|
446,398
=====
|
(1)
We
have three equity participation plans approved by security holders: the 1998
Equity Participation Plan, the 2000 Equity Participation Plan and the 2004
Stock
Incentive Plan. The 1998 Plan was terminated in 2000, but stock options under
that plan remain outstanding.
(2)
Restricted stock, dividend equivalents, deferred stock and stock appreciation
rights may be awarded under our equity participation plans in addition to option
grants.
(3)
Unless
the board of directors sets a lesser number, the aggregate number of shares
of
common stock subject to our 2000 Equity Participation Plan increases
automatically on the first day of each fiscal year by a number of shares equal
to the lesser of (i) 6,000 or (ii) 6% of the outstanding common shares on that
date.
ITEM
6. SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
HISTORY
OF OPERATIONS
We
were
founded in January of 1998. In our first year of operations, we focused
primarily on research and development activities, recruiting personnel,
purchasing operating assets, and developing our service offerings and marketing
plans. In the fourth quarter of 1998 we launched our first service offering
composed of an access card to make long-distance calls from any phone coupled
with enhanced services, such as voice mail, “Find-me” call forwarding, and
community messaging. In 1998 our revenues totaled $0.1 million.
During
June of 1999 we launched our residential service offering in New York. This
is
our bundled telecommunications service providing integrated local, long-distance
and enhanced services targeted at residential customers. Our revenues for 1999
increased to $6.6 million.
On
December 15, 1999, we filed our initial public offering of 1.4 million shares.
This offering resulted in net proceeds to us of approximately $109.1 million.
This offering provided us with the opportunity, at the potential expense of
profitability, to accelerate our investments in the building of our network,
the
continuation of our research and development, the acceleration of sales and
marketing activities, and the development of our administrative infrastructure.
We purchased Touch 1 Communications, Inc. ("Touch 1") in April 2000 in an effort
to facilitate our planned growth. These investments lead to our revenues growing
to $177.7 million in 2000. Nevertheless, these investments also significantly
increased our operating and cash expenditures.
This
growth was slowed during 2001 as we moved our focus from growth to operating
profitability. We focused on lowering customer acquisition costs, improving
operating efficiencies, and attracting and maintaining a higher quality
customer, which initiatives resulted in a charge of $29.9 million relating
to
the write-off of certain accounts receivables and a $59.2 million impairment
of
assets relating to the sale of certain assets, primarily telemarketing centers.
We also experienced a reduction in overall headcount in 2001 through a workforce
reduction, attrition and the sale of the majority of the operations and assets
of the telemarketing centers that we acquired in 2000. In 2001, we had revenues
of $280.4 million and incurred a net loss of $146.1 million compared to a net
loss of $88.0 million in 2000.
We
continued our focus on operating improvement and cash management during 2002.
We
also decided to diversify our services and revenues streams by offering
wholesale services to other telephone companies. We signed a contract with
MCI
WorldCom Communications, Inc. ("MCI") at the end of the first quarter of 2002.
We recorded $238.4 million of revenues and net loss of $19.6 million during
2002. Our wholesale services represented 12.9% of total reported revenues for
the year ended December 31, 2002.
Although
the results of 2003 appear to be very similar to those reported for 2002, there
were several significant changes that occurred during 2003. We signed an
agreement with Sprint Communications, LP (“Sprint”) in February of 2003. This
agreement provided us with a wholesale customer that grew to nearly 300,000
lines in the first 10 months of our relationship. This agreement provided
significant positive cash and operating results and helped mitigate the negative
impact of the loss of the MCI wholesale agreement that was terminated in October
of 2003. The MCI wholesale contract had a large amount of uncertainty due to
MCI’s bankruptcy proceedings. We also invested in a large amount of sales and
marketing during the first half of 2003 to help increase our retail lines.
After
assessing the results of these efforts and the increased competition and pricing
pressure that has continued to occur in the residential telephone market we
decided to shift our growth initiatives to our business and wholesale services
during the second half of 2003.
During
2004, in anticipation of changes in the telecommunications marketplace and
also
in anticipation of possible negative regulatory rulings regarding UNE-P, we
began deploying our own facilities-based network in selected areas for Voice
over Internet Protocol (“VoIP”) services. Subsequent to a change of
management that occurred in the third quarter of 2004, several actions were
initiated to improve the overall operating cash flow of the company. The
most significant was a change in company direction that reduced the focus on
enhanced services technology development and increased the focus on building
our
customer base, revenue streams and continuing VoIP deployment plans.
Related to these improvements, we also began hiring experienced sales teams
that
would be able to effectively sell existing and new product offerings to the
small to mid-size business market in areas to be serviced by this network.
By the end of 2004, we had deployed Cisco based network facilities in Tampa,
Orlando and Atlanta and were aggressively working toward deployment in New
York. In addition, we enacted a reduction in personnel costs in September
and October 2004 (see Note 15 of notes to financial statements) to better align
the company’s cost structure with the company’s new direction.
Despite
successful deployment of network facilities and sales teams, capital limitations
restricted our ability to grow our VoIP based business in 2005. To conserve
capital, Trinsic discontinued VoIP operations in the Atlanta, Orlando and Miami
markets in late spring and early summer of 2005 and concentrated its resources
on expanding its VoIP in the New York and Tampa markets. In the residential
UNE-P market, Trinsic focused its efforts on maintaining its existing customer
base. Telemarketing activities were suspended in January 2005 and independent
sales agents and referrals became the primary sales channels. In September
2005,
Trinsic entered into an Agreement for Purchase and Sale of Customer Access
Lines
with Sprint Communications Company, L.P. which would increase Trinsic’s
residential and business UNE-P subscriber base by approximately 120,000
customers. When fully executed, the purchase would result in Trinsic becoming
the retail service provider for those Sprint end users previously serviced
through Trinsic’s wholesale contract with Sprint.
The
purchase and transfer of approximately 90% of the Sprint lines were completed
in
February 2006. The Company expects to complete the purchase of the remaining
lines during the second quarter of 2006 when certain regulatory approvals are
granted at which time Trinsic’s wholesale operations will be closed. In March
2006, Trinsic initiated a workforce reduction that eliminated the VoIP sales
teams in Tampa and New York to further conserve capital. Trinsic continues
to
actively serve existing customers in these areas but has suspended new sales
at
this point in time. Also in March 2006, Trinsic entered into an agreement with
a
Georgia
based company, to sell Trinsic’s UNE-P residential and business customers in the
BellSouth territories. This sale and transfer is expected to take place in
the second
quarter of 2006. The sale of these lines will generate cash which is intended
to
be used to reduce outstanding liabilities and will allow Trinsic to concentrate
activity in higher margin territories.
The
following selected historical consolidated financial data have been derived
from
our consolidated financial statements and should be read in conjunction with
the
financial statements, related notes and other financial information contained
in
this document. You should also read "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations," presented later in this
document. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of future results.
Significant
items impacting results
(1) |
We
recorded a $1.1 and $59.2 million expense related to impaired assets
in
2002 and 2001, respectively. This expense
|
was
the
result of management's decision to reduce various customer growth initiatives,
most notably telemarketing activity levels. In 2001, a majority of the
operations and assets of telemarketing centers acquired from Touch 1 were either
voluntarily closed or sold. In addition to the goodwill impairment of $54.9
million, we recorded a $4.3 million charge associated with the impairment of
assets, composed of $3.0 million relating to unrealizable software and
development projects, $0.9 million of a worthless telemarketing property and
equipment, and $0.4 million of securities deemed to be worthless. As a result
of
management's decision in the second quarter of 2002 to enhance future cash
flow
and operating earnings, we closed the remaining call centers in North Dakota
and
recorded a $1.1 million asset impairment. We also incurred restructuring charges
as a result of this decision during 2002 as discussed in item (5).
(2) |
Included
in the 2001 general and administrative expense was a write-off of
accounts
receivable that resulted in $29.9 million of additional bad debt
expense.
|
(3) |
During
2000, we issued Series D and E preferred stock for approximately
$56.3
million and $50.0 million, respectively. During 2001 we issued Series
G
preferred stock for approximately $17.5 million.
|
(4) |
During
2002, we began to provide our services on a wholesale basis. We recorded
start-up costs for developing this new service offering of approximately
$1.0 million. All wholesale related costs after our initial wholesale
services contract signed on March 20, 2002 are included in the operating
expenses line items, rather than being segregated.
|
(5) |
During
2004, in support of efforts to improve our future cash flows and
operating
earnings and to consolidate operations, we recorded restructuring
charges
which included termination benefits in connection with reductions
in force
as well as the write-off of certain assets. In 2005, we initiated
a
reduction in force which terminated the employment of approximately
107 of
our employees. We incurred a one-time charge during April of approximately
$0.5 million consisting primarily of post termination wages, salaries
and
the associated payroll taxes, net of vacation expense already accrued
for
these employees.
|
(6) |
During
2002, we received a $9.0 million retroactive rate reduction for the
unbundled network elements from Verizon as a result of a settlement
with
the New York Public Service Commission.
|
(7) |
In
November 2004, we consummated an exchange of our common stock for
our
three outstanding series of convertible preferred
stock.
|
ITEM
7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
You
should
read the following discussion together with the "Selected Consolidated Financial
Data," financial statements and related notes included in this document. This
discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and
uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those projected
in
the forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including, but
not limited to, those discussed in "Item 1. Business," as well as "Cautionary
Statements Regarding Forward-Looking Statements," and Item 1A. Risk Factors
below, and other factors relating to our business and us that are not historical
facts. Factors that may affect our results of operations include, but are not
limited to, our limited operating history and cumulative losses, access to
asset-based financing, uncertainty of customer demand, rapid expansion,
potential software failures and errors, potential network and interconnection
failure, dependence on local exchange carriers, dependence on third party
vendors, success and profitability of our wholesale services, dependence on
key
personnel, uncertainty of government regulation, legal and regulatory
uncertainties, and competition. We disclaim any obligation to update information
contained in any forward-looking statement.
OVERVIEW
We
offer
local and long distance telephone services in combination with enhanced
communication features accessible through the telephone or the Internet. These
features include Personal Voice Assistant ("PVA"), "Find-Me", "Notify-Me",
caller identification, call waiting and speed dialing. PVA allows users to
store
contacts in a virtual address book and then access and utilize that information
by voice from any telephone. PVA users can also send voice e-mails. We are
an
emerging provider of advanced, integrated telecommunications services targeted
to residential and business customers. We have successfully deployed Cisco
soft
switches in the Tampa and New York City markets. In addition to providing our
services on a retail basis, we are also providing these services on a wholesale
basis. Our wholesale services provide other companies the ability to utilize
our
telephone exchange services, enhanced services platform, infrastructure and
back-office operations to provide services to retail and business customers
on a
private label basis. For management purposes, we are organized into two
reportable operating segments: retail services and wholesale services. The
nature of our business is rapidly evolving, and we have a limited operating
history.
Economic
and Industry-Wide Factors
The
overall telecommunication industry is experiencing an enormous amount of
competition. Although telecommunications has always been relatively competitive,
competitive pressures are even further intensifying, as incumbent and new
providers continue to undercut each other in price while offering more and
new
services. In order to promote new services, providers usually provide immediate
discounts and enticements to join and this generally makes prospective customers
more willing to switch telecommunication providers and experiment with new
service offerings. The industry is also receiving entrants from other
industries, which is creating various bundling and pricing options for
customers. Not only are end user prices generally decreasing, but customers
are
also receiving more minutes, features, options, and partnering advantages than
has been typically available in the past. The industry is also experiencing
increased churn as service providers in the wireline, wireless, VoIP, cable,
internet, satellite, and other markets compete for and in some cases cannibalize
each-other’s customer bases with various marketing and partnering opportunities.
The overlapping of markets is also driving the desire of companies to be the
sole provider of services across many communication markets, which provides
an
additional incentive to customers to stay with the provider to earn discounts
for receiving multiple services.
On
December 15, 2004, the FCC ruled that incumbent local exchange carriers are
no
longer required to provide Trinsic and other competitive telephone companies
access to unbundled analog switching - a key component of the Unbundled Network
Element Platform combination of elements, or UNE-P, which is how we have
historically and currently provide services to the vast majority of our
customers. This FCC Triennial
Review Remand Order also
limited our ability to access unbundled high-capacity loops and dedicated
transport in many urban and suburban locations. This order will have a material
adverse effect on our business. Several parties have petitioned the FCC to
reconsider certain aspects of the order and other parties have filed court
appeals of the FCC decision in federal court. To offset this uncertainty and
the
restrictions imposed by the FCC, we have signed commercial services agreements
with BellSouth, Qwest, Verizon and SBC Communications (now AT&T) that will
continue to allow us to provide retail services utilizing a UNE-P type product
to new customers.
CRITICAL
ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES
Our
discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations
are
based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared
in
accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States
of
America ("GAAP"). The preparation of these financial statements requires us
to
make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets,
liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets
and liabilities. On an on-going basis, we evaluate our critical accounting
policies and estimates, including those related to revenue recognition, disputed
payables related to network operations expense, valuation of accounts
receivable, property, plant and equipment, long-lived and intangible assets,
restructuring reserves, tax related accruals and contingencies. We base our
estimates on experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to
be
reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for
making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are
not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may materially differ
from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.
We
believe
the following critical accounting policies affect the more significant judgments
and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.
Revenue
Recognition. Revenues
are recognized when earned. Revenues related to long distance and carrier access
service charges are billed monthly in arrears, and the associated revenues
are
recognized in the month when services are provided. Charges for our bundled
services are billed monthly in advance and we recognize revenues for these
services ratably over the service period. Revenues from installations and
activation activities are deferred and recognized over twelve months.
We
began
offering wholesale services during 2002. This service offering includes fees
for
services provided according to certain per line, per minute and other certain
activities as defined in our agreements and also the payments of providing
telephone exchange, vendor and personnel expenses. We perform a review of each
contract and determine the appropriate timing of revenue recognition depending
on the facts and circumstances of each individual item within the contract.
We
use the gross method to record our revenues for wholesale services. This method
involves the recording of revenues for items that we are directly reimbursed
by
our wholesale customer with an offsetting expense reported in the appropriate
operating expense line.
Disputed
Payables Related to Network Operations and General and Administrative Expense.
Network
operations expenses are primarily charges from the ILECs for the leasing of
their lines, utilizing the UNE-P, made available to us as a result of the
Telecommunication Act of 1996, and long distance and other charges from
inter-exchange carriers ("IXCs"). We record certain charges such as up-front
set-up fees, incorrect dispatch, and change and modification charges in the
general and administrative expense line item. We typically have disputed
billings with IXCs and ILECs as a matter of normal business operations. Certain
of these disputed amounts are recorded as an expense at the time of dispute,
but
we do not pay any of our disputes until they are resolved and it is determined
that we indeed owe part or all of the dispute. Our disputes are for various
reasons including but not
limited
to
incorrect billing rates, alternatively billed services, duplicate billing
errors, and costs associated with line loss. This pricing is subject to both
state and federal oversight and therefore, our pricing is subject to change.
Any
such change could have a material impact on our business.
Management
recognizes as disputes any previously disputed billing that is continued to
be
presented as a past-due amount on invoices that we receive. This approach
results in the disclosure of certain disputes that management does not believe
are of a significant risk to the company, primarily due to the age and/or the
dispute, but believe are appropriate to disclose the amounts as they have not
been resolved and continue to be billed to us as past-due amounts.
Valuation
of Accounts Receivable.
Considerable judgment is required to assess the ultimate realization of
receivables, including assessing the probability of collection and the current
credit-worthiness of our customers. We regularly analyze our approach as we
gain
additional experience or new events and information are identified to determine
if any change to our methodology is warranted. Our current allowance methodology
is based upon an ongoing analysis of customer payment trends. Additionally,
we
have performed liquidation and other collection analyses to make necessary
changes in reporting our accounts receivable in a reasonable and prudent
fashion.
Property,
Plant and Equipment.
Changes
in technology or changes in the intended use of property, plant and equipment
may cause the estimated period of use or the value of these assets to change.
We
utilize straight-line depreciation for property and equipment. We perform an
annual analysis to confirm the appropriateness of estimated economic useful
lives for each category of current property, plant and equipment. Estimates
and
assumptions are used in both setting depreciable lives for various asset classes
and in testing for recoverability. These estimates and assumptions require
considerable judgment.
Tax
Related Accruals.
Our
estimates of deferred and current income taxes and the significant items giving
rise to the deferred assets and liabilities are shown in footnote 16 “Income
Taxes” to our consolidated financial statements. These reflect our assessment of
actual current and future estimated income taxes to be paid on items reflected
in the financial statements, giving consideration to both timing and probability
of actual realization. Currently we have placed a 100% valuation allowance
on
all deferred tax assets. A valuation allowance is provided against the future
benefits of deferred tax assets due to our history of operating losses. We
also
are subject to various tax audits from various federal, state, and local
jurisdictions and make estimates based on available information and after
consultation with experts, where necessary. We believe that our estimates are
reasonable; however, they may change materially in the future due to new
developments.
Contingencies.
We are
subject to proceedings, lawsuits, audits and other claims related to lawsuits
and other legal and regulatory proceedings that arise in the ordinary course
of
business. We are required to assess the likelihood of any adverse judgments
or
outcomes to these matters as well as potential ranges of probable losses. A
determination of the amount of loss accrual required, if any, for these
contingencies are made after careful analysis of each individual issue. We
consult with legal counsel and other experts where necessary in connection
with
our assessment of any contingencies. The required accrual for any such
contingency may change materially in the future due to new developments in
each
matter.
The
following discussion of results of operations is by business segment. Management
evaluates the performance of each business unit based on segment results,
exclusive of adjustments for unusual items that may arise. Unusual items are
transactions or events that are included in our reported consolidated results,
but are excluded from segment results due to their non-recurring or
non-operational nature. See our segment footnote to our consolidated financial
statements for a reconciliation of segmented results to the consolidated
financial information.
Revenues
Two
significant drivers impact our revenues: number of lines in service and average
(monthly) revenue per unit (“ARPU”). The more significant driver impacting our
changes in revenue is the number of lines in service. The table below provides
a
detailed break-down of our lines:
ARPU
provides us with a business measure as to the average monthly revenue generation
attributable to each line in service, by business segment. ARPU is calculated
by
taking total revenues over a period divided by the number of months in the
period to calculate the average revenue per month and this total is divided
by
the average lines in service. We use this measure when analyzing our retail
services businesses, but not when assessing our wholesale services business
for
reasons discussed earlier in this section under the Critical Accounting Policies
and Estimates within the Revenue Recognition section. The following table
provides a detail of our ARPU:
· |
ARPU
increased in 2005 as compared to 2004 due to a residential price
increase
during the second quarter of 2005.
|
· |
ARPU
decreased in 2004, primarily due to access fee revenue declines.
These are
charges that we bill to other carriers for carrying their traffic
to our
customers.
|
Retail
Segment
· |
During
2005, the decrease in retail revenue of $22.7 million as compared
to 2004,
was primarily the result of the decline in residential UNE-P
lines.
|
· |
During
2004, the decrease in retail revenue of $34.3 million as compared
to 2003,
was primarily the result of the decline in residential UNE-P lines
and
access fee revenue declines.
|
.
During
the
first half of 2003, we were almost exclusively focused on growing our
residential services to the exclusion of any of our other lines of business.
In
2004, management made the decision to slow the growth of residential lines
over
the second half of the year through the fourth quarter of 2004, and to redirect
sales and marketing investment to the newly formed business services
line
of
business, as well as to the new wholesale services partnership with Sprint.
In
2005, despite successful deployment of network facilities and sales teams,
capital limitations restricted our ability to grow our VoIP based business.
To
conserve capital, we discontinued VoIP operations in the Atlanta, Orlando and
Miami markets in late spring and early summer of 2005 and concentrated our
resources on expanding VoIP in the New York and Tampa markets. In the
residential UNE-P market, we focused our efforts on maintaining our existing
customer base.
The
company’s expects its revenue to decline in 2006. The expected decrease is
the result of the anticipated sale of access lines to BellSouth, termination
of
the company’s wholesale operations, and normal attrition of the remaining
customer base. The decrease should be partially offset by acquisition of
access lines from Sprint.
Wholesale
Segment
· |
In
2005, Sprint was our only wholesale customer. Lines in service dropped
significantly during 2005, explaining the decrease in wholesale revenue
from 2004 to 2005.
|
· |
In
February 2004, we signed a wholesale services agreement with Working
Assets Funding Services, Inc. In January 2005, Working Assets ceased
to
offer retail services to these customers and all remaining customers
at
that time became customers of Trinsic Communications, Inc.
|
· |
Our
wholesale agreement with Sprint was originally signed in February
of 2003,
replacing our previous wholesale agreement with MCI which was terminated
as of October 15, 2003.
|
On
February 1, 2006 we acquired 96,151 UNE-P local access lines from Sprint, for
which we previously provided services on a wholesale basis. We acquired the
lines pursuant to a definitive agreement dated October 25, 2005. As a result
of
this transaction, we will no longer have a wholesale business and we will
discontinue segment reporting.
Network
Operations
Our
network operations expense primarily consists of fixed and variable transmission
expenses for the leasing of the UNE-P components from the ILECs, domestic and
international charges from service level agreements with IXCs, and the USF
and
certain other regulatory charges. The following table shows the break-down
by
segment of network operations expense:
The
following table shows the break-down by type of network operations
expense:
· |
During
2005, network operations expense decreased for residential and wholesale
services as compared to 2004, primarily due to the decrease in lines
in
service. Although the number of business lines decreased as well,
the
network operations expense increased due to increases in ILEC
fees.
|
· |
During
2004, network operations expense decreased by $19.4 million as compared
to
2003 for residential and 1+ long distance services; this is the result
of
the decrease in average lines year over year from approximately 323,000
to
223,000. Network operations expense increased for bundled business
services from $2.1 million to $10.1 million in 2004 as compared to
2003
because the average lines in service increased from approximately
8,000 in
2003 to approximately 47,000 in 2004.
|
We
also
analyze the average expense per unit (“AEPU”) for network operations, similar to
the ARPU calculation for revenues. AEPU is calculated by taking total network
operations expense over a period divided by the number of months in the period
to calculate the average expense per month and this total is divided by the
average lines in service. The following details AEPU for network operations
expense.
· |
During
2005, AEPU increased for both residential and business services.
This is
primarily the result of rate increases associated with the FCC’s UNE-P
ruling effective March 11, 2005 and our commercial services
agreements.
|
· |
During
2004, AEPU increased on the residential side and decreased on the
business
side. These fluctuations are the net result of four offsetting factors:
(1) increased usage as a result of our residential customers choosing
our
unlimited product which generally results in increased domestic
long-distance charges; (2) changes in per line costs as our customer
base
continues to become more geographically diverse resulting in some
changes
to the average cost experienced as a result of having more lines
in higher
or lower priced UNE-P states and zones; (3) our auditing and analysis
of
network operations and improving the synchronization of our billing
systems to help reduce network costs on a per unit basis; and (4)
changes
in ILEC rates.
|
We
expect
network operations expense to increase in 2006 as we plan for rate increases
associated with our commercial services agreements with the ILECs as well as
increases in the retail segment with the acquisition of Sprint lines in early
2006.
Retail
Segment
The
following table provides a detail of network operations expense as a percentage
of revenues by the respective revenue types. This table excludes an analysis
of
wholesale services because management does not look at this measure, given
that
network expenses related to wholesale services are intended to be zero-margin
direct cost pass-through in nature.
· |
During
2005, network operations expense as a percentage of revenues increased
for
bundled residential, business and 1+ long distance services as compared
to
the prior year. The changes are a direct result of rate increases
associated with the FCC’s UNE-P ruling effective March 11, 2005 and our
commercial services agreements with Qwest, Verizon, SBC Communications
and
Bellsouth.
|
· |
In
2004, network operations expense related to bundled business services
and
1+ long distance services as a percentage of revenues decreased primarily
as a result of continued geographical dispersion of customers to
less
expensive pricing zones and states and our auditing and analysis
of
network operations. Network operations expense related to bundled
residential services as a percentage of revenues increased due to
increased usage related to unlimited product offerings, increased
ILEC
rates and changes in geographic distribution of our customer
base.
|
Wholesale
Segment
· |
During
2005, network operations expense from the wholesale segment decreased
by
$15.5 million from 2004. This is mostly attributable to the significant
decrease in wholesale lines during
2005.
|
· |
During
2004, network operations expense from the wholesale segment was $37.0
million, the same as it was for 2003. As stated in the revenue paragraph,
Sprint decided to become the customer of record for billing purposes
from
the ILECs. This caused a decrease to the network operations expense
which
was offset by the increase of network operations expenses associated
with
approximately 137,000 additional lines in service for the year ended
December 31, 2004.
|
Sales
and Marketing
The
sales
and marketing expense primarily consists of telemarketing, direct mail, brand
awareness advertising and independent sales representative commissions and
salaries and benefits paid to employees engaged in sales and marketing
activities. The following table shows the break-down by segment of sales and
marketing expense:
· |
In
2005, sales and marketing expense decreased by $7.6 million as compared
to
2004. This was mainly due to a decrease in sales commissions. Decreases
were also experienced in direct mail, advertising and marketing expenses
as we began to focus on maintaining our current customer base and
not
actively marketing to new
customers.
|
· |
The
increase in sales and marketing expense during 2004 as compared to
2003
was primarily due to the additional sales teams we added to begin
selling
our new VoIP products. We also increased direct mail campaigns during
2004
as compared to the prior year. These increases were largely offset
by a
significant decrease in advertising expense.
|
Retail
Segment
· |
In
2005, sales commissions for new accounts decreased by $4.9 million
as
compared to 2004. Advertising expenses decreased by $0.8 million
and
direct mail and marketing expenses each decreased by $0.5 million
as
compared to 2004.
|
The
remaining decrease of $0.7 million was mainly due to decreases in recurring
commissions, payroll and related expenses and telemarketing
expenses.
· |
During
2004, we hired additional sales and marketing personnel which increased
sales and marketing expense by $3.9 million. We also increased direct
mail
campaigns by approximately $1.0 million as compared to 2003. These
increases were offset by a decrease in advertising expense of $3.7
million. The additional increase was due to increased commissions
and
marketing expense, offset by decreased strategic partnership and
telemarketing expense.
|
Wholesale
Segment
We
are not
actively seeking any new wholesale relationships at this time, therefore our
sales and marketing expense is nominal for all periods presented.
General
and Administrative
General
and administrative expense primarily consists of employee salaries and benefits,
outsourced services, bad debt expense, billing and collection costs, occupancy
costs, legal and provisioning costs. The following table shows the break-down
by
segment of general and administrative expense:
Over
the
last two years, we have improved our operating costs and overall operations,
which has contributed to improved per line administrative cost factors.
Decreases in lines in service, especially in the retail segment, have directly
impacted our general and administrative needs, causing a significant reduction
in many of the expense line items listed below.
The
decrease of $37.6 million in general and administrative expenses in 2005 as
compared to 2004 is best explained by decreases in the following line
items:
· |
Payroll
and related expenses - $14.4
million
|
· |
Billing
and collection fees - $6.3 million
|
· |
Set-up
fees from the ILECs to establish service for new customers - $5.6
million
|
· |
Consulting
and contract development fees - $4.9
million
|
· |
Insurance
expenses - $3.5 million
|
· |
Legal
fees - $2.6 million
|
· |
Provisioning
usage charges - $1.9 million
|
· |
Incorrect
dispatch fees - $1.5 million
|
· |
Other
items including tax and license expense, rent expense and travel
expense -
$10.9. million
|
These
decreases were partially offset by increases in:
· |
Bad
debt expense - $7.8 million
|
· |
Software
development expense (less was capitalized in 2005) - $1.7
million
|
· |
ILEC
performance credits for failure to meet certain service levels -
$1.1
million
|
· |
Other
miscellaneous items - $3.4 million
|
During
2004, general and administrative expenses decreased by $13.4 million as compared
to 2003. This is best explained by decreases in the following line
items:
· |
Payroll
and related expenses - $8.5 million
|
· |
Bad
debt expense - $7.1 million
|
· |
Set-up
fees from the ILECs to establish service for new customers - $4.0
million
|
· |
Contract
development costs - $3.3 million
|
These
decreases were partially offset by increases in the following:
· |
ILEC
performance credits for failure to meet certain service levels -
$3.2
million
|
· |
Sales
and use tax expense - $3.1 million
|
· |
Provisioning
usage charges - $1.3 million
|
· |
Other
items including professional and consulting fees, legal fees, collections
fees and incorrect dispatch expense - $1.9 million
|
We
anticipate general and administrative expenditures will decrease in total into
the future as management continues to rationalize its operating cost structure.
We will continue to evaluate our operations for efficiencies and our employee
staffing requirements as they relate to increased efficiencies or needs to
expand or outsource services. We expect to see continued improvements to the
reductions of general and administrative expense as a percentage of total
reported revenue in 2006 relative to 2005.
Retail
Segment
· |
The
overall decrease in general and administrative expense for the year
ended
December 31, 2005 was primarily the result of decreases in payroll
related
expenses, billing and collection fees, set-up fees from the ILECs
to
establish service for new customers and consulting and contract
development fees. These decreases were slightly offset by increases
in bad
debt expense, software development expense and ILEC
credits.
|
· |
General
and administrative expense decreased $14.4 million for the year ended
December 31, 2004 as compared to the prior year. The largest decreases
occurred in payroll and related expenses and bad debt expense. Additional
decreases occurred in contract development and billing expense. These
decreases were slightly offset by increases in ILEC credits and tax
expenses.
|
Wholesale
Segment
The
significant components of this expense are very similar to the administrative
expenses incurred on the retail side of our business; however, we only isolate
as wholesale expense those expenses that are directly associated with our
wholesale services activity. Therefore, we have not allocated any indirect
or
corporate (i.e. traditional overhead) expenses, such as employee benefits,
occupancy expenses, insurance expenses or other similar expenses to the
wholesale services business segment. These expenses are all currently included
in the retail services segment.
· |
In
2005, general and administrative expense decreased by $16.6 million
as a
result of the decrease in wholesale lines in service. The expenses
primarily responsible for the decrease are billing and collection
expenses, payroll related expenses and ILEC set-up fees to establish
service for new customers.
|
· |
The
increase in general and administrative expense during 2004 is a direct
result of increased wholesale lines in service from growth attributable
to
our agreement with Sprint. Specifically, these expenses include increased
payroll expense, the outsourcing of certain functions to limit our
cost
exposure and increased non-recurring provisioning expenses to establish
service for our wholesale
customers.
|
Depreciation
and Amortization
· |
Depreciation
and amortization expense decreased $8.3 million during the year ended
December 31, 2005, as compared to the prior years. The decrease was
the
result of decreased capital spending.
|
· |
In
2004, depreciation and amortization expense decreased $3.6 million
as
compared to 2003 due to decreased capital spending and increased
asset
disposals.
|
Interest
and Other Income
Interest
and other income consists of interest charged to our bundled residential and
business customers for not paying their bills on time and income from interest
earned on our cash balances.
· |
Interest
and other income increased $6.1 million during 2005 as compared to
2004.
This is attributable to $6 million of
|
lawsuit
proceeds from our settelement with SBC Communications, Inc. and several of
its
subsidiaries, as described in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
in
our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
2004.
· |
Interest
and other income increased $0.8 million in 2004 as compared to the
prior
year. The increase was primarily the result of interest charged to
our
customers related to delinquencies.
|
Interest
and Other Expense
Interest
and other expense includes late fees for vendor payments, discount fees related
to our accounts receivable financing facility with Thermo, interest related
to
our asset based loan with Textron and our standby credit facility, capital
leases and our other debt obligations.
· |
Interest
and other expense increased $3.2 million in 2005 as compared to 2004.
This
was primarily attributable to the discount fees we paid to Thermo
as well
as an increased balance in our standby credit facility during the
first
half of 2005.
|
· |
The
increase in interest and other expense during 2004 as compared to
2003 was
primarily attributable to the interest we incurred on our asset based
loan
with Textron and our standby credit facility, as well as an increase
in
late fees for vendor payments.
|
Income
Tax Benefit
· |
No
provision for federal or state income taxes has been recorded due
to the
full valuation allowance recorded against the net deferred tax asset
for
the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003.
|
Net
Loss Attributable to Common Stockholders
· |
Our
net loss attributable to common stockholders improved $92.1 million
for
the year ended December 31, 2005 as compared to the prior year. Components
of this decrease were discussed above; however, $72.9 million of
the
decrease was attributable to the preferred stock dividends and accretion
and the beneficial conversion feature recorded during
2004.
|
· |
Net
loss attributable to common stockholders increased by $72.7 million
during
2004 as compared to 2003. In addition to the increase in our operating
loss discussed above, $57.6 million was attributable to the preferred
stock conversion. This amount represents 80% of the fair value of
the
incremental consideration given to the preferred share holders in
order to
effect the conversion.
|
Restructuring
Charge
· |
On
April 6, 2005, we initiated a reduction in force which terminated
the
employment of 107 of our employees. The restructuring costs were
considered a “One-Time Termination Benefit” and as such were recorded as a
liability at the communication date of April 6, 2005 in accordance
with
SFAS No. 146 “Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal
Activities.” We incurred a one-time charge of approximately $0.5 million
consisting primarily of post termination wages, salaries and the
associated payroll taxes, net of vacation expense already accrued
for
these employees. Substantially all of these post termination wages
were
paid within 30 days following the reduction in
force.
|
· |
In
June 2004, we approved and implemented a restructuring to improve
our
future cash flows and operating earnings. The restructuring included
a
reduction in work force. The restructuring charge included termination
benefits in connection with the reduction in force of 102 employees
and
was recorded in accordance with SFAS 146 at the communication date
of June
8, 2004. The total charge taken in the second quarter of 2004 was
$0.8
million, the majority of which was paid in full by the end of August
2004.
|
· |
In
September 2004, we approved and implemented a restructuring based
on the
change in management that occurred on August 25, 2004 and the subsequent
change in business focus. The restructuring included a reduction
in force
of 152 employees and a write-off of certain assets recorded in accordance
with SFAS No. 146 . The restructuring costs were considered a “One-Time
Termination Benefit” and recognized at the communication date of September
1, 2004. The total charge taken in the third quarter of 2004 was
approximately $3.2 million.
|
· |
In
October 2004, we approved and implemented an additional restructuring
related to 44 employees in conjunction with the consolidation of
certain
operations in our Atlanta and Tampa offices into our Atmore, Alabama
offices. We recorded and recognized the costs in accordance with
SFAS 146
at the communication date of October 21, 2004. The total charge taken
in
the fourth quarter of 2004 was approximately $0.8 million.
|
The
accompanying consolidated financial statements were prepared on a going concern
basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of
liabilities in the normal course of business. The realization of assets and
the
satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business is dependent on,
among other things, the company’s ability to operate profitably, to generate
cash flow from operations and to obtain funding adequate to fund its
business.
Our
operations are subject to certain risks and uncertainties, particularly related
to the evolution of the regulatory environment, which impacts our access to
and
cost of the network elements that we utilize to provide services to our
customers.
We
have
incurred significant losses since our inception as a result of developing our
business, performing ongoing research and development, building and maintaining
our network infrastructure and technology, the sale and promotion of our
services, and ongoing administrative expenditures. As of December 31, 2005,
we
had an accumulated deficit of approximately $424.3 million and $0.1 million
in
cash and cash equivalents. We have funded our expenditures primarily through
operating revenues, private securities offerings, our asset based loan, our
standby credit facility, a sale-leaseback credit facility, an accounts
receivable factoring facility and an initial public offering.
For
the
year ended December 31, 2005, net cash used in operating activities was $1.9
million as compared to net cash used in operating activities of $16.8 million
in
the prior year.
In
April
2004, the company secured an asset based loan facility with Textron Financial
Corporation (“Textron”), which provided up to $25 million to fund
operations. Effective January 27, 2005, we entered into a Modification and
Termination Agreement with Textron. Among other things the Modification and
Termination Agreement provided that Textron would forbear from exercising
default rights and remedies until May 31, 2005, would waive the early
termination fee and modify the annual facility fee. We agreed to pay a
modification fee of $0.2 million.
On
April
4, 2005, we entered into an accounts receivable financing agreement with Thermo
Credit, LLC (“Thermo”). The agreement provides for the sale of up to $22 million
of our accounts receivable on a continuous basis to Thermo, subject to selection
criteria as defined in the contract. On May 6, 2005, we used proceeds from
this
accounts receivable financing facility to pay off our loan balance with Textron.
During
October 2005, we signed an amendment to our accounts receivable financing
agreement with Thermo. The amendment increases the amount of accounts
receivable that we can sell to Thermo from $22 million to $26 million,
subject to selection criteria as defined in the original contract. The
discount rate also increases from 2.5% to 2.75%. On February 1, 2006, we
amended our accounts receivable financing facility once more by increasing
the
facility to $33 million. The amendment also gives us the option to further
increase the facility up to $38 million during the next six months.
On
August
24, 2004, we entered into a $15 million Standby Credit Facility Agreement with
The 1818 Fund III, L.P. (“the Fund”), a related party, which is one of a family
of funds managed by Brown Brothers Harriman. Loans under the credit facility
were represented by a Senior Unsecured Promissory Note bearing interest at
9.95%
annually. On July 15, 2005, we entered into an Exchange and Purchase
Agreement with the Fund. In the Exchange and Purchase Agreement, we agreed
to
issue to the Fund 24,084.769 shares of Series H Convertible Preferred Stock
in exchange for all (approximately $21.6 million) outstanding indebtedness
(including principal, interest and premium) owing to the Fund under the
promissory note and $2.5 million in cash. We consummated the exchange and
purchase immediately after executing the agreement. We sold the Series H
Convertible Preferred Stock in private placement pursuant to the exemption
from
registration afforded by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933. All of
the Series H Convertible Preferred Stock was converted into 12,042,384
shares of common stock on September 30, 2005.
Our
common
stock was delisted from the Nasdaq SmallCap Market effective at the opening
of
business on Monday, November 21, 2005 due to noncompliance with Nasdaq
Marketplace Rule 4310(c)(2), which requires stockholders' equity of at least
$2,500,000. Our shares began trading on the OTC Bulletin Board on Wednesday,
December 14, 2005. The OTC Bulletin Board is a regulated quotation service
that
displays real-time quotes, last-sale prices, and volume information in
over-the-counter equity securities. Trinsic's ticker symbol is "TRIN." However,
investors using online trading systems may be required to change the ticker
symbol from TRIN to TRIN.OB.
On
September 23, 2005, our shareholders approved a one-for-ten reverse stock split
of our common stock that was effected on September 26, 2005. Fractional shares
were not issued in connection with the reverse stock split. All share and per
share amounts have been restated herein to reflect the one-for-ten reverse
stock
split.
Effective
September 30, 2005, our chief operating officer, Frank Grillo resigned to
pursue other opportunities. No replacement chief operating officer has been
appointed. Instead our chief executive officer, Horace J. “Trey” Davis, III,
assumed Mr. Grillo’s duties. Effective December 19, 2005, J. Michael Morgan
has resigned as our Chief Financial Officer and Edward D. Moise, Jr. was
appointed to that position.
In
December 2005, we reached a settlement with the State of New York to
resolve certain corporate and sales tax disputes for the tax years 1999 through
2001. The settlement is approximately $2.8 million which will be paid in a
down payment of $0.8 million with the remainder to be paid in 24 equal monthly
installments. We believe we adequately accrued for this liability in previous
periods.
On
December 15, 2005, we borrowed $1.0 million from the Fund in order to take
advantage of the tax settlement with the State of New York. In connection with
the loan, we delivered to the Fund a promissory note bearing interest at 12%
annually and due on demand. On January 12, 2006, we borrowed $1.0 million
from the Fund. In connection with the loan, and the previous $1.0 million loan
received December 15, 2005, we delivered to the Fund a promissory note
bearing interest at 12% annually and due on demand and a mortgage on certain
real property we own in Atmore, Alabama where we have an operations center.
Under the promissory note we may be required to grant additional security to
the
Fund.
Our
net
cash used in investing activities improved by $6.0 million to $3.5 million
for
the year ended December 31, 2005, compared to $9.5 million the prior year.
The
improvement was attributable to the purchasing of less property and equipment
during 2005 as compared to 2004.
For
the
year ended December 31, 2005, net cash provided by financing activities was
$4.1
million as compared to $15.6 million for the prior year. This decrease is
primarily the result of paying off our asset based loan facility with proceeds
from our accounts receivable financing agreement.
The
company’s inability to operate profitably and to consistently generate cash
flows from operations, its reliance therefore on external funding either from
loans or equity raise substantial doubt about the company’s ability to continue
as a going concern.
Since
2005, the Company has undertaken several initiatives. On January 12, 2006,
we borrowed $1.0 million from the Fund. In connection with the loan, and the
previous $1.0 million loan received December 15, 2005, we delivered to the
Fund a promissory note bearing interest at 12% annually and due on demand and
a
mortgage on certain real property we own in Atmore, Alabama where we have an
operations center. Under the promissory note we may be required to grant
additional security to the Fund.
On
February 1, 2006, we amended our accounts receivable financing facility with
Thermo by increasing the facility to $33 million. The amendment also gives
us
the option to further increase the facility up to $38 million during the next
six months.
On
February 1, 2006 we acquired 96,151 UNE-P local access lines, for which we
previously provided services on a wholesale basis, from Sprint . We acquired
the
lines pursuant to a definitive agreement dated October 25, 2005. Under the
agreement we purchased the lines for $9.6 million, of which we paid $2.4 million
at closing. The remainder will be paid in 15 equal monthly payments of $0.5
million.
On
February 13, 2006, we entered into a definitive agreement to sell approximately
43,000 local access lines to Access Integrated Networks, Inc., a privately-held
telephone company headquartered in Macon, Georgia. The lines represent
substantially all of our residential and small business lines within BellSouth
territories, including Alabama, Florida, Georgia, Kentucky, Louisiana,
Mississippi, North Carolina, South Carolina and Tennessee. Lines serving
multi-unit enterprises were excluded from the sale. We expect to close the
sale
within several months pending regulatory approvals. The total purchase price
will depend upon the number of lines in service at the time of closing. In
addition, Access Integrated Networks agreed to utilize our voicemail platform
for at least one year after the sale.
On
March
3, 2006 we initiated a reduction in force which terminated the employment of
approximately 118 employees. We expect to incur a one time charge during the
first quarter of 2006 of approximately $0.3 million consisting primarily of
post
termination wages and salaries we intend to pay to those employees and the
associated payroll taxes. Substantially all of those post termination wages
will
be paid within 60 days following the reduction in force. In association with
the
reduction in force we have ceased actively marketing our IP telephony services.
Services to our current IP telephony customers will be unaffected.
CASH
MANAGEMENT
In
September of 2003 and April of 2004, we decided to postpone a company-wide
salary increase. Merit increases were given in 2005, but certain employees
were
granted restricted stock in lieu of payroll increases.
ACCOUNTS
RECEIVABLE FINANCING
On
April
4, 2005, we entered into an accounts receivable financing agreement with Thermo.
The agreement provides for the sale of up to $22 million of our accounts
receivable on a continuous basis to Thermo, subject to selection criteria as
defined in the contract. On May 6, 2005, we used proceeds from this accounts
receivable financing facility to pay off our loan balance with Textron.
During
October 2005, we signed an amendment to our accounts receivable financing
agreement with Thermo. The amendment increases the amount of accounts
receivable that we can sell to Thermo from $22 million to $26 million,
subject to selection criteria as defined in the original contract. The
discount rate also increases from 2.5% to 2.75%. On February 1, 2006, we
amended our accounts receivable financing facility once more by increasing
the
facility to $33 million. The amendment also gives us the option to further
increase the facility up to $38 million during the next six months.
ILEC,
IXC AND RELATED DISPUTED CHARGES
Since
our
existence we have disputed and continue to dispute significant charges from
the
various ILECs, IXCs, and certain other carriers providing us services. We have
a
policy of treating all charges that we believe are without merit, but are still
being presented on a bill to us as disputes, regardless of the age of the
dispute. Our outstanding disputes at December 31, 2005 are summarized in the
following table:
Alternatively
billed services are primarily charges for certain 1-800, collect and information
service calls. These disputes are largely historic in nature. We settled certain
of these disputes in Texas with Southwestern Bell Telephone Company. We remit
all monies collected associated with these services but do not pay the charges
unless we collect from our customers. We believe that our liability related
to
these charges should be capped at the amount remitted by our end users; however,
some of our settlements have included payments in excess of payments from our
customers.
The
late
fees are accumulating from all of our disputes as we do not pay for disputed
items and therefore incur and accumulate late fees for these disputed
billings.
We
believe
that we have adequately accrued for our disputes and we believe our maximum
exposure for these charges is $19.4 million. However, we do not believe that
all
of these charges are valid and intend to continue our dispute and non-payment
of
these charges.
CONTRACTUAL
OBLIGATIONS
The
following table discloses aggregate information about our contractual
obligations and the periods in which payments are due (in
thousands):
Our
accounts receivable financing agreement with Thermo as discussed on page 41
provides for the sale of accounts receivable on a continuous basis to Thermo,
which is reflected as a reduction of accounts receivable on our balance sheet.
We have no other significant off-balance sheet items.
RELATED
PARTY TRANSACTIONS
In
December of 2005, we wrote off the remaining note receivable in the amount
of
$0.9 million from a former employee. The loan was originally recorded as a
contra to our equity as the loan was for the purchase of stock.
On
September 29, 2004, we signed an agreement with SipStorm, Inc., a company owned
by two of our shareholders and former officers of our company to transfer
selected computer hardware, software and intellectual property rights to
SipStorm. Relative to the purchase, SipStorm assumed responsibility for certain
accounts payable, future maintenance payments and provided a promissory note
in
the amount of $2.8 million. The promissory note was settled for $0.3 million
during the second quarter of 2005. The note was collateralized by shares of
our
common stock owned by the directors of SipStorm and $0.3 million reflected
the
estimated realizable value of that portion of our common stock at the time
of
the settlement. In anticipation of the settlement, $2.5 million in bad debt
expense was recorded during the first quarter of 2005.
In
August
2003, we accelerated the vesting of 122,223 stock options granted to an
executive as part of his severance agreement. This acceleration resulted in
the
employee being fully vested in stock options with a strike price of $1.30 per
share and was in-the-money trading at $2.02 per share as the time of
acceleration. As a result of this transaction we recorded approximately $0.1
million in general and administrative expense.
In
February 2003 we received a payment of $0.5 million from an executive officer
and board member in fulfillment of an outstanding note receivable.
NEW
ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
In
May 2005, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS
No. 154, "Accounting Changes and Error Corrections," which is effective
beginning on January 1, 2006. SFAS No. 154 requires that all voluntary
changes in accounting principles are retrospectively applied to prior financial
statements as if that principle had always been used, unless it is impracticable
to do so. When it is impracticable to calculate the effects on all prior
periods, SFAS No. 154 requires that the new principle be applied to the
earliest period practicable. The adoption of SFAS No. 154 is not
anticipated to have a material effect on our financial position or results
of
operations.
In
March
2005, the FASB issued Interpretation Number 47, “Accounting for Conditional
Asset Retirement Obligations, an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 143” (“FIN
47”). FIN 47 clarifies the term “conditional asset retirement obligation” as
used in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 143,
“Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations,” and also clarifies when an entity
would have sufficient information to reasonably estimate the fair value of
an
asset retirement. FIN 47 is effective no later than the end of fiscal years
ending after December 15, 2005. The implementation of FIN 47 did not have a
material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash
flows.
In
December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based
Payments” (“SFAS No. 123R”). SFAS No. 123R requires the recognition of the cost
of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments
in
the financial statements and measurement based on the grant-date fair value
of
the award. It requires the cost to be recognized over the period during which
an
employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award. Additionally,
compensation expense will be recognized over the remaining employee service
period for the outstanding portion of any awards for which compensation expense
had not been previously recognized or disclosed under SFAS No. 123, “Accounting
for Stock-Based Compensation” (“SFAS No. 123”). SFAS No. 123R replaces SFAS No.
123 and supersedes Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25,
“Accounting
for Stock Issued to Employees” (“APB No. 25”), and its related interpretations.
SFAS
No.
123R was originally required to be adopted beginning no later than the third
quarter of 2005. However, in April 2005, the Securities and Exchange Commission
announced the adoption of a new staff accounting bulletin that amends the
compliance dates for SFAS No. 123R. Accordingly, we are required to adopt SFAS
No. 123R no later than January 1, 2006. We do not anticipate the adoption of
SFAS No. 123R to have a material affect on our financial position or results
of
operations.
CAUTIONARY
STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This
report contains forward-looking statements relating to events anticipated to
happen in the future. These forward-looking statements are based on the beliefs
of our management, as well as assumptions made by and information currently
available to our management. Forward-looking statements also may be included
in
other written and oral statements made or released by us. You can identify
forward-looking statements by the fact that they do not relate strictly to
historical or current facts. The words "believe," "anticipate," "intend,"
"expect," "estimate," "project" and similar expressions are intended to identify
forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements describe our expectations
today of what we believe is most likely to occur or may be reasonably achievable
in the future, but they do not predict or assure any future occurrence and
may
turn out to be wrong. Forward-looking statements are subject to both known
and
unknown risks and uncertainties and can be affected by inaccurate assumptions
we
might make. Consequently, no forward-looking statement can be guaranteed. Actual
future results may vary materially. We do not undertake any obligation to
publicly update any forward-looking statements to reflect new information or
future events or occurrences. These statements reflect our current views with
respect to future events and are subject to risks and uncertainties, including,
among other things:
· |
our
ability to finance network developments and operations;
|
· |
our
ability to market our services successfully to new subscribers;
|
· |
our
ability to retain a high percentage of our customers;
|
· |
our
reliance on ILEC local networks;
|
· |
the
outcome of legal and regulatory
proceedings;
|
· |
competition,
including the introduction of new products or services by our competitors;
|
· |
additions
or departures of key personnel;
|
· |
existing
and future laws or regulations affecting our business and our ability
to
comply with these laws or regulations;
|
· |
our
reliance on the Regional Bell operating company's systems and provisioning
processes;
|
· |
technological
innovations;
|
· |
general
economic and business conditions, both nationally and in the regions
in
which we operate; and
|
· |
other
factors described in this document, including those described in
more
detail below.
|
We
caution
you not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which
speak
only as of the date of this document.
We
do not
enter into financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes and do
not
currently utilize derivative financial instruments. Our operations are conducted
primarily in the United States and as such are not subject to material foreign
currency exchange rate risk.
The
fair
value of our investment portfolio or related income would not be significantly
impacted by either a 100 basis point increase or decrease in interest rates
due
mainly to the short-term nature of the major portion of our investment
portfolio.
We
have no
material future earnings or cash flow exposures from changes in interest rates
on our long-term debt obligations, as substantially all of our long-term debt
obligations are fixed rate obligations.
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY
DATA
Report
of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Board
of
Directors and Stockholders of Trinsic, Inc.
We
have
audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Trinsic, Inc. and
subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2005, and the related consolidated
statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for
the year then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the
Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audit.
We
conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company
Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we
plan
and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial
statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining,
on a
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used
and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall
financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
In
our
opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Trinsic, Inc.
and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2005, and the consolidated results of their
operations and their cash flows for the year then ended, in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America.
The
accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company
will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the financial
statements, the Company has suffered recurring losses from operations and has
a
net capital deficiency that raise substantial doubt about its ability to
continue as a going concern. Management's plans in regard to these matters
are
also described in Note 1. The financial statements do not include any
adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.
/s/
Carr,
Riggs & Ingram, LLC
Montgomery,
Alabama
March
31,
2006
Report
of Independent Registered Certified Public Accounting Firm
To
the
Board of Directors and Shareholders of Trinsic, Inc. and
Subsidiaries
In
our
opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheet and the related
consolidated statements of operations, of changes in stockholders’ deficit and
of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position
of Trinsic, Inc. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2004, and the results
of
their operations and their cash flows for each of the two years in the period
ended December 31, 2004 in
conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States
of
America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements
in
accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board
(United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit
to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free
of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing
the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management,
and
evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our
audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
The
accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company
will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the financial
statements, the Company has suffered recurring losses from operations and has
a
net capital deficiency that raise substantial doubt about its ability to
continue as a going concern. Management's plans in regard to these matters
are
also described in Note 1. The financial statements do not include any
adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.
PricewaterhouseCoopers
LLP
Tampa,
Florida
April
14,
2005
TRINSIC,
INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED
BALANCE SHEETS
(In
thousands, except share data)
The
accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
statements.
TRINSIC,
INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(In
thousands, except share and per share data)
The
accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
statements.
TRINSIC,
INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT
(In
thousands, except share data)
The
accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
statements.
TRINSIC,
INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In
thousands)
The
accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
statements.
TRINSIC,
INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS - CONTINUED
(In
thousands)
The
accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
statements.
TRINSIC,
INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES
TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(All
tables are in thousands, except for share and per share data)
1.
NATURE OF BUSINESS
DESCRIPTION
OF BUSINESS
Trinsic,
Inc. (formerly Z-Tel Technologies, Inc.) and subsidiaries (see Exhibit 21)
("we"
or "us") is a provider of advanced, integrated telecommunications services
targeted to residential and business subscribers. We provide local and long
distance telephone services in combination with enhanced communication features
accessible through the telephone, the Internet and certain personal digital
assistants. We provide these services in forty-nine states and we also provide
long-distance telecommunications services to customers nationally.
We
introduced our wholesale services during the first quarter of 2002. This service
provides other companies with the opportunity to provide local, long-distance
and enhanced telephone service to their own residential and business end user
customers on a private label basis by utilizing our telephone exchange services,
enhanced services platform, infrastructure and back-office operations.
At
a
special meeting of our stockholders held in November 2004, the stockholders
approved an amendment to our charter to change our name to Trinsic, Inc.,
effective January 3, 2005.
LIQUIDITY
AND GOING CONCERN
The
accompanying consolidated financial statements were prepared on a going concern
basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of
liabilities in the normal course of business. The realization of assets and
the
satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business is dependent on,
among other things, our ability to operate profitably, to generate cash flow
from operations and to obtain funding adequate to fund its
business.
Our
operations are subject to certain risks and uncertainties, particularly related
to the evolution of the regulatory environment, which impacts our access to
and
cost of the network elements that we utilize to provide services to our
customers.
We
have
incurred significant losses since our inception as a result of developing our
business, performing ongoing research and development, building and maintaining
our network infrastructure and technology, the sale and promotion of our
services, and ongoing administrative expenditures. As of December 31, 2005,
we
had an accumulated deficit of approximately $424.3 million and $0.1 million
in
cash and cash equivalents. We have funded our expenditures primarily through
operating revenues, private securities offerings, our asset based loan, our
standby credit facility, a sale-leaseback credit facility, an accounts
receivable factoring facility and an initial public offering.
For
the
year ended December 31, 2005, net cash used in operating activities was $1.9
million as compared to net cash used in operating activities of $16.8 million
in
the prior year.
In
April
2004, we secured an asset based loan facility with Textron Financial Corporation
(“Textron”), which provided up to $25 million to fund operations. Effective
January 27, 2005, we entered into a Modification and Termination Agreement
with Textron. Among other things the Modification and Termination Agreement
provided that Textron would forbear from exercising default rights and remedies
until May 31, 2005, would waive the early termination fee and modify the
annual facility fee. We agreed to pay a modification fee of $0.2 million.
On
April
4, 2005, we entered into an accounts receivable financing agreement with Thermo
Credit, LLC (“Thermo”). The agreement provides for the sale of up to $22 million
of our accounts receivable on a continuous basis to Thermo, subject to selection
criteria as defined in the contract. On May 6, 2005, we used
proceeds
from this accounts receivable financing facility to pay off our loan balance
with Textron.
During
October 2005, we signed an amendment to our accounts receivable financing
agreement with Thermo. The amendment increases the amount of accounts
receivable that we can sell to Thermo from $22 million to $26 million,
subject to selection criteria as defined in the original contract. The
discount rate also increases from 2.5% to 2.75%. On February 1, 2006, we
amended our accounts receivable financing facility once more by increasing
the
facility to $33 million. The amendment also gives us the option to further
increase the facility up to $38 million during the next six months.
On
August
24, 2004, we entered into a $15 million Standby Credit Facility Agreement with
The 1818 Fund III, L.P. (“the Fund”), a related party, which is one of a family
of funds managed by Brown Brothers Harriman. Loans under the credit facility
were represented by a Senior Unsecured Promissory Note bearing interest at
9.95%
annually. On July 15, 2005, we entered into an Exchange and Purchase
Agreement with the Fund. In the Exchange and Purchase Agreement, we agreed
to
issue to the Fund 24,084.769 shares of Series H Convertible Preferred Stock
in exchange for all (approximately $21.6 million) outstanding indebtedness
(including principal, interest and premium) owing to the Fund under the
promissory note and $2.5 million in cash. We consummated the exchange and
purchase immediately after executing the agreement. We sold the Series H
Convertible Preferred Stock in private placement pursuant to the exemption
from
registration afforded by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933. All of
the Series H Convertible Preferred Stock was converted into 12,042,384
shares of common stock on September 30, 2005.
Our
common
stock was delisted from the Nasdaq SmallCap Market effective at the opening
of
business on Monday, November 21, 2005 due to noncompliance with Nasdaq
Marketplace Rule 4310(c)(2), which requires stockholders' equity of at least
$2,500,000. Our shares began trading on the OTC Bulletin Board on Wednesday,
December 14, 2005. The OTC Bulletin Board is a regulated quotation service
that
displays real-time quotes, last-sale prices, and volume information in
over-the-counter equity securities. Our ticker symbol is "TRIN." However,
investors using online trading systems may be required to change the ticker
symbol from TRIN to TRIN.OB.
On
September 23, 2005, our stockholders approved a one-for-ten reverse stock split
of our common stock that was effected on September 26, 2005. Fractional shares
were not issued in connection with the reverse stock split. Share and per share
amounts for all periods presented have been restated herein to reflect the
one-for-ten reverse stock split.
Effective
September 30, 2005, our chief operating officer, Frank Grillo resigned to
pursue other opportunities. No replacement chief operating officer has been
appointed. Instead our chief executive officer, Horace J. “Trey” Davis, III,
assumed Mr. Grillo’s duties. Effective December 19, 2005, J. Michael Morgan
has resigned as our Chief Financial Officer and Edward D. Moise, Jr. was
appointed to that position.
In
December 2005, we reached a settlement with the State of New York to
resolve certain corporate and sales tax disputes for the tax years 1999 through
2001. The settlement is approximately $2.8 million which will be paid in a
down payment of $0.8 million with the remainder to be paid in 24 equal monthly
installments. We adequately accrued for this liability in previous
periods.
On
December 15, 2005, we borrowed $1.0 million from the Fund in order to take
advantage of the tax settlement with the State of New York. In connection with
the loan, we delivered to the Fund a promissory note bearing interest at 12%
annually and due on demand. On January 12, 2006, we borrowed $1.0 million
from the Fund. In connection with the loan, and the previous $1,000,000 loan
received December 15, 2005, we delivered to the Fund a promissory note
bearing interest at 12% annually and due on demand and a mortgage on certain
real property we own in Atmore, Alabama where we have an operations center.
Under the promissory note we may be required to grant additional security to
the
Fund.
Our
net
cash used in investing activities improved by $6.0 million to $3.5 million
for
the year ended December 31, 2005, compared to $9.5 million the prior year.
The
improvement was attributable to the purchasing of less property and equipment
during 2005 as compared to 2004.
For
the
year ended December 31, 2005, net cash provided by financing activities was
$4.1
million as compared to $15.6 million for the prior year. This decrease is
primarily the result of paying off our asset based loan facility with proceeds
from our accounts receivable financing agreement.
Our
inability to operate profitably and to consistently generate cash flows from
operations and our reliance therefore on external funding either from loans
or
equity raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.
Since
2005, the Company has undertaken several initiatives. On January 12, 2006,
we borrowed $1.0 million from the Fund. In connection with the loan, and the
previous $1.0 million loan received December 15, 2005, we delivered to the
Fund a promissory note bearing interest at 12% annually and due on demand and
a
mortgage on certain real property we own in Atmore, Alabama where we have an
operations center. Under the promissory note we may be required to grant
additional security to the Fund.
On
February 1, 2006, we amended our accounts receivable financing facility with
Thermo by increasing the facility to $33 million. The amendment also gives
us
the option to further increase the facility up to $38 million during the next
six months.
On
February 1, 2006 we acquired 96,151 UNE-P local access lines, for which we
previously provided services on a wholesale basis, from Sprint . We acquired
the
lines pursuant to a definitive agreement dated October 25, 2005. Under the
agreement we purchased the lines for $9.6 million, of which we paid $2.4 million
at closing. The remainder will be paid in 15 equal monthly payments of $0.5
million.
On
February 13, 2006, we entered into a definitive agreement to sell approximately
43,000 local access lines to Access Integrated Networks, Inc., a privately-held
telephone company headquartered in Macon, Georgia. The lines represent
substantially all of our residential and small business lines within BellSouth
territories, including Alabama, Florida, Georgia, Kentucky, Louisiana,
Mississippi, North Carolina, South Carolina and Tennessee. Lines serving
multi-unit enterprises were excluded from the sale. We expect to close the
sale
within several months pending regulatory approvals. The total purchase price
will depend upon the number of lines in service at the time of closing. In
addition, Access Integrated Networks agreed to utilize our voicemail platform
for at least one year after the sale.
On
March
3, 2006 we initiated a reduction in force which terminated the employment of
approximately 118 employees. We expect to incur a one time charge during the
first quarter of 2006 of approximately $0.3 million consisting primarily of
post
termination wages and salaries we intend to pay to those employees and the
associated payroll taxes. Substantially all of those post termination wages
will
be paid within 60 days following the reduction in force. In association with
the
reduction in force we have ceased actively marketing our IP telephony services.
Services to our current IP telephony customers will be unaffected.
2.
SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
PRINCIPLES
OF CONSOLIDATION
The
consolidated financial statements include all of our accounts and our
wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have
been
eliminated.
CASH
AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
We
consider all highly liquid investments with original maturity dates of three
months or less to be cash equivalents.
PREPAID
EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT ASSETS
Prepaid
expenses and other current assets consist primarily of prepaid maintenance
and
support, insurance contracts, advances to suppliers and certain disputes with
vendors that require payment and filing of a dispute claim. As of December
31,
2005, prepaid expenses and other current assets also included restricted
certificates
of deposits with various maturity dates ranging from April 2006 to December
2006
in the amount of $2.4 million. Prepaid expenses and other current assets at
December 31, 2005 included an escrowed downpayment of $1.3 million to be used
for the purchase of local access lines in February 2006.
PROPERTY
AND EQUIPMENT, NET
Property
and equipment are recorded at historical cost. Depreciation and amortization
are
calculated on a straight-line basis over the assets' useful life. If all other
factors were to remain unchanged, we expect that a one-year change (increase
or
decrease) in the useful lives of the three largest categories of our property
and equipment (which accounts for approximately 67% of our total property and
equipment in service) would result in an increase or decrease of between $1.6
million and $3.2 million in our year to date 2005 depreciation expense.
Maintenance
and repairs are expensed as incurred, while renewals and betterments are
capitalized. Upon the sale or other disposition of property, the cost and
related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any gain
or
loss is recognized in operations. Under the Statement of Position ("SOP") 98-1,
"Accounting for the Cost of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal
Use," we expense computer software costs related to internal software that
are
incurred in the preliminary project stage or that relate to training subsequent
to the development stage. When the capitalization criteria of SOP 98-1 have
been
met, costs of developing or obtaining internal-use computer software are
capitalized. We capitalized approximately $1.5 million, $3.3 million and $3.1
million of employee salary costs for internally developed software for the
years
ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Internal use software
is
included as a component of property and equipment on the consolidated balance
sheets. We also incur research and development costs, such as employee salaries
and outside consultants; these costs are expensed in our general and
administrative expense.
LONG-LIVED
ASSETS
We
review
long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances
indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable.
Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of
the
carrying amount of an asset to future net expected undiscounted cash flows
to be
generated by the asset. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the
impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying
amount of the assets exceeds the discounted cash flows.
INTANGIBLE
ASSETS, NET
Intangible
assets on the consolidated balance sheet for 2004 consist of customer lists
resulting from our acquisition of Touch 1 in 2000. The customer lists are
amortized over five years using the straight-line method and reviewed for
impairment as outlined in our long-lived assets policy above.
DISPUTED
PAYABLES RELATED TO NETWORK OPERATIONS AND GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE
EXENSE
Network
operations expenses are primarily charges from the ILECs for the leasing of
their lines, utilizing the UNE-P, made available to us as a result of the
Telecommunication Act of 1996, and long distance and other charges from
inter-exchange carriers ("IXCs"). We record certain charges such as up-front
set-up fees, incorrect dispatch, and change and modification charges in the
general and administrative expense line item. We typically have disputed
billings with IXCs and ILECs as a matter of normal business operations. Certain
of these disputed amounts are recorded as an expense at the time of dispute,
but
we do not pay any of our disputes until they are resolved and it is determined
that we indeed owe part or all of the dispute. Our disputes are for various
reasons including but not limited to incorrect billing rates, alternatively
billed services, duplicate billing errors, and costs associated with line loss.
Management
recognizes as disputes any previously disputed billing that is continued to
be
presented as a past-due amount on invoices that we receive. This approach
results in the disclosure of certain disputes that management does not believe
are of a significant risk to the company, primarily due to the age and/or the
dispute,
but believe are appropriate to disclose the amounts as they have not been
resolved and continue to be billed to us as past-due amounts.
VALUATION
OF ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
Considerable
judgment is required to assess the ultimate realization of receivables,
including assessing the probability of collection and the current
credit-worthiness of our customers. We regularly analyze our approach as we
gain
additional experience or new events and information are identified to determine
if any change to our methodology is warranted. Our current allowance methodology
is based upon an ongoing analysis of customer payment trends. Additionally,
we
have performed liquidation and other collection analyses to make necessary
changes in reporting our accounts receivable in a reasonable and prudent
fashion.
CONTINGENCIES
We
are
subject to proceedings, lawsuits, audits and other claims related to lawsuits
and other legal and regulatory proceedings that arise in the ordinary course
of
business. We are required to assess the likelihood of any adverse judgments
or
outcomes to these matters as well as potential ranges of probable losses. A
determination of the amount of loss accrual required, if any, for these
contingencies are made after careful analysis of each individual issue. We
consult with legal counsel and other experts where necessary in connection
with
our assessment of any contingencies.
REVENUE
RECOGNITION
Revenues
are recognized when earned. Revenues related to long distance and carrier access
service charges are billed monthly in arrears, and the associated revenues
are
recognized in the month when services are provided. Charges for our bundled
services are billed monthly in advance and we recognize revenues for these
services ratably over the service period. Revenues from installations and
activation activities are deferred and recognized over twelve months, which
we
believe is the estimated life of our customer relationships.
We
began
offering wholesale services during 2002. This service offering includes fees
for
services provided according to certain per line, per minute and other certain
activities as defined in our agreements and also the payments of providing
telephone exchange, vendor and personnel expenses. We perform a review of each
contract and determine the appropriate timing of revenue recognition depending
on the facts and circumstances of each individual item within the contract.
We
use the gross method to record our revenues for wholesale services where we
are
the primary obligor. This method involves the recording of revenues for items
that we are directly reimbursed by our wholesale customer with an offsetting
expense reported in the appropriate operating expense line.
STOCK-BASED
COMPENSATION
For
employee stock options, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for
Stock-Based Compensation" requiring entities to recognize as an expense, over
the vesting period, the fair value of the options or utilize the accounting
for
employee stock options used under Accounting Principles Board ("APB") Opinion
No. 25. We apply the provisions of APB 25 and consequently recognize
compensation expense over the vesting period for grants made to employees and
directors only if, on the measurement date, the market price of the underlying
stock exceeds the exercise price. We provide the pro forma net loss and net
loss
per share disclosures as required under SFAS No. 123 for grants made as if
the
fair value method defined in SFAS No. 123 had been applied. We recognize expense
over the vesting period of the grants made to non-employees utilizing the
Black-Scholes stock valuation model to calculate the value of the option on
the
measurement date.
The
following table illustrates, in accordance with the provisions of SFAS
No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation - Transition and
Disclosure, an Amendment of SFAS 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,”
the effect on net loss and net
loss
per share if we had applied the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS
No. 123, to stock-based employee compensation.
We
calculated the fair value of each grant on the date of grant using the
Black-Scholes option pricing model. In addition to there being no payments
of
dividends on our common stock, the following assumptions were used for each
respective period:
Incremental
shares of common stock equivalents are not included in the calculation of net
loss attributable to common stockholders per share as the inclusion of such
equivalents would be anti-dilutive.
ADVERTISING
Advertising
costs are expensed as incurred. Included in sales and marketing expenses are
advertising costs of approximately $0.8 million, $2.6 million and $5.3 million
for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.
INCOME
TAXES
We
utilize
the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this
method, deferred income taxes are recorded to reflect the tax consequences
on
future years of differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities
and
their financially reported amounts at each year-end based on enacted laws and
statutory rates applicable to the periods in which differences are expected
to
affect taxable income. A valuation allowance is provided against the future
benefits of deferred income tax assets due to our history of operating losses.
CONCENTRATIONS
Financial
instruments that potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk consist
principally of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and other
short-term investments. We place our cash and cash equivalents in financial
institutions considered by management to be high quality and we maintain
balances in excess of the $0.1 million level insured by the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation ("FDIC"). We had approximately $2.4 million invested
in
certificates of deposit that are not insured by the FDIC at December 31, 2005.
We have not experienced any losses in these accounts and believe we are not
exposed to any significant credit risk on cash balances or short-term
investments.
During
the
normal course of business, we extend credit to residential and business
customers residing in the United States. Our UNE-P customer base is broken-down
as follows:
This
results in a concentration of credit to residential and business customers
in
these states. We believe our credit policies, collection procedures and
allowance for doubtful accounts minimize the exposure to significant credit
risk
of accounts receivable balances. Additionally, our wholesale services
receivables are concentrated with Sprint Nextel Corp. (“Sprint”) as they are our
only wholesale customer.
We
rely
upon the Regional Bell Operating Companies ("RBOCs") for provisioning of
customers and the RBOCs are the primary suppliers of local central office
switching and local telephone lines. Global Crossing Ltd and WilTel
Communications Group, Inc. are the primary suppliers for our long-distance
calling. We have not incurred any material impact to our operations or financial
statements as a result of the Chapter 11 bankruptcy filings made by these
companies.
We
rely
upon two separate service providers for provisioning and billing services
essential to support our operations.
SEGMENT
REPORTING
SFAS
No.
131, "Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information,"
requires that we report financial and descriptive information about reportable
segments, and how these segments were determined. We determine the allocation
and performance of resources based on total operations. Based on these factors,
management has determined that we operate as two segments as defined by SFAS
No.
131. Our segments are retail services and wholesale services.
FINANCIAL
INSTRUMENTS
The
recorded amounts of cash and cash equivalents approximate fair value due to
the
short-term nature of these instruments. We have determined that due to the
interest rates and short-term nature of the capital lease obligation, the fair
value approximates the value recorded. We have determined that the long-term
debt assumed through acquisition is recorded at fair value. The interest rates
were adjusted to the current market
rate
for
purchase accounting treatment and we believe the debt is properly recorded
at
fair value.
MANAGEMENT'S
USE OF ESTIMATES
The
preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date
of
the financial statements. Estimates also affect the reported amounts of revenues
and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from
those
estimates.
NEW
ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
In
May 2005, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS
No. 154, "Accounting Changes and Error Corrections," which is effective
beginning on January 1, 2006. SFAS No. 154 requires that all voluntary
changes in accounting principles are retrospectively applied to prior financial
statements as if that principle had always been used, unless it is impracticable
to do so. When it is impracticable to calculate the effects on all prior
periods, SFAS No. 154 requires that the new principle be applied to the
earliest period practicable. The adoption of SFAS No. 154 is not
anticipated to have a material effect on our financial position or results
of
operations.
In
March
2005, the FASB issued Interpretation Number 47, “Accounting for Conditional
Asset Retirement Obligations, an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 143” (“FIN
47”). FIN 47 clarifies the term “conditional asset retirement obligation” as
used in SFAS No. 143, “Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations,” and also
clarifies when an entity would have sufficient information to reasonably
estimate the fair value of an asset retirement. FIN 47 is effective no later
than the end of fiscal years ending after December 15, 2005. The implementation
of FIN 47 did not have a material impact on our financial position, results
of
operations or cash flows.
In
December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based
Payments” (“SFAS No. 123R”). SFAS No. 123R requires the recognition of the cost
of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments
in
the financial statements and measurement based on the grant-date fair value
of
the award. It requires the cost to be recognized over the period during which
an
employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award. Additionally,
compensation expense will be recognized over the remaining employee service
period for the outstanding portion of any awards for which compensation expense
had not been previously recognized or disclosed under SFAS No. 123, “Accounting
for Stock-Based Compensation” (“SFAS No. 123”). SFAS No. 123R replaces SFAS No.
123 and supersedes Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for
Stock Issued to Employees” (“APB No. 25”), and its related interpretations.
SFAS
No.
123R was originally required to be adopted beginning no later than the third
quarter of 2005. However, in April 2005, the Securities and Exchange Commission
amended the compliance dates for SFAS No. 123R. Accordingly, we adopted SFAS
No.
123R on January 1, 2006. We do not anticipate the adoption of SFAS No. 123R
to
have a material affect on our financial position or results of operations.
RECLASSIFICATION
Certain
amounts in the December 31, 2004 and 2003 financial statements have been
reclassified to conform to the December 31, 2005 presentation.
3.
WHOLESALE SERVICES
On
March
20, 2002, we entered into a 48-month agreement with MCI for wholesale telephone
exchange services, ancillary services and a limited-term technology license.
The
agreement was cancelable by either party after eighteen months. On
August 7, 2003, we amended our contract with MCI to terminate the contract
on December 31, 2003. On August 15, 2003, MCI provided us with notice
that they were terminating the contract effective October 15, 2003. As a
result of these events we accelerated the recognition of deferred
revenue
to
the termination date of October 15, 2003. Prior to the early termination,
we were recognizing deferred revenue ratably over the life of the agreement
with
a termination date of December 31, 2005. As a result of these actions, we
recognized $4.8 million of previously deferred revenue during
2003.
In
February 2003, we executed an agreement providing for the resale of our local
wireline telecommunications services and provision of ancillary services with
Sprint. Under this agreement, we provide Sprint access to our Web-integrated,
enhanced communications platform and operational support systems. This contract
includes various per-minute, per-line, and other charges that are being recorded
as revenue when earned. We are the primary obligor for underlying expenses
that
are incorporated into our pricing in connection with the agreement and
therefore, are recording revenues using a gross presentation. This method
results in all per-line, per-minute and certain direct costs being recorded
as
revenues and the corresponding expenses being recorded in the appropriate
operating
expense line. As a result of this accounting treatment, increases or decreases
in pricing or volume that impact direct costs that are incurred in connection
with this agreement would have no impact on net income, as the amount is
recorded in both revenue and expense. Our wholesale services agreement with
Sprint is non-exclusive in nature.
In
October
2005, we entered into a definitive agreement to acquire from Sprint
substantially all of their local access lines for which we currently provide
services under our wholesale arrangement. By February 20, 2006, approximately
90% of the Sprint base had been transferred to us. The closing of the remaining
base is anticipated in the next 60 days, pending regulatory approval and the
satisfaction of customary closing conditions. Upon the completion of this
transaction, we will no longer have a wholesale business and will discontinue
segment reporting.
4.
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT
In
July
2000, we entered into an accounts receivable agreement with RFC Capital
Corporation, a division of Textron, Inc. ("RFC"), providing for the sale of
certain of our accounts receivable to RFC. In April 2004, we signed a three-year
asset based loan agreement with Textron, which eliminated our RFC accounts
receivable factoring agreement. See note 9 for more information on the Textron
agreement.
On
April
4, 2005, we entered into an accounts receivable financing agreement with Thermo
Credit, LLC (“Thermo”) to replace our Textron credit facility. The
agreement provides for the sale of up to $22 million of our accounts
receivable on a continuous basis to Thermo, subject to selection criteria as
defined in the contract. The discount rate is 2.5%. Purchase of the
receivables is at the option of Thermo. On May 6, 2005, we used proceeds
from this accounts receivable financing facility to pay off our loan balance
with Textron.
During
October 2005, we signed an amendment to our accounts receivable financing
agreement with Thermo that increases the amount of accounts receivable that
we
can sell to Thermo from $22 million to $26 million, subject to selection
criteria as defined in the original contract. The discount rate also
increases from 2.5% to 2.75%.
We
sold
approximately $126.0 million of receivables to Thermo, for net proceeds of
approximately $81.5 million, during the year ended December 31, 2005. We have
not recorded a servicing asset or liability to date, as our servicing fees
under
the agreement represent the amount of cash collections in excess of the amounts
funded by Thermo. To date, the amount of collections from our servicing
activities have approximated the amounts funded by Thermo; therefore, not giving
rise to any servicing asset or liability. We recorded costs related to the
agreement of approximately $3.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2005.
We
were responsible for the continued servicing of the receivables sold.
5.
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
At
the
respective dates, property and equipment consist of the following:
Depreciation
expense related to property and equipment amounted to approximately $5.8
million, $9.2 million and $9.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2005,
2004 and 2003, respectively. Amortization expense related to software amounted
to approximately $5.2 million, $8.7 million and $11.2 million for the years
ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.
Assets
acquired under capital leases, included in property and equipment, consist
of
the following:
6.
INTANGIBLE ASSETS
Our
customer lists are fully amortized as of December 31, 2005.
7.
OTHER ASSETS
At
the
respective dates, other assets consist of the following:
8.
ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED LIABILITIES
At
the
respective dates, accounts payable and accrued liabilities consist of the
following:
9.
ASSET BASED LOAN
In
April 2004, we signed a three-year asset based loan facility with Textron.
This agreement provides us with an availability to borrow up to $25 million
at a 6% interest rate. Our overall availability was based on the eligibility
of
our accounts receivable, subject to certain limitations and advance rates.
Under
the
amended asset based loan structure with Textron, we had an outstanding loan
balance to Textron of approximately $12.9 million included in current
liabilities at December 31, 2004.
Effective
January 27, 2005, we entered into a Modification and Termination Agreement
with Textron Financial Corporation, our asset-based lender. Among other things,
the Modification and Termination Agreement provides that Textron will forbear
from exercising default rights and remedies until May 31, 2005, will waive
the early termination fee and modify the annual facility fee. We agreed to
pay a
modification fee of $0.2 million. On
May 6,
2005, we used proceeds from our new accounts receivable financing facility
(see
note 4) to repay our loan balance with Textron.
10.
STANDBY CREDIT FACILITY
On
August
24, 2004, we entered into a $15 million Standby Credit Facility Agreement with
The 1818 Fund III, L.P. (“the Fund”), a related party, which is one of a family
of funds managed by Brown Brothers Harriman. During 2004, we were advanced
$6.5
million pursuant to the credit facility. Loans under the credit facility were
represented by a Senior Unsecured Promissory Note bearing interest at 9.95%
annually. The note matures March 31, 2006; however, the outstanding note balance
of $6.5 million was included in current liabilities at December 31, 2004. This
was due to a clause in the agreement that could have triggered an immediate
demand for payment since we were in violation of a “cross-default” covenant as
of December 31, 2004.
During
the
first quarter of 2005, we received advances of $3.5 million, $2.5 million and
$1.2 million on February 14, 2005, March 4, 2005 and March 24, 2005,
respectively, from our standby credit facility.
During
the
second quarter of 2005, we received advances of $1.3 million, $2.5 million
and
$2.5 million on May 9, 2005, May 24, 2005 and June 10, 2005, respectively.
On
July 15, 2005, we entered into an Exchange and Purchase Agreement with the
Fund. In the Exchange and Purchase Agreement, we agreed to issue to the Fund
24,084.769 shares of Series H Convertible Preferred Stock in exchange for
all (approximately $21.6 million) outstanding indebtedness (including principal,
interest and premium) owed to the Fund under the promissory note due in
March 2006 and $2.5 million in cash. We consummated the exchange and
purchase immediately after executing the agreement. We sold the Series H
Convertible Preferred Stock in private placement pursuant to the exemption
from
registration afforded by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933. All of
the Series H Convertible Preferred Stock was converted into 12,042,384
shares of common stock on September 30, 2005.
11.
OTHER SHORT-TERM DEBT
On
December 15, 2005, we borrowed $1.0 million from the Fund in order to take
advantage of the tax settlement described in Liquidity and Going Concern with
the State of New York. In connection with the loan, we delivered to the Fund
a
promissory note bearing interest at 12% annually and due on demand. Upon request
by the Fund we will be required to provide to the Fund a security interest
in
any and all of our assets, except those subject to our agreement with Thermo.
We
have delivered to the Fund a mortgage on real property we own in Atmore, Alabama
where we have an operations center.
12.
LONG-TERM DEBT
Long-term
debt consists of the following:
[
We
are
currently in default on our note payable to Corman Elegre.
OPERATING
LEASES
We
have
entered into various non-cancelable operating leases for equipment and office
space with monthly payments through the year 2010. Included in general and
administrative expense is rental expense relating to operating leases of
approximately $2.1 million, $2.8 million and $2.9 million for the years ended
December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.
CAPITAL
LEASES
We
have
entered into various capital lease obligations that have effective interest
rates ranging from 38.46%
to
38.5%,
with two capital leases remaining with payments through 2006.
Future
minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating and capital leases and
long-term debt as of December 31, 2005 are as follows:
13.
MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK
In
November 2004, we consummated a tender offer to exchange our three outstanding
series of convertible preferred stock as follows:
· |
For
our Series D Convertible Preferred Stock, which as of September 27,
2004
represented 397,672 shares with a liquidation preference of $165.50
per
share and a conversion price of $84.70 per share were outstanding,
to
exchange 2.569030 shares of our common stock, for each share of our
Series
D Preferred Stock (representing an exchange price of approximately
$6.44
per share);
|
· |
For
our 8% Convertible Preferred Stock, Series E, which as of September
27,
2004 represented 416,667 shares with a liquidation preference of
$162.60
per share and a conversion price of $80.80 per share were outstanding,
to
exchange 2.524216 shares of our common stock, for each share of our
Series
E Preferred Stock (representing an exchange price of approximately
$6.44
per share); and
|
· |
For
our 12% Junior Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, Series G,
which as
of September 27, 2004 represented 17.1214286 shares outstanding with
had a
liquidation preference of $1,449,749 per share and conversion price
of
$12.80 per share were outstanding, to exchange 16,146.94 shares of
our
common stock, for each share of our Series G Preferred Stock (representing
an exchange price of approximately $8.98 per share).
|
The
conversion of these three series of preferred stock resulted in a deemed
dividend for the beneficial conversion of $57.4 million, which was reflected
as
such in the consolidated statement of operations in arriving at net loss
attributable to common stockholders.
As
a
result of the tender offer, we exchanged approximately 4,665,764 of our common
shares for all of our outstanding preferred stock.
On
a fully
diluted basis, the previous holders of the Series D Preferred Stock own
approximately 34.0% of our outstanding common stock, the previous holders of
the
Series E Preferred Stock approximately 35.0%,
the
previous holders of the Series G Preferred Stock approximately 9.2%, the
existing holders of the common stock approximately 13.8% and approximately
8.0%
is available for issuance under a new management equity incentive plan.
In
2003,
four holders of our Series D Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series D”) converted
their shares to common stock. There was a total of 1,333 shares of Series D
converted into 2,181 shares of common stock. We also paid $0.1 million in cash
for certain dividends.
In
accordance with EITF 98-5, "Accounting for Convertible Securities with
Beneficial Conversion Features or Contingently Adjustable Conversion Ratios,"
APB Opinion No. 14, "Accounting for Convertible Debt and Debt Issued with Stock
Purchase Warrants," EITF 00-27, "Application of Issue No. 98-5 to Certain
Convertible Instruments" and SFAS No. 128 "Earnings Per Share" we recorded
non-cash charges relating to a beneficial conversion, cumulative dividends
and
preferred stock accretion. We recorded preferred stock dividends and accretion
of $0.0 million, $15.3 million and $17.5 million for the years ended December
31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. We also recorded a deemed dividend
related to a beneficial conversion feature in the amounts of approximately
$0.0
million, $57.6 million and $0.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2005,
2004 and 2003, respectively.
The
recording of the beneficial conversion feature and the resulting preferred
stock
accretion is the result of calculating the accounting conversion price through
a
fair value allocation of the net proceeds received in the preferred stock
offerings between the preferred stock and the warrants issued. This required
the
use of the Black-Scholes valuation model to calculate the fair value on a per
share or warrant basis for the Series D, E and G Preferred. The beneficial
conversion and resulting preferred stock accretion and the cumulative dividend
are included in the calculations of the net loss attributable to common
stockholders and the net loss per share calculation.
14.
COMMON STOCK
The
board
of directors has never declared dividends on our common stock since inception
on
January 15, 1998.
On
November 19, 2004, our stockholders approved a one-for-five reverse stock split
of our common stock. The reverse stock split was effected on November 30, 2004.
On September 23, 2005, our stockholders approved a one-for-ten reverse stock
split of our common stock that was effected on September 26, 2005. Fractional
shares were not issued in connection with either of the reverse stock splits.
All share and per share amounts have been restated herein to reflect both of
the
reverse stock splits.
15.
RESTRUCTURING CHARGES
In
June
2004, we approved and implemented a restructuring to improve our future cash
flows and operating earnings. The restructuring included a reduction in work
force. The restructuring charge included termination benefits in connection
with
the reduction in force of 102 employees and was recorded in accordance with
SFAS
146 at the communication date of June 8, 2004. The total charge taken in the
second quarter of 2004 was $0.8 million, the majority of which was paid in
full
by the end of August 2004.
In
September 2004, we approved and implemented a restructuring based on the change
in management that occurred on August 25, 2004 and the subsequent change in
business focus. The restructuring included a reduction in force of 152 employees
and a write-off of certain assets recorded in accordance with SFAS No. 146
. The
restructuring costs were considered a “One-Time Termination Benefit” and
recognized at the communication date of September 1, 2004. The total charge
taken in the third quarter of 2004 was approximately $3.2 million.
In
October
2004, we approved and implemented an additional restructuring related to 44
employees in conjunction with the consolidation of certain operations in our
Atlanta and Tampa offices into our Atmore, Alabama offices. We recorded and
recognized the costs in accordance with SFAS 146 at the communication
date
of
October 21, 2004. The total charge taken in the fourth quarter of 2004 was
approximately $0.8 million.
On
April
6, 2005, we initiated a reduction in force which terminated the employment
of
107 of our employees. The restructuring costs were considered a “One-Time
Termination Benefit” and as such were recorded as a liability at the
communication date of April 6, 2005 in accordance with SFAS No. 146 “Accounting
for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities.” We incurred a one-time
charge of approximately $0.5 million consisting primarily of post termination
wages, salaries and the associated payroll taxes, net of vacation expense
already accrued for these employees. Substantially all of these post termination
wages were paid within 30 days following the reduction in force.
All
restructuring charges have been paid as of December 31, 2005. The following
table shows the restructuring charges and related accruals recognized under
the
restructuring plans described above and the effect on our consolidated financial
position:
16.
INCOME TAXES
We
account
for income taxes under SFAS No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes." Deferred
income tax assets and liabilities are determined based upon differences between
financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities and are measured
using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences
are expected to reverse.
The
components of the income tax provision are as follows:
A
reconciliation of the differences between the effective income tax rate and
the
statutory federal tax rate follows:
Significant
components of our deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:
Generally
accepted accounting principles require a valuation allowance to reduce the
deferred tax assets reported if, based on the weight of the evidence, it is
more
likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not
be
realized. After consideration of all of the evidence, both positive and
negative, management has determined that a valuation allowance of $130.1 million
is necessary at December 31, 2005 to offset the net deferred tax asset.
At
December 31, 2005, our net operating loss carryforward for federal income tax
purposes is approximately $315.9 million, expiring in various amounts from
2018
through 2025. Utilization of our net operating loss may be subject to
substantial annual limitations due to the ownership change rules as provided
by
the Internal Revenue Code and similar state provisions. Such annual limitation
could result in the expiration of the net operating loss being
utilized.
17.
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
We
have
disputed billings and access charges from certain inter-exchange carriers
("IXCs") and incumbent local exchange carriers ("ILECs"). We contend that the
invoicing and billings of these access charges are not in accordance with the
interconnection, service level, or tariff agreements between us and certain IXCs
and ILECs. We have not paid these disputed amounts and management believes
that
we will prevail in these disputes. At December 31, 2005, the total disputed
amounts were approximately $19.4 million. We have accrued for $10.3 million,
which represents the access charges that we believe are valid or that may be
deemed valid.
As
of
December 31, 2005, we have agreements with two long-distance carriers to provide
transmission and termination services for all of our long distance traffic.
These agreements generally provide for the resale of long distance services
on a
per-minute basis and contain minimum volume commitments. As a result of not
fulfilling all of our volume commitments as outlined in one of these contracts,
we agreed to pay an increased per minute charge for minutes until the
achievement of certain minimum minute requirements. Once we meet the new agreed
upon minimum minutes we will revert to the terms of our original agreement.
All
other terms of the original agreement continue in full force.
On
April
15, 2005, Trinsic entered into a Wholesale Advantage Services Agreement with
Verizon Services Company on behalf of Verizon’s Incumbent Local Exchange
Carriers (Verizon ILECs). The Wholesale Advantage Services Agreement will act
as
a replacement for Trinsic’s existing Interconnection Agreements for the
provision of UNE-P services in Verizon service areas. As long as Trinsic meets
certain volume commitments, Verizon will continue to provide a UNE-P “like”
service at gradually increasing rates for a five year period. The contract
contains a take-or-pay clause that is applicable for every month starting in
May
2005. The calculation is based on a snapshot of lines we had in service as
of March 31, 2005 - the baseline volume. If Trinsic is unable to replace
lines generated by normal churn, this take-or-pay clause may become effective
and significantly raise our cost in the Verizon footprint.
In
connection with our wholesale services agreement, a portion of customers are
provisioned using our company code. Therefore, we are the customer of record
for
the Regional Bell Operating Companies’ wholesale billing. It is very likely that
the state commissions would require us to continue providing services to our
wholesale customers for at least a 90-day period, regardless of whether our
wholesale relationship continues. See footnote 24 - Subsequent Events for an
update on our wholesale agreement with Sprint.
We
have
agreed to certain service level agreements ("SLA"s) for providing service under
our wholesale agreement. If we were to not fulfill the SLAs after the phase-in
period there are certain remedies including but not limited to financial
compensation. We have not had to pay or accrue any financial compensation as
a
result of any SLAs since our inception. See footnote 24 - Subsequent Events
for
an update on our wholesale agreement with Sprint.
18.
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
In
December of 2005, we wrote off the remaining note receivable in the amount
of
$0.9 million from a former
employee.
The loan was originally recorded as reduction of our equity account as the
loan
was for the purchase of stock.
On
September 29, 2004, we signed an agreement with SipStorm, Inc., a company owned
by two of our stockholders and former officers, to transfer selected computer
hardware, software and intellectual property rights to SipStorm. Relative to
the
purchase, SipStorm assumed responsibility for certain accounts payable, future
maintenance payments and provided a promissory note in the amount of $2.8
million. The promissory note was settled for $0.3 million during the second
quarter of 2005. The note was collateralized by shares of our common stock
owned
by the directors of SipStorm and $0.3 million reflected the estimated realizable
value of that portion of our common stock at the time of the settlement. In
anticipation of the settlement, $2.5 million in bad debt expense was booked
during the first quarter of 2005.
In
August
2003, we accelerated the vesting of 122,223 stock options granted to an
executive as part of his severance agreement. This acceleration resulted in
the
employee being fully vested in stock options with a strike price of $1.30 per
share and was in-the-money trading at $2.02 per share as the time of
acceleration. As a result of this transaction we recorded approximately $0.1
million in general and administrative expense.
In
February 2003, we received a payment of $0.5 million from an executive officer
and board member in fulfillment of an outstanding note receivable.
We
paid
interest on our related party term debt in the amounts of $1.1 million, $0.3
million and $0.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003,
respectively.
19.
EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN
In
1999,
we established a 401(k) plan covering defined employees who meet established
eligibility requirements. Under the original plan provisions, we did not make
matching contributions. Effective September 15, 2000, we merged the plans of
Touch 1 and Trinsic and established a matching contribution for the 401(k)
plan
to 50% of participating contributions to a maximum matching amount of 5% of
a
participant's compensation. As of July 2004, we discontinued our matching
contribution. Our contributions were approximately $0.0 million, $0.3 million
and $0.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003,
respectively.
20.
STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
Effective
October 30, 1998, we adopted the 1998 Equity Participation Plan ("1998 Plan"),
for the grant to eligible employees and eligible participants of options to
purchase up to 25,220 shares of our common stock. During September and November
1999, the Board of Directors (the "Board") increased the shares available for
grant under the 1998 Plan to 120,000 and 150,000 shares, respectively. The
1998
Plan was terminated in 2000.
Effective
April 20, 2000, we adopted the 2000 Equity Participation Plan ("2000 Plan").
This plan allows for the grant to eligible employees and eligible participants
of options to purchase up to 40,000 shares of our common stock. Restricted
stock, dividend equivalents, deferred stock and stock appreciation rights may
be
awarded in lieu of stock options. The 2000 Plan automatically increases the
number of shares available for grant on the first day of each fiscal year
beginning in 2001 equal to the lesser of (i) 60,000 shares, (ii) 6% of the
outstanding shares on such date, or (iii) a lesser amount determined by the
Board.
Effective
November 19, 2004, we adopted the 2004 Stock Incentive Plan (“2004 Plan”). This
plan allows for the grant to eligible employees and eligible participants of
options to purchase up to 480,815 shares of our common stock. Restricted stock,
dividend equivalents, deferred stock and stock appreciation rights may be
awarded in lieu of stock options.
Our
plans
are administered by a committee appointed by the Board, or by the Board. The
Board or the appointed committee shall administer the 1998, 2000 and 2004 Plans,
select the eligible employees and eligible participants to whom options will
be
granted, the price to be paid, the exercise period and the number
of
shares
subject to any such options and interpret, construe and implement the provisions
of the Plans.
Stock
option grants approximate the fair market value at the date of grant. The
vesting periods on these options range from immediately to four years and have
a
maximum contractual life of ten years.
Prior
to
the adoption of the 1998 Plan, the Board awarded options (the "Initial Plan")
for the right to purchase 77,376 shares of common stock at a weighted average
option price per share of $141.50. The vesting periods on these options range
from immediately to four years, and have a maximum contractual life of ten
years.
A
summary
of the stock option activity for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004
is
presented below.
We
did not
grant any options to non-employees during 2005 or 2004.
The
following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding at
December 31, 2005:
21.
COMPUTATION OF NET LOSS PER SHARE
Basic
net
loss per share is computed by dividing net loss attributable to common
stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during
the period. Incremental shares of common stock equivalents are not included
in
the calculation of net loss per share as the inclusion of such equivalents
would
be
anti-dilutive.
Net
loss
per share is calculated as follows:
For
each
of the periods presented, basic and diluted net loss per share is the same.
The
following table includes potentially dilutive items that were excluded from
the
computation of diluted net loss per share for all periods presented because
to
do so would be anti-dilutive in each case:
22.
LEGAL AND REGULATORY PROCEEDINGS
During
June and July 2001, three separate class action lawsuits were filed against
us, certain of our current and former directors and officers (the “D&Os”)
and firms engaged in the underwriting (the “Underwriters”) of our initial public
offering of stock (the “IPO”). The lawsuits, along with approximately 310 other
similar lawsuits filed against other issuers arising out of initial public
offering allocations, have been assigned to a Judge in the United States
District Court for the Southern District of New York for pretrial coordination.
The lawsuits against us have been consolidated into a single action. A
consolidated amended complaint was filed on April 20, 2002. A Second
Corrected Amended Complaint (the “Amended Complaint”), which is the operative
complaint, was filed on July 12, 2002.
The
Amended Complaint is based on the allegations that our registration statement
on
Form S-1, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) in
connection with the IPO, contained untrue statements of material fact and
omitted to state facts necessary to make the statements made not misleading
by
failing to disclose that the underwriters allegedly had received additional,
excessive and undisclosed commissions from, and allegedly had entered into
unlawful tie-in and other arrangements with, certain customers to whom they
allocated shares in the IPO. The plaintiffs in the Amended Complaint assert
claims against us and the
D&Os
pursuant to Section 11 of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 10(b) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 10b-5 promulgated by the SEC there
under. The plaintiffs in the Amended Complaint assert claims against the
D&Os pursuant to Sections 11 and 15 of the Securities Act of 1933 and
Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and
Rule 10b-5 promulgated by the SEC there under. The plaintiffs seek an
undisclosed amount of damages, as well as pre-judgment and post-judgment
interest, costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees, experts’ fees and other
costs and disbursements. Initial discovery has begun. We believe we are entitled
to indemnification from our Underwriters.
A
settlement has been reached by the plaintiffs, the issuers and insurers of
the
issuers. The principal terms of the proposed settlement are (i) a release
of all claims against the issuers and their officers and directors,
(ii) the assignment by the issuers to the plaintiffs of certain claims the
issuers may have against the Underwriters and (iii) an undertaking by the
insurers to ensure the plaintiffs receive not less than $1 billion in connection
with claims against the Underwriters. Hence, under the terms of the proposed
settlement our financial obligations will likely be covered by insurance. To
be
binding the settlement must be approved by the court. The court has given
preliminary, but not final approval of the settlement.
Susan
Schad, on behalf of herself and all others similarly situated, filed a putative
class action lawsuit against Trinsic Communications, Inc. (formerly known as
Z-Tel Communications, Inc.), our wholly-owned subsidiary corporation, on May
13,
2004. The Original Complaint alleged that our subsidiary engaged in a pattern
and practice of deceiving consumers into paying amounts in excess of their
monthly rates by deceptively labeling certain line-item charges as
government-mandated taxes or fees when in fact they were not. The Original
Complaint sought to certify a class of plaintiffs consisting of all persons
or
entities who contracted with Trinsic for telecommunications services and were
billed for particular taxes or regulatory fees. The Original Complaint asserted
a claim under the Illinois Consumer Fraud and Deceptive Businesses Practices
Act
and sought unspecified damages, attorneys’ fees and court costs. On June 22,
2004, we filed a notice of removal in the state circuit court action, removing
the case to the federal district court for the Northern District of Illinois,
Eastern Division, C.A. No. 4 C 4187. On July 26, 2004, Plaintiff filed a motion
to remand the case to the state circuit court. On January 12, 2005, the federal
court granted the motion and remanded the case to the state court. On October
17, 2005, the state court heard argument on Trinsic’s motion to dismiss the
lawsuit and granted that motion, in part with prejudice. The court dismissed
with prejudice the claims relating to the “E911 Tax,” the “Utility Users Tax,”
and the “Communications Service Tax.” The court found that those tax charges
were specifically authorized by state law or local ordinance, and thus cannot
be
the basis of a Consumer Fraud claim. The court also dismissed (but with leave
to
replead) the claims relating to the “Interstate Recovery Fee” and the “Federal
Regulatory Compliance Fee.” The court determined that plaintiff had failed to
allege how she was actually damaged by the allegedly deceptive description
of
the charges. On November 15, 2005, Plaintiff filed a First Amended Class Action
Complaint alleging that Trinsic mislabeled its “Interstate Recovery Fee” and
“Federal Cost Recovery Fee” in supposed violation of the Illinois Consumer Fraud
and Deceptive Business Practices Act. As with the Original Complaint, the First
Amended Class Action Complaint seeks damages, fees, costs, and class
certification. Trinsic filed a further Motion to Dismiss which is now fully
briefed and will be heard by the Court on April 3, 2006. While the partial
dismissal with prejudice is a positive development, and although we believe
the
plaintiff’s allegations are without merit and intend to defend the lawsuit
vigorously, we cannot predict the outcome of this litigation with any
certainty.
On
November 19, 2004, the landlord of our principal Tampa, Florida facility sued
us
seeking a declaration of its rights and obligations under the lease and damages
for breach of contract. We assert that the landlord has failed to provide
certain services in accordance with the lease, including maintenance of air
conditioning and emergency electrical generating systems crucial to our
operations. We have taken steps necessary to provide this maintenance and have
offset the costs of these measures against the rent, which we believe we are
entitled to do under the lease. Thus far we have withheld approximately $0.2
million. We also believe we are entitled to reimbursement from the landlord
for
approximately $0.02 million in costs associated with improvements to the leased
space.
On
November 19, 2004, a provider of parking spaces for our Tampa facilities sued us
for parking fees in excess of $0.3 million. Pursuant to our lease we are
entitled to a number of free spaces and we are obligated
to
pay for
additional usage of parking spaces. We believe the provider has substantially
overstated our use of the spaces. We expect to resolve this dispute.
23.
SEGMENT REPORTING
We
have
two reportable operating segments: Retail Services and Wholesale Services.
The
retail
services segment includes our residential and business services that offer
bundled local and long-distance telephone services in combination with enhanced
communication features accessible, through the telephone, the Internet and
certain personal digital assistants. We provide these services in forty-nine
states. This segment also includes our Touch 1 residential long-distance
offering that is available nation-wide.
The
wholesale services segment allows companies to offer telephone exchange and
enhanced services to residential and small business customers. This service
is
currently available in 46 states and Sprint is our only customer for this
offering.
As
discussed in Note 24. - Subsequent Events, we have entered into an agreement
to
acquire the Sprint lines for which we currently provide services on a wholesale
basis. Upon the completion of this transaction on February 1, 2006 we will
no
longer provide wholesale services and will discontinue Segment
reporting.
Management
evaluates the performance of each business unit based on segment results,
exclusive of adjustments for unusual items and depreciation and amortization.
Special items are transactions or events that are included in our reported
consolidated results but are excluded from segment results due to their
nonrecurring or non-operational nature. It is also important to understand
when
viewing our segment results that we only record direct expenses in our wholesale
services and therefore, all employee benefits, occupancy, insurance, and other
indirect or overhead related expenses are reflected in the retail services
segment.
The
following summarizes the financial information concerning our reportable
segments for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003:
The
following table reconciles our segment information to the consolidated financial
information for 2005, 2004 and 2003:
24.
SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
On
January 12, 2006, we borrowed $1.0 million from the Fund. In connection
with the loan, and the previous $1.0 million loan received December 15,
2005, we delivered to the Fund a promissory note bearing interest at 12%
annually and due on demand and a mortgage on certain real property we own in
Atmore, Alabama where we have an operations center. Under the promissory note
we
may be required to grant additional security to the Fund.
On
February 1, 2006, we amended our accounts receivable financing facility with
Thermo by increasing the facility to $33 million. The amendment also gives
us
the option to further increase the facility up to $38 million during the next
six months.
On
February 1, 2006 we acquired 96,151 UNE-P local access lines, for which we
previously provided services on a wholesale basis, from Sprint . We acquired
the
lines pursuant to a definitive agreement dated October 25, 2005. Under the
agreement we purchased the lines for $9.6 million, of which we paid $2.4 million
at closing. The remainder will be paid in 15 equal monthly payments of $0.5
million.
On
February 13, 2006, we entered into a definitive agreement to sell approximately
43,000 local access lines to Access Integrated Networks, Inc., a privately-held
telephone company headquartered in Macon, Georgia. The lines represent
substantially all of our residential and small business lines within BellSouth
territories, including Alabama, Florida, Georgia, Kentucky, Louisiana,
Mississippi, North Carolina, South Carolina and Tennessee. Lines serving
multi-unit enterprises were excluded from the sale. We expect to close the
sale
within several months pending regulatory approvals. The total purchase price
will depend upon the number of lines in service at the time of closing. In
addition, Access Integrated Networks agreed to utilize our voicemail platform
for at least one year after the sale.
On
March
3, 2006 we initiated a reduction in force which terminated the employment of
approximately 118 employees. We expect to incur a one time charge during the
first quarter of 2006 of approximately $0.3 million consisting primarily of
post
termination wages and salaries we intend to pay to those employees and the
associated payroll taxes. Substantially all of those post termination wages
will
be paid within 60 days following the reduction in force. In association with
the
reduction in force we have ceased actively marketing our IP telephony services.
Services to our current IP telephony customers will be unaffected.
SUPPLEMENTAL
QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)
In
the
following summary of quarterly financial information, all adjustments necessary
for a fair presentation of each period were included.
(1)
Net
income (loss) per share were calculated for each three-month period on a
stand-alone basis.
(2)
Information for all periods presented has been restated for the one for ten
reverse stock split in 2005.
ITEM
9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL
DISCLOSURE
None.
ITEM
9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Evaluation
of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
We
maintain disclosure controls and procedures designed to ensure that material
information related to us, including our consolidated subsidiaries, is recorded,
processed, summarized and reported in accordance with SEC rules and forms.
Our management, with the participation of Chief Executive Officer, Horace J.
Davis, III and Chief Financial Officer, Edward D. Moise, Jr., has evaluated
the
effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the
period covered by this report. Based on their evaluation as of the end of the
period covered by this report, Mr. Davis and Mr. Moise, Jr. have concluded
that,
as a result of the material weaknesses discussed below, our disclosure controls
and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) were not sufficiently effective
to
ensure that the information required to be disclosed by us in our SEC reports
was recorded, processed, summarized and reported so as to ensure the quality
and
timeliness of our public disclosures in compliance
with
SEC
rules and forms. The areas of the internal controls that are deemed by our
management to contain material weaknesses surround the failure during the year
ended December 31, 2005 to retain financial reporting personnel necessary to
properly identify, research, review and conclude in a timely fashion, related
to
certain non-routine or complex accounting issues and related disclosures timely,
and the failure the year ended December 31, 2005 to appropriately and accurately
document the Company’s processes and procedures over the revenue and accounts
receivable cycles, which could affect the reported results for the accounting
period.
The
certifications attached as Exhibits 31.1 and 31.2 hereto should be read in
conjunction with the disclosures set forth herein.
Changes
in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
There
was
no change in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during
our most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably
likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial
reporting.
Remediation
of Material Weaknesses
The
material weaknesses in our disclosure controls and procedures stated above
in
“Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures”
requires us to make changes in internal controls over financial reporting.
As a
result, we recently hired additional financial reporting personnel with the
requisite skills necessary to properly identify, research, review and conclude
related to non-routine or complex accounting issues and related disclosures
timely. We will also appropriately and accurately document our processes
and procedures related to our processes and procedures over the revenue and
accounts receivable cycles. Our management believes that these changes in
review procedures and the addition of financial reporting personnel will ensure
that the disclosed material weaknesses in reporting procedures no longer should
have a material effect on financial reporting
PART
III
Information
regarding directors, nominees for director and executive officers is in our
2006
Annual Meeting proxy statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
Information
regarding executive compensation is included in our 2006 Annual Meeting proxy
statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
Information
required by this item is included in our 2006 Annual Meeting proxy statement
and
is incorporated herein by reference.
Information
required by this item is included in our 2006 Annual Meeting proxy statement
and
is incorporated herein by reference.
Information
required by this item is included in our 2006 Annual Meeting proxy statement
and
is incorporated herein by reference.
(a)
1. The
following financial statements of Trinsic, Inc. and the report thereon of Carr,
Riggs & Ingram, LLC dated March 31, 2006 are filed as part of this report:
Consolidated
Balance Sheets at December 31, 2005 and 2004
Consolidated
Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, 2003
Consolidated
Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Deficit for the years ended December
31,
2005, 2004 and 2003
Consolidated
Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
(a) |
3.
The following exhibits are filed as part of this report.
|
EXHIBIT
|
|
|
NUMBER
|
|
DESCRIPTION
|
3.1
|
|
Amended
and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Trinsic, Inc. as amended.
Incorporated by reference to the correspondingly numbered exhibit
to our
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004
filed April 15, 2005.
|
3.2
|
|
Amended
and Restated Bylaws of Trinsic, as amended. Incorporated by reference
to
the correspondingly numbered exhibit to our Quarterly report on
Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004 filed
November 15, 2004.
|
|
|
|
3.3
|
|
Certificate
of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
of
Trinsic, Inc. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to our
Form 8-K filed September 28, 2005.
|
|
|
|
4.1
|
|
Form
of Common Stock Certificate. Incorporated by reference to the
correspondingly numbered exhibit to our Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2004 filed April 15,
2005.
|
|
|
|
4.2
|
|
See
Exhibits 3.1, 3.2 and 3.3. of this report for provisions of the Amended
and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, and our Bylaws,
as
amended, defining rights of security holders.
|
|
|
|
4.6
|
|
Form
of Warrant for the purchase of shares of our common stock by each
of the
purchasers of our Series D Convertible Preferred Stock. Incorporated
by reference to the correspondingly numbered exhibit to our Quarterly
Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2000, filed
on August 14, 2000.
|
|
|
|
4.7
|
|
Stock
and Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated October 19, 2000, by and among
us and The 1818 Fund III, L.P. Incorporated by reference to the
correspondingly numbered exhibit to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended September 30, 2000, filed on November 14,
2000.
|
|
|
|
4.9
|
|
Registration
Rights Agreement between and among us and The 1818 Fund III, L.P.
Incorporated by reference to the correspondingly numbered exhibit
to our
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
September 30, 2000, filed on November 14,
2000.
|
|
|
|
4.10
|
|
Warrant
issued to The 1818 Fund III, L.P. for the purchase of shares of our
common
stock. Incorporated by reference to the correspondingly numbered
exhibit
to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September
30, 2000, filed on November 14,
2000.
|
|
|
|
4.11
|
|
Certificate
of Designation of Series F Junior Participating Preferred Stock.
Incorporated by reference to the correspondingly numbered exhibit
to our
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000,
filed on March 30, 2001.
|
|
|
|
4.12
|
|
Rights
Agreement dated as of February 19, 2001 between Z-Tel Technologies,
Inc. and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as Rights Agent, as
amended July 2, 2001. Incorporated be reference to the
correspondingly numbered exhibit to our quarterly report on Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended June 30, 2001
|
|
|
|
4.13
|
|
Amendment
No. 1 to Rights Agreement dated as of November 19, 2004 between
Z-Tel Technologies, Inc. and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company,
as Rights Agent. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to our
registration statement on form 8-A/A filed on December 6,
2004.
|
|
|
|
4.14
|
|
Amendment
No. 2 to Rights Agreement dated as of July 19, 2005, between
Trinsic, Inc. and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as Rights
Agent. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to our registration
statement on form 8-A/A filed on July 21, 2005.
|
|
|
|
4.15
|
|
Stock
and Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 2, 2001, by and
between us, D. Gregory Smith, and others. Incorporated by reference
to
Exhibit 1 to Amendment No. 1 of the Schedule 13D filed
July 12, 2001 with respect to our common stock by, among other
persons, The 1818 Fund III, L.P.
|
|
|
|
4.16
|
|
Warrant
for the Purchase of Shares of Common Stock of Trinsic, dated as of
July 2, 2001. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2 to
Amendment No. 1 of the Schedule 13D filed July 12, 2001
with respect to our common stock by, among other persons, The 1818
Fund
III, L.P.
|
|
|
|
4.17
|
|
Backup
Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 2, 2001, by and among Z-Tel
Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation and our wholly owned
subsidiary, Touch 1 Communications, Inc., an Alabama corporation
and our
wholly owned subsidiary, D. Gregory Smith and others. Incorporated
by
reference to Exhibit 4 to Amendment No. 1 of the
Schedule 13D filed July 12, 2001 with respect to our common
stock by, among other persons, The 1818 Fund III, L.P.
|
|
|
|
4.18
|
|
Additional
Investor Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of July 2, 2001,
between Z-Tel, D. Gregory Smith and others. Incorporated by reference
to
Exhibit 5 to the Schedule 13D filed July 24, 2001 with
respect to our common stock by, among other persons, D. Gregory
Smith.
|
|
|
|
4.19
|
|
Voting
Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2001, between us and certain of our
stockholders. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 5 to Amendment
No. 1 of the Schedule 13D filed July 12, 2001 with respect
to our common stock by, among other persons, The 1818 Fund III,
L.P.
|
|
|
|
4.20
|
|
Exchange
and Purchase Agreement dated July 15, 2005 between Trinsic, Inc. and
The 1818 Fund III, L.P. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to our
Form 8-K filed July 20, 2005.
|
|
|
|
4.21
|
|
Certificate
of Designation of Convertible Preferred Stock, Series H. Incorporated
by reference to Exhibit B to our Form 8-K filed July 20,
2005.
|
|
|
|
4.22
|
|
Voting
Agreement, dated August 31, 2005, between us and The 1818 Fund III,
L.P. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit B to our Form 8-K
filed September 7, 2005.
|
|
|
|
10.2.1
|
|
1998
Equity Participation Plan. Incorporated by reference to the
correspondingly numbered exhibit to our Registration Statement on
Form S-1 (File No. 333-89063), originally filed October 14,
1999, as amended and as effective December 14,
1999.
|
|
|
|
10.2.2
|
|
2000
Equity Participation Plan, as amended. Incorporated by reference
to the
correspondingly numbered exhibit to our Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2004 filed April 15,
2005.
|
|
|
|
10.2.3
|
|
2004
Stock Incentive Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to our
Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed May 8,
2005.
|
|
|
|
10.3
|
|
Loan
and Security Agreement, dated April 22, 2004, by and between Textron
Financial Corporation and Z-Tel. Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.2 of our Registration Statement on Form S-3 (File
No. 333-116747), originally filed June 22, 2004, as amended and
as effective July 15, 2004.
|
|
|
|
10.4
|
|
Receivables
Sales Agreement dated as of July 27, 2000 by and between Z-Tel
Communications, Inc., as seller and subservicer, Touch 1 Communications,
Inc., as seller and subservicer, and RFC Capital Corporation, as
purchaser. Incorporated by reference to the correspondingly numbered
exhibit to our Quarterly Report on Form 10- Q for the quarter ended
June 30, 2000, filed on August 14, 2000, with an amendment
extending the agreement until July 27,
2004.
|
10.510.5
|
|
Form
of Indemnification Agreement for our executive officers and directors.
Incorporated by reference to the correspondingly numbered exhibit
to our
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000,
filed on March 30, 2001.
|
|
|
|
10.6
|
|
Employment
Agreement of Horace J. Trey Davis III, dated August 14, 2002.
Incorporated by reference to the correspondingly numbered exhibit
to our
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31,
2004, filed on May 17, 2004. By amendment dated October 5, 2004,
the annual salary was increased to $300,000. The amendment is incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to Form 8-K filed October 12,
2004.
|
|
|
|
10.7
|
|
Modification
and Termination Agreement dated January 27, 2005 with Textron
Financial Corporation modifying our Loan and Security Agreement dated
April 22, 2004. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to
Form 8-K filed February 2, 2005.
|
|
|
|
10.8
|
|
Asset
Sale and Purchase Agreement dated September 29, 2004, between and
among Sipstorm, Inc. and us. Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 99.1 to October 6, 2004.
|
|
|
|
10.11
|
|
Promissory
Note, dated September 10, 1999, from Touch 1 Communications, Inc. to
William F. Corman (First Revocable Trust). Incorporated by reference
to
the correspondingly numbered exhibits to our Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000, filed on
March 30, 2001.
|
|
|
|
10.14
|
|
Receivables
Sales Agreement, dated as of March 28, 2005, by and between Trinsic
Communications Inc. and Touch 1 Communications s Inc., collectively
as
Seller and Subservicer, and Thermo Credit, LLC, as Purchaser and
Master
Servicer. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our o
Form 8-K filed April 5, 2005.
|
|
|
|
10.15
|
|
Promissory
Note, dated December 15, 2005, from Trinsic, Inc. to The 1818 Fund
III,
L.P. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to Form 8-K filed December
21,
2005.
|
|
|
|
10.16
|
|
Agreement
for Purchase and Sale of Customer Access Lines, dated October 25,
2005, by
and among Sprint Communications Company L.P., Sprint Communications
Company of Virginia, Inc. and Trinsic, Inc.
|
|
|
|
21.
|
|
List
of Subsidiaries
|
|
|
|
23a.
|
|
Consent
of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
|
23b.
|
|
Consent
of Carr
Riggs & Ingram LLC
|
|
|
|
31.1
|
|
Certification
of the Chief Executive Officer
|
|
|
|
31.2
|
|
Certification
of the Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
|
32.1
|
|
Written
Statement of the Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18
U.S.C.ss.1350
|
|
|
|
32.2
|
|
Written
Statement of the Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18
U.S.C.ss.1350
|
Pursuant
to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, the Registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf
by
the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, as of the 31st day of March 2006.
TRINSIC,
INC.
By:
|
/s/
Horace J. Davis, III
|
|
|
Horace
J. Davis, III
|
|
|
Chief
Executive Officer
|
|
|
|
|
Pursuant
to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has
been
signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.
|
SIGNATURE
|
|
TITLE
|
DATE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
Horace J. Davis, III
|
|
|
March
31, 2006
|
|
Horace
J. Davis, III
|
|
Chief
Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/Edward
D. Moise, Jr.
|
|
|
March
31, 2006
|
|
Edward
D. Moise, Jr.
|
|
Chief
Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting
Officer)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
Andrew C. Cowen
|
|
|
March
31, 2006
|
|
Andrew
C. Cowen
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
Richard F. LaRoche, Jr.
|
|
|
March
31, 2006
|
|
Richard
F. LaRoche, Jr.
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
Lawrence C. Tucker
|
|
|
March
31, 2006
|
|
Lawrence
C. Tucker
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
W. Andrew Krusen, Jr.
|
|
|
March
31, 2006
|
|
W.
Andrew Krusen, Jr.
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
Roy Neel
|
|
|
March
31, 2006
|
|
Roy
Neel
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
Raymond L. Golden
|
|
|
March
31, 2006
|
|
Raymond
L. Golden
|
|
Director
|
|
A
signed
original of this report has been provided to Trinsic, Inc. and will be retained
by the Trinsic, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission
or
its staff upon request.
Exhibit
21
List
of
Subsidiaries
Trinsic
Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation
Z-Tel
Network Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation
Z-Tel
Business Networks, Inc., a Delaware corporation
Z-Tel,
Inc., a Nevada corporation
Z-Tel
Holdings, Inc., a Florida corporation
Trinsic
Communications of Virginia, Inc., a Virginia corporation
Touch
1
Communications, Inc., an Alabama corporation
Z-Tel
Investments, Inc., a Delaware corporation
DirecTEL,
Inc., an Alabama corporation
DirectCONNECT,
Inc., an Alabama corporation
Z-Tel
Consumer Services, LLC, an Alabama limited liability company
Exhibit
23a.
CONSENT
OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We
hereby
consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement on
Form
S-8 (No. 333-41668, No. 333-74554, and No. 124682 (as amended)) and on Form
S-3
(No. 333-116747 (as amended)) of Trinsic, Inc. of our report dated April 14,
2005 relating to the financial statements, which appear in the Annual Report
on
Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004.
PricewaterhouseCoopers
LLP
Tampa,
Florida
March
31,
2006
Exhibit
23b.
Consent
of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
We
consent
to the incorporation by reference in registration statements on Form S-8 (No.
333-41668, No. 333-74554, and No. 124682 (as amended)) and on Form S-3 (No.
333-116747 (as amended)) of Trinsic, Inc. of our report dated March 31, 2006,
relating to our audit of the consolidated financial statements of Trinsic,
Inc.
included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
2005. Our report dated March 31, 2006 relating to the consolidated financial
statements includes an emphasis paragraph relating to an uncertainty as to
the
Company's ability to continue as a going concern.
/s/
Carr,
Riggs & Ingram, LLC
Montgomery,
Alabama
March
31,
2006
EXHIBIT
31.1
CERTIFICATION
OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
I,
Horace
J. Davis III, certify that--
1.
I have
reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Trinsic, Inc.;
2.
Based
on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material
fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements
made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made,
not
misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.
Based
on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information
included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial
condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and
for, the periods presented in this report;
4.
The
registrant's other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing
and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange
Act
Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and we have--
a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure
controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that
material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly
during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and
procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness
of the disclosure controls and procedures as the end of the period covered
by
this report based on such evaluation; and
c)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over
financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal
quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report)
that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect,
the
registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and
5.
The
registrant's other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most
recent evaluation of internal control
over
financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of
the
registrant's board of directors (or persons fulfilling the equivalent
function)
a)
All
significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation
of
internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to
adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and
report financial information; and
b)
Any
fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees
who
have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial
reporting.
Date:
March 31, 2006
/s/
HORACE
J. DAVIS III
-----------------------
Horace
J.
Davis III
Chief
Executive Officer
A
signed
original of this written statement has been provided to Trinsic, Inc. and will
be retained by the Trinsic, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange
Commission or its staff upon request.
EXHIBIT
31.2
CERTIFICATION
OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
I,
Edward
D. Moise, Jr., certify that--
1.
I have
reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Trinsic, Inc.;
2.
Based
on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material
fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements
made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made,
not
misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.
Based
on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information
included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial
condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and
for, the periods presented in this report;
4.
The
registrant's other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing
and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange
Act
Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and we have--
a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure
controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that
material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly
during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and
procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness
of the disclosure controls and procedures as the end of the period covered
by
this report based on such evaluation; and
c)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over
financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal
quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report)
that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect,
the
registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and
5.
The
registrant's other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most
recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the
registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of
directors (or persons fulfilling the equivalent function)--
a)
All
significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation
of
internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to
adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and
report financial information; and
b)
Any
fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees
who
have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial
reporting.
Date:
March 31, 2006
/s/
Edward
D. Moise, Jr.
-----------------------
Edward
D.
Moise, Jr.
Chief
Financial Officer
A
signed
original of this written statement has been provided to Trinsic, Inc. and will
be retained by the Trinsic, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange
Commission or its staff upon request.
Exhibit
32.1
WRITTEN
STATEMENT OF THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
PURSUANT
TO 18 U.S.C. SS.1350
Solely
for
the purposes of complying with 18 U.S.C. ss.1350, I, the undersigned Chief
Executive Officer of Trinsic, Inc. (the "Company"), hereby certify, based on
my
knowledge, that the Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the annual
period ended December 31, 2005 (the "Report") fully complies with the
requirements of Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that
information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects,
the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
/s/
Horace
J. Davis III
------------------------
Horace
J.
Davis III
March
31,
2006
A
signed
original of this written statement has been provided to Trinsic, Inc. and will
be retained by the Trinsic, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange
Commission or its staff upon request.
Exhibit
32.2
WRITTEN
STATEMENT OF THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT
TO 18 U.S.C. SS.1350
Solely
for
the purposes of complying with 18 U.S.C. ss.1350, I, the undersigned Chief
Financial Officer of Trinsic, Inc. (the "Company"), hereby certify, based on
my
knowledge, that the Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the annual
period ended December 31, 2005 (the "Report") fully complies with the
requirements of Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that
information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects,
the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
/s/
Edward
D. Moise, Jr.
-----------------------
Edward
D.
Moise, Jr.
March
31,
2006
A
signed
original of this written statement has been provided to Trinsic, Inc. and will
be retained by the Trinsic, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange
Commission or its staff upon request.
UNITED
STATES
SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON,
D.C. 20549
FORM
10-Q
(MARK
ONE)
[X]
QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE
SECURITIES
EXCHANGE
ACT OF 1934 FOR THE QUARTERLY PERIOD ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
2006
OR
[ ]
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE
SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
FOR
THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM TO
COMMISSION
FILE NUMBER: 000-28467
TRINSIC,
INC.
(Exact
name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
|
|
|
DELAWARE
(State
or other jurisdiction of
incorporation
or organization)
|
|
59-3501119
(I.R.S.
Employer
Identification
Number)
|
601
SOUTH HARBOUR ISLAND BOULEVARD, SUITE 220
TAMPA,
FLORIDA 33602
(813) 273-6261
(Address,
including zip code, and
telephone
number including area code, of
Registrant’s
principal executive offices)
SECURITIES
REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(B) OF THE ACT: NONE
SECURITIES
REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(G) OF THE ACT: COMMON STOCK, PAR VALUE $.01
PER SHARE, PREFERRED STOCK PURCHASE RIGHTS
Indicate
by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to
be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
Registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to
such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Yes
[X] No
[ ]
Indicate
by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an
accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of
the Exchange Act.)
Large
accelerated filer [ ] Accelerated
filer [ ] Non-accelerated
filer [X]
Indicate
by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in
Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.)
Yes [
] No [X]
The
number
of shares of the Registrant’s Common Stock outstanding as of December 18, 2006
was approximately 18,453,983.
TABLE
OF
CONTENTS
PART
I
Item
1.
|
Financial
Statements
|
|
|
Consolidated
Balance Sheets at September 30, 2006 (Unaudited) and December 31,
2005
|
3
|
|
Consolidated
Statements of Operations (Unaudited) for the three and nine months
ended
September 30, 2006 and 2005
|
4
|
|
Consolidated
Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited) for the nine months ended September
30, 2006 and 2005
|
5
|
|
Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)
|
6
|
Item
2.
|
Management’s
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations
|
16
|
Item
3.
|
Quantitative
and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
|
25
|
Item
4.
|
Controls
and Procedures
|
25
|
PART
II
Item
1.
|
Legal
Proceedings
|
26
|
Item
4.
|
Submission
of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
|
27
|
Item
6.
|
Exhibits
|
28
|
Signatures
|
30
|
|
TRINSIC,
INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED
BALANCE SHEETS
(IN
THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)
The
accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
statements.
TRINSIC,
INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(UNAUDITED)
(IN
THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)
The
accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
statements.
TRINSIC,
INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(UNAUDITED)
(In
thousands)
The
accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
statements
TRINSIC,
INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES
TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(UNAUDITED)
(ALL
TABLES ARE IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT FOR SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)
1.
NATURE
OF BUSINESS
DESCRIPTION
OF BUSINESS
Trinsic,
Inc. (formerly Z-Tel Technologies, Inc.) and subsidiaries (“Trinsic,” “we,” “us”
or “our”) is a provider of residential and business telecommunications services.
We offer local and long distance telephone services in combination with enhanced
communications features accessible through the telephone, the Internet and
certain personal digital assistants. In 2004 we began offering services
utilizing Internet protocol, often referred to as “IP telephony,” “voice over
Internet protocol” or “VoIP.”
LIQUIDITY
AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
Our
inability to operate profitably and to consistently generate cash flows from
operations and our reliance therefore on external funding either from loans
or
equity raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.
The
accompanying consolidated financial statements were prepared on a going concern
basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of
liabilities in the normal course of business. The realization of assets and
the
satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business is dependent upon,
among other things, our ability to operate profitably, to generate cash flow
from operations and to obtain funding adequate to fund its
business.
Our
operations are subject to certain risks and uncertainties, particularly related
to the evolution of the regulatory environment, which impacts our access to
and
cost of the network elements that we utilize to provide services to our
customers.
We
have
incurred significant losses since our inception as a result of developing our
business, performing ongoing research and development, building and maintaining
our network infrastructure and technology, the sale and promotion of our
services, and ongoing administrative expenditures. As of September 30, 2006,
we
had an accumulated deficit of approximately $432.2 million and $0.4 million
in
cash and cash equivalents. We have funded our expenditures primarily through
operating revenues, private securities offerings, our asset based loan, our
standby credit facility, a sale-leaseback credit facility, an accounts
receivable factoring facility and an initial public offering.
For
the
nine months ended September 30, 2006, net cash provided by operating activities
was $4.9 million as compared to $2.1 million used in operating activities for
the same period in the prior year.
On
April
4, 2005, we entered into an accounts receivable financing agreement with Thermo
Credit, LLC (“Thermo”). The agreement provides for the sale of up to $33 million
of our accounts receivable on a continuous basis to Thermo, subject to selection
criteria as defined in the contract.
On
December 15, 2005, we borrowed $1.0 million from the 1818 Fund III, L.P.
(“the Fund”) in order to take advantage of a tax settlement with the State of
New York. On January 12, 2006, we borrowed $1.0 million from the Fund for
general corporate purposes. In connection with the loan, and the previous $1.0
million loan received December 15, 2005, we delivered to the Fund a
promissory note bearing interest at 12% annually and due on demand and a
mortgage on certain real property we own in Atmore, Alabama where we have an
operations center. Under the promissory note we may be required to grant
additional security to the Fund.
Our
net
cash used in investing activities was $2.9 million for the nine months ended
September 30, 2006, compared to $2.2 million for the same period in the prior
year. The increase was attributable to purchasing local access lines from Sprint
in 2006, offset by a reduction in our capital expenditures.
For
the
nine months ended September 30, 2006, net cash used in financing activities
was
$1.7 million as compared to $3.1 million provided by financing activities for
the same period in 2005. This decrease in 2006 is primarily the result of the
purchase of local access lines from Sprint in 2006 and the issuance of preferred
stock in 2005.
Over
the
course of the first five months in 2006, we acquired 111,697 UNE-P local access
lines from Sprint for which we previously provided services on a wholesale
basis. We acquired the lines pursuant to a definitive agreement dated October
25, 2005. Under the agreement we purchased the lines for $11.2 million, $5.5
million of which has been paid as of September 30, 2006. The total purchase
price includes $1.3 million that was escrowed during the latter part of 2005.
The remaining purchase price will be paid in monthly installments through July
2007.
On
March
3, 2006 we initiated a reduction in force which terminated the employment of
approximately 118 employees. All post termination wages and salaries were paid
out as of April 7, 2006. In association with the reduction in force we have
ceased actively marketing our IP telephony services.
In
June
2006, we sold a building to a related party for cash proceeds of $0.4 million.
The proceeds were used to payoff our note payable to Corman Elegre and to make
a
small principal paydown on our $2 million loan from the Fund mentioned above.
We
recorded a $0.1 million loss associated with the sale.
Effective
July 27, 2006, we finalized a settlement with an ILEC over disputed balances
that reduced our accounts payable balance by $12.1 million. We paid a total
of
$3.9 million. The settlement resulted in a net gain of approximately $8.2
million that is included in interest and other income in our third quarter
statement of operations.
On
August
8, 2006 and September 6, 2006, we completed the sale of 13,439 and 13,923 local
access lines to Access Integrated Networks, Inc., a privately-held telephone
company headquartered in Macon, Georgia. The sale was pursuant to an Agreement
for Purchase and Sale of Customer Access Lines that we entered into with Access
Integrated Networks, Inc. on February 13, 2006. The sales price for these
lines was $2.6 million. In addition, Access loaned to us $0.5 million for which
we delivered a one-year, non-interest bearing promissory note.
On
October 23, 2006, we entered into a definitive agreement to sell
approximately 300 of our VoIP-based lines to CommX Holdings, Inc., a
privately-held provider of business-class voice services, headquartered in
Tampa, Florida. The lines, located in Tampa, Florida and New York City,
represent all of our VoIP-based business. We are also selling portions of our
VoIP network. We expect to close the sale within several months pending
regulatory approvals. The total purchase price will depend upon the number
of
lines in service at the time of closing. As a result of this agreement to sell
our VoIP-based lines, we expect our VoIP revenues to decline during the fourth
quarter of 2006 and to cease sometime during the first half of 2007. As
discussed below in Note 5 - Property and Equipment, we recorded an impairment
charge of $2.6 million during the third quarter associated with this decision
to
sell our VoIP-based business.
2.
BASIS
OF PRESENTATION
The
accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared
by
us in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United
States of America for interim financial information and are in the form
prescribed by the Securities and Exchange Commission’s (“SEC”) instructions to
Form 10-Q and Article 10 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, they do
not include all of the information and footnotes for complete financial
statements as required by accounting principles generally accepted in the United
States of America. The interim unaudited financial statements should be read
in
conjunction with our audited financial statements as of and for the year ended
December 31, 2005, included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K filed
with the SEC on March 31, 2006. In the opinion of management, all adjustments
considered necessary for a fair statement have been included. Operating results
for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006 are not necessarily
indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending
December 31, 2006.
The
preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date
of
the financial statements. Estimates also affect the reported amounts of revenues
and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from
those
estimates.
RECLASSIFICATION
Certain
amounts in the consolidated statements of operations for the three and nine
months ended September 30, 2005 have been reclassified to conform to the
presentation for the three and nine months ended September 30,
2006.
3.
SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND RECENT ACCOUNTING
PRONOUNCEMENTS
(a)
Significant Accounting Policies
Our
significant accounting policies are included in the Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 2005. There have been no changes to our significant
accounting policies during 2006.
Consistent
with our significant accounting policies referenced above, prepaid expenses
and
other current assets includes restricted certificates of deposits with various
maturity dates ranging from December 2006 to April 2007 in the amount of $0.1
million and $2.4 million as of September 30, 2006 and December 31, 2006,
respectively.
(b)
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In
September 2006, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) issued
Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) No. 108, which expresses the views of the SEC
staff regarding the process of quantifying financial statement misstatements.
SAB No. 108 provides guidance on the consideration of the effects of prior
year
misstatements in quantifying current year misstatements for the purpose of
a
materiality assessment. The guidance of this SAB is effective for annual
financial statements covering the first fiscal year ending after November 15,
2006. We do not anticipate that the adoption of SAB No. 108 will have a material
impact on our financial statements.
In
September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined
Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans - an amendment of FASB Statements
No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R).” This Statement, which is effective December 31,
2006 for the Company, requires employers to recognize the funded status of
defined benefit postretirement plans as an asset or liability on the balance
sheet and to recognize changes in that funded status through comprehensive
income. SFAS No. 158 also establishes the measurement date of plan assets and
obligations as the date of the employer’s fiscal year end, and provides for
additional annual disclosures. We do not anticipate that the adoption of SFAS
No. 158 will have a material impact on our financial statements.
In
September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 157, “Fair Value
Measurements,” which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring
fair value in GAAP, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements.
This
Statement applies under other accounting pronouncements that require or permit
fair value measurements and is effective for fiscal years beginning after
November 15, 2007. We are still assessing
the
impact the adoption of SFAS No. 157 will have on our financial
statements.
In
July
2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in
Income Taxes—an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109” (“FIN 48”),
which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in tax positions. FIN 48 requires
that entities recognize the impact of a tax position in their financial
statements, if that position is more likely than not to be sustained on audit,
based on the technical merits of the position. The provisions of FIN 48 are
effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006.
We are
still assessing
the
impact the adoption of FIN 48 will have on our financial
statements.
In
June
2006, the FASB issued Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 06-03, “How Taxes
Collected from Customers and Remitted to Governmental Authorities Should Be
Presented in the Income Statement (That Is, Gross versus Net Presentation)”
(“EITF 06-03”), which states that any tax assessed by a governmental authority
that is both imposed on and concurrent with a specific revenue-producing
transaction between a seller and a customer may be shown in the financials
on a
gross basis (included in revenues and costs) or a net basis (excluded from
revenues). If an entity chooses the gross presentation, it must disclose the
amount of such taxes for all income statement periods presented. EITF 06-03
is
effective for all reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2006, with
earlier application permitted. We currently use the net presentation method
for
such taxes and therefore we do not expect EITF 06-03 to have any impact on
our
financial statements.
In
March
2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”)
No. 156, “Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets” (“SFAS No. 156”),
which amends SFAS No. 140. SFAS 156 provides guidance addressing the
recognition and measurement of separately recognized servicing assets and
liabilities, common with mortgage securitization activities, and provides an
approach to simplify efforts to obtain hedge accounting treatment. SFAS 156
is
effective for all separately recognized servicing assets and liabilities
acquired or issued after the beginning of an entity’s fiscal year that begins
after September 15, 2006, with early adoption being permitted. We are still
assessing the impact that the adoption of SFAS No. 156 will have on our
financial position, results of operations and cash flows.
In
February 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 155, “Accounting for Certain Hybrid
Financial Instruments” (“SFAS 155”), which amends SFAS No. 133, “Accounting
for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” (“SFAS 133”) and SFAS
No. 140, “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and
Extinguishments of Liabilities” (“SFAS 140”). SFAS 155 provides guidance to
simplify the accounting for certain hybrid instruments by permitting fair value
remeasurement for any hybrid financial instrument that contains an embedded
derivative and clarifies that beneficial interests in securitized financial
assets are subject to SFAS 133. SFAS 155 is effective for all financial
instruments acquired, issued or subject to a new basis occurring after the
beginning of an entity’s first fiscal year that begins after September 15,
2006. We do not anticipate that the adoption of SFAS No. 155 will have a
material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
4.
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE FINANCING AGREEMENT
On
April
4, 2005, we entered into an accounts receivable financing agreement with Thermo
Credit, LLC (“Thermo”). The agreement provided for the sale of up to $22 million
of our accounts receivable on a continuous basis to Thermo, subject to selection
criteria as defined in the contract.
During
October 2005, we signed an amendment to our accounts receivable financing
agreement with Thermo. The amendment increases the amount of accounts
receivable that we can sell to Thermo from $22 million to $26 million,
subject to selection criteria as defined in the original contract. The
discount rate also increased from 2.5% to 2.75%. On February 1, 2006, we
amended our accounts receivable financing facility once more by increasing
the
facility to $33 million.
We
sold
approximately $168.9 million of receivables to Thermo, for net proceeds of
approximately $98.3 million, during the nine months ended September 30, 2006.
We
have not recorded a servicing asset or liability to date, as our servicing
fees
under the agreement represent the amount of cash collections in excess of the
amounts funded by Thermo. To date, the amount of collections from our
servicing activities have approximated the amounts funded by Thermo; therefore,
not giving rise to any servicing asset or liability. We recognized costs related
to the agreement of approximately $1.7 million and $2.3 million for the three
months ended September 30, 2006 and 2005, respectively. During the nine months
ended September 30, 2006 and 2005, we recognized $5.3 million and $2.3 million,
respectively. We are responsible for the continued servicing of the receivables
sold.
5.
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
At
the
respective dates, property and equipment consist of the following:
As
a
result of the decision to sell our VoIP-based business and various portions
of
our VoIP network as discussed in Note 14 - Subsequent Events, management
performed an assessment of the value of our VoIP assets, which include computer
equipment, software, software development, switching equipment and leasehold
improvements. In the third quarter of 2006, it was determined that, based upon
the undiscounted future cash flows, the carrying amount of the VoIP assets
would
not be recoverable.
The
carrying value of the VoIP assets exceeded the fair value by $2.6 million,
resulting in an impairment charge. We calculated the fair value of the assets
to
be sold to CommX Holdings, Inc. by using the estimated sales price as stated
in
the agreement. The fair value of the remaining assets was determined based
upon
market prices for similar assets advertised for sale.
The
$2.6
million impairment charge recorded during the third quarter of 2006 was composed
of $1.0 million related to computer equipment, $0.9 million related to software
and software development and $0.7 million related to switching equipment. The
impairment was recorded in our retail segment.
6.
INTANGIBLE ASSETS
Over
the
course of the first five months in 2006, we acquired 111,697 UNE-P local access
lines from Sprint for which we previously provided services on a wholesale
basis. We acquired the lines pursuant to a definitive agreement dated October
25, 2005. Under the agreement we purchased the lines for $11.2 million, $5.5
million of which has been paid as of September 30, 2006. The remaining purchase
price will be paid in monthly installments through July 2007. The entire
purchase price has been recorded as an intangible asset.
7.
OTHER
DEBT
On
December 15, 2005, we borrowed $1.0 million from the Fund in order to take
advantage of a tax settlement with the State of New York. On January 12,
2006, we borrowed $1.0 million from the Fund for general corporate purposes.
In
connection with the loan, and the previous $1.0 million loan received
December 15, 2005, we delivered to the Fund a promissory note bearing
interest at 12% annually and due on demand and a mortgage on certain real
property we own in Atmore, Alabama where we have an operations center. Under
the
promissory note we may be required to grant additional security to the
Fund.
See
Note
10 - Related Party Transactions for information related to the payoff of the
Corman Elegre note payable as well as the small principal paydown on the loan
payable to the Fund.
Concurrent
with the sale of local
access lines to Access Integrated Networks, Inc. during
August
2006, Access
Integrated Networks, Inc. loaned
Trinsic $0.5 million in exchange for an unsecured, non-interest bearing
promissory note. The note is due in August 2007.
The
table
below lists our current and long-term debt as of September 30, 2006 and December
31, 2005:
8.
STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
In
December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123R, “Share-Based Payment” (“SFAS
123R”), which revised SFAS 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” (“SFAS
123”). SFAS 123R requires the grant-date fair value of all stock-based payment
awards, including employee stock options, to be recognized as employee
compensation expense over the requisite service period. We adopted SFAS 123R
on
January 1, 2006 and applied the modified prospective transition method. Under
this transition method, we did not restate any prior periods and we are
recognizing compensation expense for all stock-based payment awards that were
outstanding, but not yet vested, as of January 1, 2006.
Prior
to
the adoption of SFAS 123R, the Company utilized the intrinsic-value based method
of accounting under APB Opinion No. 25, (“APB 25”) “Accounting for Stock
Issued to Employees” and related interpretations, and adopted the disclosure
requirements of SFAS 123. Under the intrinsic-value based method of accounting,
no compensation expense was historically recognized in the financial statements
for stock options. For additional information about our stock-based compensation
and for additional disclosures required under SFAS 123R, refer to Note 20 of
the
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in our Form 10-K.
On
January
20, 2006, our board of directors approved the full vesting of all of our
unvested, outstanding stock options. All of the stock options were
out-of-the-money and we decided to accelerate the vesting in order to avoid
future administrative and other costs. As a result of this accelerated vesting,
all remaining compensation costs related to our stock options were recorded
in
the three months ended March 31, 2006.
During
the
nine months ended September 30, 2006, our
general and administrative expense includes $1.0 million, or $0.06 per share,
in
compensation expense related to our stock-based payment awards.
As
noted
above, we previously accounted for our stock options under APB 25. The following
table illustrates the effect on net loss and net loss per share for the three
and nine months ended September 30, 2005, if we had applied the fair value
recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123, to stock-based employee
compensation. The
fair
value of the options granted has been estimated at the various grant dates
using
the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions:
· |
Fair
market value based on our closing common stock price on the date
the
option is granted;
|
· |
Expected
option term of 5 years;
|
· |
Volatility
based on the historical stock price over a period consistent with
the
expected term;
|
· |
No
expected dividend payments on our common
stock.
|
9.
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
As
of
September 30, 2006, we have agreements with three long-distance carriers to
provide transmission and termination services for all of our long distance
traffic. These agreements generally provide for the resale of long distance
services on a per-minute basis and contain minimum volume commitments. As a
result of not fulfilling all of our volume commitments as outlined in one of
these contracts, we agreed to pay an increased per minute charge for minutes
until the achievement of certain minimum minute requirements. Once we meet
the
new agreed upon minimum minutes we will revert to the terms of our original
agreement. All other terms of the original agreement continue in full force.
In
July
2004, we entered into an agreement with an Operations Support Systems services
firm to outsource customer provisioning and other ordering through electronic
bonding with the incumbent local exchange carriers. In November 2004, we
renegotiated this agreement, resulting in a lowering of our monthly minimum
payments for the six month time period beginning on July 1, 2005. In May 2005,
we renegotiated this agreement once again, resulting in a minimum annual
commitment of approximately $2.8 million for the year ending December 31, 2006.
We made payments under the agreement totaling $0.5 million and $0.1 million
during the three months ended September 30, 2006 and 2005, respectively. We
paid
$1.7 million and $0.2 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2006
and 2005, respectively.
On
April
15, 2005, Trinsic entered into a Wholesale Advantage Services Agreement with
Verizon Services Company on behalf of Verizon’s Incumbent Local Exchange
Carriers (Verizon ILECs). The Wholesale Advantage Services Agreement will act
as
a replacement for Trinsic’s existing Interconnection Agreements for the
provision of UNE-P services in Verizon service areas. As long as Trinsic meets
certain volume commitments, Verizon will continue to provide a UNE-P “like”
service at gradually increasing rates for a five year period. The contract
contains a take-or-pay clause that is applicable for every month starting in
May
2005. The calculation is based on a snapshot of lines we had in service as
of March 31, 2005 - the baseline volume. If Trinsic is unable to replace
lines generated by normal churn, this take-or-pay clause may become effective
and significantly raise our cost in the Verizon footprint. In July 2006, we
amended our Wholesale Advantage Services Agreement to exclude the newly acquired
Sprint lines from the baseline volume. This significantly lowers our minimum
volume commitments with Verizon. In exchange for the decreased minimums, we
accepted a rate increase across the Verizon territory. Both the decreased volume
commitment and the rate increase were effective as of January 1, 2006.
10.
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
We
recorded interest on our related party debt of $0.1 million and $0.5 million
during the three months ended September 30, 2006 and 2005, respectively, and
we
recorded interest of $0.2 million and $1.6 million during the nine months ended
September 30, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
In
June
2006, we sold a building to a related party for cash proceeds of $0.4 million.
The proceeds were used to payoff our note payable to Corman Elegre and to make
a
small principal paydown on our $2 million loan from the Fund mentioned above.
We
recorded a $0.1 million loss associated with the sale.
11.
COMPUTATION OF NET LOSS PER SHARE
Basic
net
loss per share is computed by dividing net loss attributable to common
stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during
the period. Incremental shares of common stock equivalents are not included
in
the calculation of diluted net loss per share as the inclusion of such
equivalents would be anti-dilutive.
Net
loss
per share is calculated as follows:
For
all
periods shown, basic and diluted net loss per share are the same. The following
table includes potentially dilutive items that were not included in the
computation of diluted net loss per share because to do so would be
anti-dilutive:
12.
LEGAL
AND REGULATORY PROCEEDINGS
During
June and July 2001, three separate class action lawsuits were filed against
us, certain of our current and former directors and officers (the “D&Os”)
and firms engaged in the underwriting (the “Underwriters”) of our initial public
offering of stock (the “IPO”). The lawsuits, along with approximately 310 other
similar lawsuits filed against other issuers arising out of initial public
offering allocations, have been assigned to a Judge in the United States
District Court for the Southern District of New York for pretrial coordination.
The lawsuits against us have been consolidated into a single action. A
consolidated amended complaint was filed on April 20, 2002. A Second
Corrected Amended Complaint (the “Amended Complaint”), which is the operative
complaint, was filed on July 12, 2002.
The
Amended Complaint is based on the allegations that our registration statement
on
Form S-1, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) in
connection with the IPO, contained untrue statements of material fact and
omitted to state facts necessary to make the statements made not misleading
by
failing to disclose that the underwriters allegedly had received additional,
excessive and undisclosed commissions from, and allegedly had entered into
unlawful tie-in and other arrangements with, certain customers to whom they
allocated shares in the IPO. The plaintiffs in the Amended Complaint assert
claims against us and the D&Os pursuant to Section 11 of the Securities
Act of 1933 and Section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and
Rule 10b-5 promulgated by the SEC there under. The plaintiffs in the
Amended Complaint assert claims against the D&Os pursuant to
Sections 11 and 15 of the Securities Act of 1933 and Sections 10(b) and
20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 10b-5 promulgated by
the SEC there under. The plaintiffs seek an undisclosed amount of damages,
as
well as pre-judgment and post-judgment interest, costs and expenses, including
attorneys’ fees, experts’ fees and other costs and disbursements. Initial
discovery has begun. We believe we are entitled to indemnification from our
Underwriters.
A
settlement has been reached by the plaintiffs, the issuers and insurers of
the
issuers. The principal terms of the proposed settlement are (i) a release
of all claims against the issuers and their officers and directors,
(ii) the assignment by the issuers to the plaintiffs of certain claims the
issuers may have against the Underwriters and (iii) an undertaking by the
insurers to ensure the plaintiffs receive not less than $1 billion in
connection with claims against
the
Underwriters. Hence, under the terms of the proposed settlement our financial
obligations will likely be covered by insurance. To be binding the settlement
must be approved by the court. There is no assurance that the settlement will
be
finally approved by the court.
Susan
Schad, on behalf of herself and all others similarly situated, filed a putative
class action lawsuit against Trinsic Communications, Inc. (formerly known as
Z-Tel Communications, Inc.), our wholly-owned subsidiary corporation, on
May 13, 2004. The original complaint alleged that our subsidiary engaged in
a pattern and practice of deceiving consumers into paying amounts in excess
of
their monthly rates by deceptively labeling certain line-item charges as
government-mandated taxes or fees when in fact they were not. The original
complaint sought to certify a class of plaintiffs consisting of all persons
or
entities who contracted with Trinsic for telecommunications services and were
billed for particular taxes or regulatory fees. The original complaint asserted
a claim under the Illinois Consumer Fraud and Deceptive Businesses Practices
Act
and sought unspecified damages, attorneys’ fees and court costs. On
June 22, 2004, we filed a notice of removal in the state circuit court
action, removing the case to the Federal District Court for the Northern
District of Illinois, Eastern Division, C.A. No. 04 C 4187. On
July 26, 2004, the plaintiff filed a motion to remand the case to the state
circuit court. On January 12, 2005, the federal court granted the motion
and remanded the case to the state court. On October 17, 2005, the state
court heard argument on our motion to dismiss the lawsuit and granted that
motion, in part with prejudice. The court dismissed with prejudice the claims
relating to the “E911 Tax,” the “Utility Users Tax,” and the “Communications
Service Tax.” The court found that those tax charges were specifically
authorized by state law or local ordinance, and thus cannot be the basis of
a
Consumer Fraud claim. The court also dismissed (but with leave to replead)
the
claims relating to the “Interstate Recovery Fee” and the “Federal Regulatory
Compliance Fee.” The court determined that the plaintiff had failed to allege
how she was actually damaged by the allegedly deceptive description of the
charges. On November 15, 2005, the plaintiff filed a First Amended
Class Action Complaint alleging that Trinsic mislabeled its “Interstate
Recovery Fee” and “Federal Cost Recovery Fee” in supposed violation of the
Illinois Consumer Fraud and Deceptive Business Practices Act. As with the
original complaint, the First Amended Class Action Complaint seeks damages,
fees, costs, and class certification. We filed a further Motion to Dismiss
which
was heard by the court on April 3, 2006. The court granted our motion by
dismissing the plaintiff’s claims for unfair practices under the Illinois
Consumer Fraud and Deceptive Business Practices Act and dismissing in part
the
plaintiff’s claims for deceptive practice under the Act. The court determined
that the plaintiff did not state sufficient facts indicating that her alleged
damages were caused by our alleged deception. On April 24, 2006, the
plaintiff filed a Second Amended Class Action Complaint again alleging that
Trinsic mislabeled its “Interstate Recovery Fee” and “Federal Cost Recovery Fee”
in supposed violation of the Illinois Consumer Fraud and Deceptive Business
Practices Act. The Second Amended Class Action Complaint seeks damages,
fees, costs, and class certification. We moved to dismiss this Second Amended
Class Action Complaint, and the Court heard the motion on August 28,
2006. On September 27, 2006, the court issued a ruling allowing the
plaintiff’s remaining claims to stand and ordered us to answer the Second
Amended Complaint on October 4, 2006. We have filed an answer denying all
material allegations.
Discovery has recently begun. We believe the plaintiff’s allegations are
without merit and intend to defend the lawsuit vigorously, but we cannot predict
the outcome of this litigation with any certainty.
On
November 19, 2004, the landlord of our principal Tampa, Florida facility
sued us seeking a declaration of its rights and obligations under the lease
and
damages for breach of contract. We assert that the landlord has failed to
provide certain services in accordance with the lease, including maintenance
of
air conditioning and emergency electrical generating systems crucial to our
operations. We have taken steps necessary to provide this maintenance and have
offset the costs of these measures against the rent, which we believe we are
entitled to do under the lease. Thus far we have withheld approximately $0.3
million. We also believe we are entitled to reimbursement from the landlord
for
costs associated with improvements to the leased space.
On
November 19, 2004, a provider of parking spaces for our Tampa facilities
sued us for parking fees in excess of $0.3 million. Pursuant to our lease we
are
entitled to a number of free spaces and we are obligated to pay for additional
usage of parking spaces. We have entered into a settlement understanding with
the plaintiff. Under the settlement, we agreed to pay a total of $0.2 million,
payable in installments over seven months. We made the final payment on November
1, 2006.
On
August
11, 2006, Oracle sued us for payment of licensing fees alleging claims for
copyright infringement, breach of contract, account stated, open book account,
and goods sold and delivered based upon our license. We disagreed with the
terms
of our usage of the licensed software. We have entered into a settlement
agreement with Oracle. Under the agreement we agree to pay $0.3 million over
a
10 month period beginning November 15, 2006.
13.
SEGMENT REPORTING
We
have
two reportable operating segments: Retail Services and Wholesale Services.
The
retail
services segment includes our residential and business services that offer
bundled local and long-distance telephone services in combination with enhanced
communication features accessible, through the telephone, the Internet and
certain personal digital assistants. We offer these services in forty-nine
states. This segment also includes our Touch 1 residential long-distance
offering that is available nation-wide.
The
wholesale services segment allows companies to offer telephone exchange and
enhanced services to residential and small business customers. Sprint was our
only wholesale customer during 2005 and 2006. As discussed in Note 6 above,
we
have acquired all of the Sprint lines for which we previously provided wholesale
services.
Management
evaluates the performance of each business unit based on segment results,
exclusive of adjustments for unusual items and depreciation and amortization.
Special items are transactions or events that are included in our reported
consolidated results but are excluded from segment results due to their
nonrecurring or non-operational nature. It is also important to understand
when
viewing our segment results that we only record direct expenses in our wholesale
services and therefore, all employee benefits, occupancy, insurance, and other
indirect or overhead related expenses are reflected in the retail services
segment.
The
following summarizes the financial information concerning our reportable
segments for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006 and 2005:
The
following table reconciles our segment information to the consolidated financial
information for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006 and 2005:
14.
SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
On
October 23, 2006, we entered into a definitive agreement to sell
approximately 300 of our VoIP-based lines to CommX Holdings, Inc., a
privately-held provider of business-class voice services using VoIP,
headquartered in Tampa, Florida. The lines, located in Tampa, Florida and New
York City, represent all of our VoIP-based business. We are also selling
portions of our VoIP network. We expect to close the sale within several months
pending regulatory approvals. The total purchase price will depend upon the
number of lines in service at the time of closing.
As
discussed above in Note 5 - Property and Equipment, we recorded an impairment
charge of $2.6 million during the third quarter associated with this decision
to
sell our VoIP-based business.
ITEM
2. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS.
You
should
read the following discussion together with financial statements and related
notes included in this document. This discussion contains forward-looking
statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ
materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements as a result
of
certain factors, including, but not limited to, those discussed in "Item 1.
Business," as well as "Cautionary Statements Regarding Forward-Looking
Statements," and "Item 1A. Risk Factors" included in our Form 10-K filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 31, 2006, and other factors
relating to our business and us that are not historical facts. Factors that
may
affect our results of operations include, but are not limited to, our limited
operating history and cumulative losses, access to financing, uncertainty of
customer demand, rapid expansion, potential software failures and errors,
potential network and interconnection failure, dependence on local exchange
carriers, dependence on third party vendors, dependence on key personnel,
uncertainty of government regulation, legal and regulatory uncertainties, and
competition. We disclaim any obligation to update information contained in
any
forward-looking statement.
OVERVIEW
We
offer
local and long distance telephone services in combination with enhanced
communication features accessible through the telephone or the Internet. These
features include Personal Voice Assistant ("PVA"), "Find-Me," "Notify-Me,"
caller identification, call waiting and speed dialing. PVA allows users to
store
contacts in a virtual address book and then access and utilize that information
by voice from any telephone. PVA users can also send voice e-mails. We provide
advanced, integrated telecommunications services targeted to residential and
business customers. We have successfully deployed Cisco soft switches in the
Tampa and New York City markets, which allows us to provision VoIP services.
In
addition to providing our services on a retail basis, we are also providing
these services on a wholesale basis. Our wholesale services provide other
companies the ability to utilize our telephone exchange services, enhanced
services platform, infrastructure and back-office operations to provide services
to retail and business customers on a private label basis. For management
purposes, we are organized into two reportable operating segments: retail
services and wholesale services. As discussed in Note 6 to the consolidated
financial statements, during second quarter we substantially completed our
acquisition of all of the lines for which we previously provided wholesale
services. The nature of our business is rapidly evolving, and we have a limited
operating history.
RESULTS
OF OPERATIONS
The
following discussion of results of operations is by business segment. Management
evaluates the performance of each business unit based on segment results, after
making adjustments for unusual items. Unusual items are transactions or events
that are included in our reported consolidated results, but are excluded from
segment results due to their non-recurring or non-operational nature. See our
segment footnote to our consolidated financial statements for a reconciliation
of segmented results to the consolidated financial information.
Revenues
Two
significant drivers impact our revenues: number of lines in service and average
(monthly) revenue per unit (“ARPU”). The more significant driver impacting our
changes in revenue is the number of lines in service. The table below provides
a
detailed break-down of our lines:
Average
and ending lines in service for 2006 include the lines purchased from Sprint.
See Note 6 - Intangible Assets.
ARPU
provides us with a business measure as to the average monthly revenue generation
attributable to each line in service, by business segment. ARPU is calculated
by
taking total revenues over a period divided by the number of months in the
period to calculate the average revenue per month and this total is divided
by
the average lines in service during the period. We use this measure when
analyzing our retail services business, but not when assessing our wholesale
services business for the reasons summarized earlier within this section. The
following table provides a detail of our ARPU:
Price
increases went into effect in the fourth quarter of 2005, causing the ARPU
to
increase for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006 as compared
to
the same periods in 2005.
The
company expects both its retail and wholesale revenue to decline in 2006.
The expected decrease is the result of the sale of access lines to Access
Integrated Networks, Inc., termination of the company’s wholesale operations,
the agreement to sell all of our VoIP-based lines and normal attrition of the
remaining customer base. The decrease should be partially offset by the
acquisition of access lines from Sprint and the rate changes noted
above.
Retail
Segment
During
the
three months ended September 30, 2006, the increases in bundled residential
and
bundled business revenue as compared to the same period in 2005, were primarily
the result of the conversion of Sprint wholesale lines to the retail segment
in
addition to the price increases mentioned above. The decline in 1+ long distance
revenue for these same comparative periods was primarily the result of the
decline in 1+ long distance lines.
During
the
nine months ended September 30, 2006, bundled business and bundled residential
revenue increased as compared to the same period in 2005 due to the conversion
of the Sprint lines as well as price increases, offset slightly by decreases
in
average lines in service. The decrease in 1+ long distance revenue for these
same comparative periods was attributable to the decreases in average lines
in
service during the nine month period in 2006 as compared to 2005.
Wholesale
Segment
Sprint
wholesale lines have decreased from 173,460 at September 30, 2005 to zero at
September 30, 2006, resulting in a significant decline in wholesale revenue.
Given our decision to exit the wholesale services offering, we do not expect
to
have any significant wholesale revenue going forward.
Network
Operations
Our
network operations expense primarily consists of fixed and variable transmission
expenses for the leasing of the UNE-P components from ILECs, domestic and
international charges from service level agreements with IXCs, and USF and
certain other regulatory charges. The following table shows the detail by
segment of network operations expense:
The
following table shows the detail by type of network operations
expense:
During
the
three and nine months ended September 30, 2006, network operations expense
increased as compared to the same periods in 2005 for residential and business
services. This is primarily due to increases in ILEC fees as well as our
acquisition of Sprint lines that we previously served on a wholesale basis.
For
1+ long distance services, the increased ILEC fees were offset by the decrease
in lines in service, causing network operations expense to decrease from 2005
to
2006. Network operations expense decreased significantly for wholesale services
during 2006 as compared to 2005 as a result of our acquisition of Sprint
lines.
We
also
analyze the average expense per unit (“AEPU”) for network operations, similar to
the ARPU calculation for revenues. AEPU is calculated by taking total network
operations expense over a period divided by the number of months in the period
to calculate the average expense per month and this total is divided by the
average lines in service during the period. The following details AEPU for
network operations expense.
During
2006, AEPU increased because of rate increases associated with the FCC’s UNE-P
ruling effective March 11, 2005 and our commercial services
agreements.
We
expect
network operations expense to increase in 2006 as we experience rate increases
associated with our commercial services agreements with ILECs.
Retail
Segment
The
following table provides a detail of network operations expense as a percentage
of revenues by the respective revenue types. This table excludes an analysis
of
the wholesale services business segment because management does not evaluate
this measure, given that network expenses related to wholesale services are
intended to be zero-margin direct cost pass-through in nature.
During
the
three and nine months ended September 30, 2006 as compared to the same periods
in the prior year, network operations expense as a percentage of revenues
increased for bundled residential and business services. The increase is a
direct result of rate increases associated with the FCC’s UNE-P ruling effective
March 11, 2005 and our commercial services agreements with Qwest, Verizon,
SBC
Communications (now AT&T) and BellSouth.
Wholesale
Segment
Network
operations expense from the wholesale segment decreased significantly for the
three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 as compared to the same
periods in 2005. This was the result of the significant decrease in wholesale
lines in service during 2006.
Sales
and Marketing
The
sales
and marketing expense primarily consists of telemarketing, direct mail, brand
awareness advertising and independent sales representative commissions and
salaries and benefits paid to employees engaged in sales and marketing
activities. The following table shows the detail by segment of sales and
marketing expense:
Retail
Segment
During
the
three and nine months of 2006, sales and marketing expense decreased
significantly as compared to the same periods in 2005. This was mainly due
to a
decrease in sales commissions and payroll related expenses. Decreases were
also
experienced in direct mail expenses and marketing expenses as we have not
actively marketed to VoIP or UNE-P customers in 2006.
Wholesale
Segment
We
are not
actively seeking any new wholesale relationships at this time, therefore we
have
not incurred any expenses related to this segment for either period
presented.
General
and Administrative
General
and administrative expense primarily consists of employee salaries and benefits,
outsourced services, bad debt expense, billing and collection costs, occupancy
costs, legal and provisioning costs. The following table shows the detail by
segment of general and administrative expense:
The
increase in general and administrative expenses during the three months ended
September 30, 2006 as compared to the same period in 2005 is primarily
attributable to increases in bad debt expenses, tax and licenses expenses and
customer provisioning expenses. Taxes and licenses expense increased due to
a
one-time assessment we received and the customer provisioning expenses increased
as a result of a lump-sum penalty charged to us by a vendor. General and
administrative expenses decreased for the nine months ended September 30, 2006
as compared to the same period in 2005 due to decreases in payroll and payroll
related expenses, hardware and software support expenses and collection
expenses. These decreases were partially offset by increases in customer
provisioning expenses and legal fees.
We
have
improved our operating costs and overall operations. Decreases in total lines
in
service have directly impacted our general and administrative needs, causing
a
significant reduction in many of the expense items listed above. We anticipate
general and administrative expenditures will decrease in total into the future
as management continues to rationalize its operating cost structure. We will
continue to evaluate our operations for efficiencies and our employee staffing
requirements as they relate to increased efficiencies or needs to expand or
outsource services.
Retail
Segment
The
increases and decreases in general and administrative expenses for the retail
segment are explained above.
Included
in the retail services general and administrative expense are all employee
benefits expenses, occupancy, insurance, and other indirect or overhead-related
expenses as only direct costs are recorded within our wholesale services
business segment.
Wholesale
Segment
The
decreases in general and administrative expense for the three and nine months
ended September 30, 2006 as compared to the same periods in 2005 are a direct
result of our acquisition of the Sprint wholesale lines.
Loss
on Impairment of Assets
As
a
result of the decision to sell our VoIP-based business and various portions
of
our VoIP network as discussed in Note 14 - Subsequent Events, management
performed an assessment of the value of our VoIP assets, which include computer
equipment, software, software development, switching equipment and leasehold
improvements. In the third quarter of 2006, it was determined that, based upon
the undiscounted future cash flows, the carrying amount of the VoIP assets
would
not be recoverable.
The
carrying value of the VoIP assets exceeded the fair value by $2.6 million,
resulting in an impairment charge. We calculated the fair value of the assets
to
be sold to CommX Holdings, Inc. by using the estimated sales price as stated
in
the agreement. The fair value of the remaining assets was determined based
upon
market prices for similar assets advertised for sale. The $2.6 million
impairment charge was recorded in our retail segment.
Depreciation
and Amortization
Depreciation
and amortization expense increased for the three and nine months ended September
30, 2006 as compared to the prior year periods. The increase was the result
of
the amortization expense related to our customer list intangible that was
created upon the acquisition of the Sprint lines in 2006.
Interest
and Other Income
Interest
and other income primarily consists of interest charged to our bundled
residential and business customers for not paying their bills on time and income
from interest earned on our cash balances.
During
the
three and nine months ended September 30, 2006, interest and other income
includes an $8.2 million gain from a legal settlement and $2.6 million of
proceeds from the sale of access lines to Access Integrated Networks,
Inc.
During
the
nine months ended September 30, 2005, interest and other income includes $5.8
million of lawsuit proceeds from a legal settlement.
Interest
and Other Expense
Interest
and other expense includes late fees for vendor payments, discount fees related
to our accounts receivable financing agreement, interest related to the asset
based loan with Textron and our standby credit facility, capital leases and
our
other debt obligations.
The
decreases in interest and other expense during the three and nine months ended
September 30, 2006 as compared to the same periods in 2005 were primarily
attributable to the decrease in the outstanding balance of our loan payable
to
The 1818 Fund, L.P.
LIQUIDITY
AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
Our
inability to operate profitably and to consistently generate cash flows from
operations and our reliance therefore on external funding either from loans
or
equity raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.
The
accompanying consolidated financial statements were prepared on a going concern
basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of
liabilities in the normal course of business. The realization of assets and
the
satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business is dependent upon,
among other things, our ability to operate profitably, to generate cash flow
from operations and to obtain funding adequate to fund its
business.
Our
operations are subject to certain risks and uncertainties, particularly related
to the evolution of the regulatory environment, which impacts our access to
and
cost of the network elements that we utilize to provide services to our
customers.
We
have
incurred significant losses since our inception as a result of developing our
business, performing ongoing research and development, building and maintaining
our network infrastructure and technology, the sale and promotion of our
services, and ongoing administrative expenditures. As of September 30, 2006,
we
had an accumulated deficit of approximately $432.2 million and $0.4 million
in
cash and cash equivalents. We have funded our expenditures primarily through
operating revenues, private securities offerings, our asset based loan, our
standby credit facility, a sale-leaseback credit facility, an accounts
receivable factoring facility and an initial public offering.
For
the
nine months ended September 30, 2006, net cash provided by operating activities
was $4.9 million as compared to $2.1 million used in operating activities for
the same period in the prior year.
On
April
4, 2005, we entered into an accounts receivable financing agreement with Thermo
Credit, LLC (“Thermo”). The agreement provides for the sale of up to $33 million
of our accounts receivable on a continuous basis to Thermo, subject to selection
criteria as defined in the contract.
On
December 15, 2005, we borrowed $1.0 million from the 1818 Fund III, L.P.
(“the Fund”) in order to take advantage of a tax settlement with the State of
New York. On January 12, 2006, we borrowed $1.0 million from the Fund for
general corporate purposes. In connection with the loan, and the previous $1.0
million loan received December 15, 2005, we delivered to the Fund a
promissory note bearing interest at 12% annually and due on demand and a
mortgage on certain real property we own in Atmore, Alabama where we have an
operations center. Under the promissory note we may be required to grant
additional security to the Fund.
Our
net
cash used in investing activities was $2.9 million for the nine months ended
September 30, 2006, compared to $2.2 million for the same period in the prior
year. The increase was attributable to purchasing local access lines from Sprint
in 2006, offset by a reduction in our capital expenditures.
For
the
nine months ended September 30, 2006, net cash used in financing activities
was
$1.7 million as compared to $3.1 million provided by financing activities for
the same period in 2005. This decrease in 2006 is primarily the result of the
purchase of local access lines from Sprint in 2006 and the issuance of preferred
stock in 2005.
Over
the
course of the first five months in 2006, we acquired 111,697 UNE-P local access
lines from Sprint for which we previously provided services on a wholesale
basis. We acquired the lines pursuant to a definitive agreement dated October
25, 2005. Under the agreement we purchased the lines for $11.2 million, $5.5
million of which has been paid as of September 30, 2006. The total purchase
price includes $1.3 million that was escrowed during the latter part of 2005.
The remaining purchase price will be paid in monthly installments through July
2007.
On
March
3, 2006 we initiated a reduction in force which terminated the employment of
approximately 118 employees. All post termination wages and salaries were paid
out as of April 7, 2006. In association with the reduction in force we have
ceased actively marketing our IP telephony services.
In
June
2006, we sold a building to a related party for cash proceeds of $0.4 million.
The proceeds were used to payoff our note payable to Corman Elegre and to make
a
small principal paydown on our $2 million loan from the Fund mentioned above.
We
recorded a $0.1 million loss associated with the sale.
Effective
July 27, 2006, we finalized a settlement with an ILEC over disputed balances
that reduced our accounts payable balance by $12.1 million. We paid a total
of
$3.9 million. The settlement resulted in a net gain of approximately $8.2
million that is included in interest and other income in our third quarter
statement of operations.
On
August
8, 2006 and September 6, 2006, we completed the sale of 13,439 and 13,923 local
access lines to Access Integrated Networks, Inc., a privately-held telephone
company headquartered in Macon, Georgia. The sale was pursuant to an Agreement
for Purchase and Sale of Customer Access Lines that we entered into with Access
Integrated Networks, Inc. on February 13, 2006. The sales price for these
lines was $2.6 million. In addition, Access loaned to us $0.5 million for which
we delivered a one-year, non-interest bearing promissory note.
On
October 23, 2006, we entered into a definitive agreement to sell
approximately 300 of our VoIP-based lines to CommX Holdings, Inc., a
privately-held provider of business-class voice services, headquartered in
Tampa, Florida. The lines, located in Tampa, Florida and New York City,
represent all of our VoIP-based business. We are also selling portions of our
VoIP network. We expect to close the sale within several months pending
regulatory approvals. The total purchase price will depend upon the number
of
lines in service at the time of closing. As a result of this agreement to sell
our VoIP-based lines, we expect our VoIP revenues to decline during the fourth
quarter of 2006 and to cease sometime during the first half of 2007. As
discussed below in Note 5 - Property and Equipment, we recorded an impairment
charge of $2.6 million during the third quarter associated with this decision
to
sell our VoIP-based business.
DEBT
INSTRUMENTS
Accounts
Receivable Financing
On
April
4, 2005, we entered into an accounts receivable financing agreement with Thermo
Credit, LLC (“Thermo”). The agreement provides for the sale of up to $22 million
of our accounts receivable on a continuous basis to Thermo, subject to selection
criteria as defined in the contract.
During
October 2005, we signed an amendment to our accounts receivable financing
agreement with Thermo. The amendment increases the amount of accounts
receivable that we can sell to Thermo from $22 million to $26 million,
subject to selection criteria as defined in the original contract. The
discount rate also increases from 2.5% to 2.75%. On February 1, 2006, we
amended our accounts receivable financing facility once more by increasing
the
facility to $33 million.
ILEC,
IXC AND RELATED DISPUTED CHARGES
Since
our
existence we have disputed and continue to dispute significant charges from
the
various ILECs, IXCs, and certain other carriers providing us services. We have
a
policy of treating all charges that we believe are without merit, but are still
being presented on a bill to us as disputes, regardless of the age of the
dispute. Our outstanding disputes at September 30, 2006 and 2005 are summarized
in the following table:
The
late
fees are accumulating from all of our disputes as we do not pay for disputed
items and therefore incur and accumulate late fees for these disputed
billings.
We
believe
that we have adequately accrued for our disputes and we believe our maximum
exposure for these charges is $3.6 million. However, we do not believe that
all
of these charges are valid and intend to continue our dispute and non-payment
of
these charges.
Effective
July 27, 2006, we finalized a settlement with an ILEC over disputed balances
that reduced our accounts payable balance by $12.1 million. We paid a total
of
$3.9 million. The settlement, which was contingent upon final payment of the
full $3.9 million, resulted in a net gain of approximately $8.2 million that
is
reflected in our third quarter statement of operations.
RELATED
PARTY TRANSACTIONS
We
recorded interest on our related party debt of $0.1 million and $0.5 million
during the three months ended September 30, 2006 and 2005, respectively, and
we
recorded interest of $0.2 million and $1.6 million during the nine months ended
September 30, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
In
June
2006, we sold a building to a related party for cash proceeds of $0.4 million.
The proceeds were used to payoff our note payable to Corman Elegre and to make
a
small principal paydown on our $2 million loan from the Fund mentioned above.
We
recorded a $0.1 million loss associated with the sale.
SIGNIFICANT
ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
See
Note 3
“Significant Accounting Policies and Recent Accounting Pronouncements” and Note
8 “Stock-Based Compensation.”
ITEM
3. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET
RISK
We
do not
enter into financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes and do
not
currently utilize derivative financial instruments. Our operations are conducted
primarily in the United States and as such are not subject to material foreign
currency exchange rate risk.
The
fair
value of our investment portfolio or related income would not be significantly
impacted by either a 100 basis point increase or decrease in interest rates
due
mainly to the short-term nature of the major portion of our investment
portfolio.
We
have no
material future earnings or cash flow exposures from changes in interest rates
on our long-term debt obligations, as substantially all of our long-term debt
obligations are fixed rate obligations.
ITEM
4. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Evaluation
of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
We
maintain disclosure controls and procedures designed to ensure that material
information related to us, including our consolidated subsidiaries, is recorded,
processed, summarized and reported in accordance with SEC rules and forms.
Our management, with the participation of Chief Executive Officer, Horace J.
Davis, III and Chief Financial Officer, Donald C. Davis, has evaluated the
effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the
period covered by this report. Based on their evaluation as of the end of the
period covered by this report, Mr. Davis and Mr. Davis have concluded that,
as a
result of the material weakness discussed below, our disclosure controls and
procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) were not sufficiently effective
to
ensure that the information required to be disclosed by us in our SEC reports
was recorded, processed, summarized and reported so as to ensure the quality
and
timeliness of our public disclosures in compliance with SEC rules and forms.
The
areas of the internal controls that are deemed by our management to contain
material weaknesses surround the failure during the nine months ended September
30, 2006 to retain financial reporting personnel necessary to properly identify,
research, review and conclude in a timely fashion, related to certain
non-routine or complex accounting issues and related disclosures timely, and
the
failure during the nine months ended September 30, 2006 to appropriately and
accurately document the Company’s processes and procedures over the revenue and
accounts receivable cycles, which could affect the reported results for the
accounting period.
The
certifications attached as Exhibits 31.1 and 31.2 hereto should be read in
conjunction with the disclosures set forth herein.
Changes
in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
As
disclosed in the Company’s 2005 Annual Report on Form 10-K, the Company reported
material weaknesses in the Company’s internal controls surrounding the failure
during the year ended December 31, 2005 to retain financial reporting personnel
necessary to properly identify, research, review and conclude in a timely
fashion, related to certain non-routine or complex accounting issues and related
disclosures timely, and the failure during the year ended December 31, 2005
to
appropriately and accurately document the Company’s processes and procedures
over the revenue and accounts receivable cycles, which could affect the reported
results for the accounting period.
During
the
third quarter of 2006, the existing CFO resigned to pursue other matters and
was
replaced. Despite the change in responsibility over our financial reporting
that
occurred during our most recent fiscal quarter we do not believe that the change
has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our
internal control over financial reporting.
Remediation
of Material Weaknesses
The
material weaknesses in our disclosure controls and procedures stated above
in
“Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures”
require us to make changes in internal controls over financial
reporting. As
a
result, we continue to build within departmental personnel the requisite skills
necessary to properly identify, research, review and conclude related to
non-routine or complex accounting issues and related disclosures timely.
We also have initiated a structured process to appropriately and accurately
document our processes and procedures related to the revenue and accounts
receivable cycles. Our management believes that these changes in review
procedures and the continued building of necessary skill sets within financial
reporting personnel will ensure that the disclosed material weaknesses in
reporting procedures no longer should have a material effect on financial
reporting
Part
II
ITEM
1. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
1.
|
Master
File Number 21 MC 92; In re Initial Public Offering Securities
Litigation., in the United States District Court for the Southern
District
of New York (filed June 7,
2001)
|
During
June and July 2001, three separate class action lawsuits were filed against
us, certain of our current and former directors and officers (the “D&Os”)
and firms engaged in the underwriting (the “Underwriters”) of our initial public
offering of stock (the “IPO”). The lawsuits, along with approximately 310 other
similar lawsuits filed against other issuers arising out of initial public
offering allocations, have been assigned to a Judge in the United States
District Court for the Southern District of New York for pretrial coordination.
The lawsuits against us have been consolidated into a single action. A
consolidated amended complaint was filed on April 20, 2002. A Second
Corrected Amended Complaint (the “Amended Complaint”), which is the operative
complaint, was filed on July 12, 2002.
The
Amended Complaint is based on the allegations that our registration statement
on
Form S-1, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) in
connection with the IPO, contained untrue statements of material fact and
omitted to state facts necessary to make the statements made not misleading
by
failing to disclose that the underwriters allegedly had received additional,
excessive and undisclosed commissions from, and allegedly had entered into
unlawful tie-in and other arrangements with, certain customers to whom they
allocated shares in the IPO. The plaintiffs in the Amended Complaint assert
claims against us and the D&Os pursuant to Section 11 of the Securities
Act of 1933 and Section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and
Rule 10b-5 promulgated by the SEC there under. The plaintiffs in the
Amended Complaint assert claims against the D&Os pursuant to
Sections 11 and 15 of the Securities Act of 1933 and Sections 10(b) and
20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 10b-5 promulgated by
the SEC there under. The plaintiffs seek an undisclosed amount of damages,
as
well as pre-judgment and post-judgment interest, costs and expenses, including
attorneys’ fees, experts’ fees and other costs and disbursements. Initial
discovery has begun. We believe we are entitled to indemnification from our
Underwriters.
A
settlement has been reached by the plaintiffs, the issuers and insurers of
the
issuers. The principal terms of the proposed settlement are (i) a release
of all claims against the issuers and their officers and directors,
(ii) the assignment by the issuers to the plaintiffs of certain claims the
issuers may have against the Underwriters and (iii) an undertaking by the
insurers to ensure the plaintiffs receive not less than $1 billion in
connection with claims against the Underwriters. Hence, under the terms of
the
proposed settlement our financial obligations will likely be covered by
insurance. To be binding the settlement must be approved by the court. There
is
no assurance that the settlement will be finally approved by the
court.
2.
|
C.A.
No. 04CH07882, Susan Schad, on behalf of herself and all others
similarly situated, v. Z-Tel Communications, Inc., in the Circuit
Court of
Cook County, Illinois, Illinois County Department, Chancery Division,
filed May 13, 2004
|
Susan
Schad, on behalf of herself and all others similarly situated, filed a putative
class action lawsuit against Trinsic Communications, Inc. (formerly known as
Z-Tel Communications, Inc.), our wholly-owned subsidiary corporation, on
May 13, 2004. The original complaint alleged that our subsidiary engaged in
a pattern and practice of deceiving consumers into paying amounts in excess
of
their monthly rates by deceptively labeling certain line-item charges as
government-mandated taxes or fees when in fact they were not. The original
complaint sought to certify a class of plaintiffs consisting of all persons
or
entities who contracted with Trinsic for telecommunications services and were
billed for particular taxes or regulatory fees. The original complaint asserted
a claim under the Illinois Consumer Fraud and Deceptive Businesses Practices
Act
and sought unspecified damages, attorneys’ fees and court costs. On
June 22, 2004, we filed a notice of removal in the state circuit court
action, removing the case to the Federal District Court for the Northern
District of Illinois, Eastern Division, C.A. No. 04 C 4187. On
July 26, 2004, the plaintiff filed a motion to remand the case to the state
circuit court. On January 12, 2005, the federal court granted the motion
and remanded the case to the state court. On October 17, 2005, the state
court heard argument on our motion to dismiss the lawsuit and granted that
motion, in part with prejudice. The court dismissed with prejudice the claims
relating to the “E911 Tax,” the “Utility Users Tax,” and the “Communications
Service Tax.” The court found that those tax charges were specifically
authorized by state law or local ordinance, and thus cannot be the basis of
a
Consumer Fraud claim. The court also dismissed (but with leave to replead)
the
claims relating to the “Interstate Recovery Fee” and the “Federal Regulatory
Compliance Fee.” The court determined that the plaintiff had failed to allege
how she was actually damaged by the allegedly deceptive description of the
charges. On November 15, 2005, the plaintiff filed a First Amended
Class Action Complaint alleging that Trinsic mislabeled its “Interstate
Recovery Fee” and “Federal Cost Recovery Fee” in supposed violation of the
Illinois Consumer Fraud and Deceptive Business Practices Act. As with the
original complaint, the First Amended Class Action Complaint seeks damages,
fees, costs, and class certification. We filed a further Motion to Dismiss
which
was heard by the court on April 3, 2006. The court granted our motion by
dismissing the plaintiff’s claims for unfair practices under the Illinois
Consumer Fraud and Deceptive Business Practices Act and dismissing in part
the
plaintiff’s claims for deceptive practice under the Act. The court determined
that the plaintiff did not state sufficient facts indicating that her alleged
damages were caused by our alleged deception. On April 24, 2006, the
plaintiff filed a Second Amended Class Action Complaint again alleging that
Trinsic mislabeled its “Interstate Recovery Fee” and “Federal Cost Recovery Fee”
in supposed violation of the Illinois Consumer Fraud and Deceptive Business
Practices Act. The Second Amended Class Action Complaint seeks damages,
fees, costs, and class certification. We moved to dismiss this Second Amended
Class Action Complaint, and the Court heard the motion on August 28,
2006. On September 27, 2006, the court issued a ruling allowing the
plaintiff’s remaining claims to stand and ordered us to answer the Second
Amended Complaint on October 4, 2006. We have filed an answer denying all
material allegations. Discovery has recently begun. We believe the
plaintiff’s allegations are without merit and intend to defend the lawsuit
vigorously, but we cannot predict the outcome of this litigation with any
certainty.
3.
|
Case.
No. 0410453, Wilder Corporation of Delaware, Inc. v. Trinsic
Communications, Inc., In the Circuit Court of the Thirteenth Judicial
Circuit in and for Hillsborough County, Florida, Civil Division,
Division
G, filed November 19,
2004
|
On
November 19, 2004, the landlord of our principal Tampa, Florida facility
sued us seeking a declaration of its rights and obligations under the lease
and
damages for breach of contract. We assert that the landlord has failed to
provide certain services in accordance with the lease, including maintenance
of
air conditioning and emergency electrical generating systems crucial to our
operations. We have taken steps necessary to provide this maintenance and have
offset the costs of these measures against the rent, which we believe we are
entitled to do under the lease. Thus far we have withheld approximately $0.3
million. We also believe we are entitled to reimbursement from the landlord
for
costs associated with improvements to the leased space.
4.
|
Case.
No. 0410441, Beneficial Management Corporation of America. v. Trinsic
Communications, Inc., In the Circuit Court of the Thirteenth Judicial
Circuit in and for Hillsborough County, Florida, Civil Division,
Division
F, filed November 19,
2004
|
On
November 19, 2004, a provider of parking spaces for our Tampa facilities
sued us for parking fees in excess of $0.3 million. Pursuant to our lease we
are
entitled to a number of free spaces and we are obligated to pay for additional
usage of parking spaces. We have entered into a settlement understanding with
the plaintiff. Under the settlement, we agreed to pay a total of $0.2 million,
payable in installments over seven months.
We made
the final payment on November 1, 2006.
5.
|
Case.
No. 3:06-CV-4858-EDL Oracle USA, Inc. and Oracle International
Corporation v. Trinsic Communications, Inc. In the United States
District
Court for the Northern District of California, filed August 11,
2006.
|
On
August
11, 2006, Oracle sued us for payment of licensing fees alleging claims for
copyright infringement, breach of contract, account stated, open book account,
and goods sold and delivered based upon our license. We disagreed with the
terms
of our usage of the licensed software. We have entered into a settlement
agreement with Oracle. Under the agreement we agree to pay $0.3 million over
a
10 month period beginning November 15, 2006.
ITEM
4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
At
the
Annual Meeting of Shareholders held on September 28, 2006, the following
proposal was adopted by the margins indicated:
1.
To
elect the following individuals to the Board of Directors to hold office until
their successors are elected and qualified:
|
|
Number
of Shares
|
Nominee
|
|
For
|
|
Withheld
|
Lawrence
C. Tucker
|
|
|
|
|
|
14,592,428
|
|
|
|
Roy
Neel
|
|
|
|
|
|
14,592,428
|
|
|
|
The
terms
of office of the following other directors continued after the
meeting:
Andrew
C.
Cowen
Raymond
L.
Golden
W.
Andrew
Krusen
Richard
F.
LaRoche, Jr.
ITEM
6.
EXHIBITS
EXHIBIT
NUMBER
|
|
DESCRIPTION
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.1
|
|
Amended
and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Trinsic, Inc. as amended.
Incorporated by reference to the correspondingly numbered exhibit
to our
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004
filed April 15, 2005.
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.2
|
|
Amended
and Restated Bylaws of Trinsic, as amended. Incorporated by reference
to
the correspondingly numbered exhibit to our Quarterly report on
Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004 filed
November 15, 2004.
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.3
|
|
Certificate
of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
of
Trinsic, Inc. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to our
Form 8-K filed September 28, 2005.
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.1
|
|
Form
of Common Stock Certificate. Incorporated by reference to the
correspondingly numbered exhibit to our Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2004 filed April 15,
2005.
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.2
|
|
See
Exhibits 3.1, 3.2 and 3.3. of this report for provisions of the Amended
and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, and our Bylaws,
as
amended, defining rights of security holders.
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.9
|
|
Registration
Rights Agreement between and among us and The 1818 Fund III, L.P.
Incorporated by reference to the correspondingly numbered exhibit
to our
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
September 30, 2000, filed on November 14,
2000.
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.11
|
|
Certificate
of Designation of Series F Junior Participating Preferred Stock.
Incorporated by reference to the correspondingly numbered exhibit
to our
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000,
filed on March 30, 2001.
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.12
|
|
Rights
Agreement dated as of February 19, 2001 between Z-Tel Technologies,
Inc. and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as Rights Agent, as
amended July 2, 2001. Incorporated be reference to the
correspondingly numbered exhibit to our quarterly report on Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended June 30, 2001.
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.13
|
|
Amendment
No. 1 to Rights Agreement dated as of November 19, 2004 between
Z-Tel Technologies, Inc. and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company,
as Rights Agent. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to our
registration statement on form 8-A/A filed on December 6,
2004.
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.14
|
|
Amendment
No. 2 to Rights Agreement dated as of July 19, 2005, between
Trinsic, Inc. and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as Rights
Agent. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to our registration
statement on form 8-A/A filed on July 21, 2005.
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.15
|
|
Stock
and Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 2, 2001, by and
between us, D. Gregory Smith, and others. Incorporated by reference
to
Exhibit 1 to Amendment No. 1 of the Schedule 13D filed
July 12, 2001 with respect to our common stock by, among other
persons, The 1818 Fund III, L.P.
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.20
|
|
Exchange
and Purchase Agreement dated July 15, 2005 between Trinsic, Inc. and
The 1818 Fund III, L.P. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to our
Form 8-K filed July 20, 2005.
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.1
|
|
Employment
Agreement of Horace J. “Trey” Davis III, dated August 15, 2005, as
amended January 30, 2006. Incorporated by reference to Exhibits A and
B of our Form 8-K filed April 20, 2006.
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.2.1
|
|
1998
Equity Participation Plan. Incorporated by reference to the
correspondingly numbered exhibit to our Registration Statement on
Form S-1 (File No. 333-89063), originally filed October 14,
1999, as amended and as effective December 14,
1999.
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.2.2
|
|
2000
Equity Participation Plan, as amended. Incorporated by reference
to the
correspondingly numbered exhibit to our Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2004 filed April 15,
2005.
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.2.3
|
|
2004
Stock Incentive Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to our
Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed May 8,
2005.
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.3
|
|
Employment
Agreement of Donald C. Davis dated August 15, 2005, as amended June
1, 2006 and October 10, 2006.
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.4
|
|
Employment
Agreement of Michael M. Slauson dated August 15, 2005. Incorporated
by reference to Exhibit E of our Form 8-K filed April 20,
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.5
|
|
Form
of Indemnification Agreement for our executive officers and directors.
Incorporated by reference to the correspondingly numbered exhibit
to our
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000,
filed on March 30, 2001.
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.6
|
|
Employment
Agreement of Paul T. Kohler dated August 15, 2005. Incorporated by
reference to Exhibit F of our Form 8-K filed April 20,
2006.
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.11
|
|
Promissory
Note, dated September 10, 1999, from Touch 1 Communications, Inc. to
William F. Corman (First Revocable Trust). Incorporated by reference
to
the correspondingly numbered exhibits to our Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000, filed on
March 30, 2001.
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.14
|
|
Receivables
Sales Agreement, dated as of March 28, 2005, by and between Trinsic
Communications Inc. and Touch 1 Communications s Inc., collectively
as
Seller and Subservicer, and Thermo Credit, LLC, as Purchaser and
Master
Servicer. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our o
Form 8-K filed April 5, 2005.
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.15
|
|
Promissory
Note, dated December 15, 2005, from Trinsic, Inc. to The 1818 Fund
III, L.P. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to Form 8-K
filed December 21, 2005.
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.16
|
|
Agreement
for Purchase and Sale of Customer Access Lines, dated October 25,
2005, by and among Sprint Communications Company L.P., Sprint
Communications Company of Virginia, Inc. and Trinsic, Inc. Incorporated
by
reference to the correspondingly numbered exhibit to our Form 10-K
filed March 31, 2006.
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.17
|
|
Agreement
for Purchase and Sale of Customer Access Lines, dated as of
February 10, 2006, between Trinsic Communications, Inc. and Access
Integrated Networks, Inc. Incorporated by reference to the correspondingly
numbered exhibit to our Form 10-Q filed May 15,
2006.
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.18
|
|
Promissory
Note, dated August 8, 2006, from Trinsic Communications, Inc. to
Access
Integrated Networks, Inc. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1
to Form 8-K filed August 16, 2006.
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.19
|
|
Agreement
for Purchase and Sale of Assets, dated October 23, 2006, between
Trinsic
Communications, Inc. and CommX Holdings, Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
31.1
|
|
Certification
of the Chief Executive Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
31.2
|
|
Certification
of the Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
32.1
|
|
Written
Statement of the Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18
U.S.C.ss.1350
|
|
|
|
|
|
32.2
|
|
Written
Statement of the Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18
U.S.C.ss.1350
|
SIGNATURES
Pursuant
to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf
by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, as of the 21st day of December
2006.
TRINSIC,
INC.
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/
HORACE J. DAVIS, III
|
|
|
|
|
Horace
J. Davis, III
|
|
|
|
|
Chief
Executive Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/
DONALD C. DAVIS
|
|
|
|
|
Donald
C. Davis
|
|
|
|
|
Chief
Financial Officer
|
|
|
A
signed
original of this report has been provided to Trinsic, Inc. and will be retained
by the Trinsic, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission
or
its staff upon request.
EXHIBIT
31.1
CERTIFICATION
OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
I,
Horace
J. Davis III, certify that—
1. I
have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Trinsic, Inc.;
2. Based
on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material
fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements
made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made,
not
misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based
on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information
included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial
condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and
for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The
registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing
and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange
Act
Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and we have—
a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure
controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that
material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly
during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and
procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness
of the disclosure controls and procedures as the end of the period covered
by
this report based on such evaluation; and
c)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over
financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal
quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report)
that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect,
the
registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The
registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most
recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the
registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of
directors (or persons fulfilling the equivalent function)—
a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation
of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to
adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and
report financial information; and
b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees
who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial
reporting.
Date:
December 21, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
HORACE J. DAVIS III
|
|
|
Horace
J. Davis
|
|
|
Chief
Executive Officer
|
|
|
A
signed original of this certifiction has been provided to Trinsic, Inc. and
will
be retained by Trinsic, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange
Commission or its staff upon request.
EXHIBIT
31.2
CERTIFICATION
OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
I,
Donald
C. Davis, certify that—
1. I
have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Trinsic, Inc.;
2. Based
on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material
fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements
made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made,
not
misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based
on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information
included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial
condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and
for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The
registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing
and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange
Act
Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and we have—
a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure
controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that
material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly
during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and
procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness
of the disclosure controls and procedures as the end of the period covered
by
this report based on such evaluation; and
c)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over
financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal
quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report)
that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect,
the
registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The
registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most
recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the
registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of
directors (or persons fulfilling the equivalent function)—
a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation
of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to
adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and
report financial information; and
b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees
who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial
reporting.
Date:
December 21, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
DONALD C. DAVIS.
|
|
|
Donald
C. Davis
|
|
|
Chief
Financial Officer
|
|
|
A
signed original of this certification has been provided to Trinsic, Inc. and
will be retained by Trinsic, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange
Commission or its staff upon request.
EXHIBIT
32.1
WRITTEN
STATEMENT OF THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
PURSUANT
TO 18 U.S.C. SS.1350
Solely
for the purposes of complying with 18 U.S.C. ss.1350, I, the undersigned Chief
Executive Officer of Trinsic, Inc. (the “Company”), hereby certify, based on my
knowledge, that the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of the Company for the
quarterly period ended September 30, 2006 (the “Report”) fully complies
with the requirements of Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
and that information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material
respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the
Company.
/s/
HORACE J. DAVIS III
Horace
J.
Davis III
December
21, 2006
A
signed original of this written statement has been provided to Trinsic, Inc.
and
will be retained by Trinsic, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange
Commission or its staff upon request.
EXHIBIT
32.2
WRITTEN
STATEMENT OF THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT
TO 18 U.S.C. SS.1350
Solely
for the purposes of complying with 18 U.S.C. ss.1350, I, the undersigned Acting
Chief Financial Officer of Trinsic, Inc. (the “Company”), hereby certify, based
on my knowledge, that the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of the Company for
the
quarterly period ended September 30, 2006 (the “Report”) fully complies
with the requirements of Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
and that information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material
respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the
Company.
/s/
DONALD C. DAVIS
Donald
C. Davis.
December
21, 2006
A
signed original of this written statement has been provided to Trinsic, Inc.
and
will be retained by Trinsic, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange
Commission or its staff upon request.
35